Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.

net

Contents
Combined Graduate Level (Tier-I) Exam-2016 (11-09-2016) 2016-1 – 2016-8

Combined Graduate Level (Tier-II) Exam-2015 (25-10-2015) 2015-2-1 – 2015-2-24

Combined Graduate Level (Tier-I) Exam-2015 (09-08-2015) 2015-1 – 2015-20

Section A : generAl intelligence & reASoning

ww Verbal reasoning

a-1
- a-9
2.

4.
w.E
Classification

Coding-Decoding
a-10 - a-14
a-15 - a-23
a-24 - a-33
5.
6.
Blood Relation
Direction & Distance
asy a-34 - a-40
a-41 - a-53
7. Time Sequence, Number & Ranking Test
En a-54 - a-59
8.
9.
Number Puzzle
Logical sequence of words gin a-60 - a-67
a-68 - a-71
10. Clock & Calendar
eer a-72 - a-78
a-79 - a-86

13. Mathematical Operation ing a-87 - a-99

a-100 - a-103
14. Arithmetical Reasoning
.ne
a-104 - a-107

a-108 - a-111
16. Statement & Conclusions

non-Verbal reasoning
a-112
t
- a-116

17. Cube & Dice a-117 - a-125

18. Completion of Figure a-126 - a-133
19. Figure Formation & Analysis a-134 - a-139
20. Paper Cutting & Folding a-140 - a-145
a-146 - a-151
22. Mirror and Water Image a-152 - a-157
23. Embedded Figure a-158 - a-161
24. non-Verbal Series a-162 - a-166

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Section b : quAntitAtive Aptitude

B-1 - B-14
B-15 - B-22
B-23 - B-42
B-43 - B-52
B-53 - B-64
6. Profit & Loss B-65 - B-78
B-79 - B-89
B-90 - B-105
B-106 - B-116
B-117 - B-137

ww B-138 -
B-153-
B-152
B-171

w.E B-172 -
B-190 -
B-219 -
B-189
B-218
B-228

asy
Section c : engliSh lAnguAge

En C-1 -C-20

gin C-36 - C-47

eer C-48
C-63
-
-
C-62
C-72

ing C-73
C-78
-
-
C-77
C-87

.ne
C-88
C-99
-
- C-110
C-98

C-111 - C-116
C-117 - C-132 t
ss
D-1 - D-22
D-23 - D-42
D-43 - D-60
D-61 - D-103
D-104 - D-117
D-118 - D-132
D-133 - D-140
D-141- D-147

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

SECTION - A : GENERAL INTELLIGENCE & REASONING

CHAPTER

ANALOGY 1
The meaning of analogy is ‘similar properties’ or similarity. If an 4. Worker & product based analogy: This type of analogy
object or word or digit or activity shows any similarity with gives a relationship between a person of particular
another object or word or digit or activity in terms of properties, profession and his/her creations.
type, shape, size, trait etc., then the particular similarity will be

ww
called analogy. For example, cricket : ground and chess: table
are the analogous pairs (why?). In fact, both pairs of words have
Examples:
Batsman
Writer
:
:
Run
Book

w.E
similar relationship in terms of place of playing as cricket is played
in the ground and similarly chess is played on the table. Author : Novel
TYPES OF ANALOGY. Singer : Song
Poet : Poem
1.

asy
Tool & object based analogy: This establishes a
relationship between a tool and the object in which it works.
Similar relations has to be discovered from answer choices. 5.
Journalist : News
Cause & effect based analogy: In such type of analogy
Examples:
Pencil : Paper En 1st word acts and the 2nd word is the effect of that action.
Examples:
Pen
Scissors
:
:
Paper
Cloth gin Work
Bath
:
:
Tiredness
Freshness
Saw
Eraser
:
:
Wood
Paper
Race
Shoot eer :
:
Fatigue
Kill
2. Synonym based analogy : In such type of analogy two
words have similar meaning.
6.
ing
Opposite relationship (Antonym) based analogy : In
such type of analogy the two words of the question pair are
opposite in meaning. Similar relations has to be discovered

.ne
Examples:
Big : Large from the answer choice word pairs.
Huge : Gigantic Examples:
Endless
Thin
Benevolent
:
:
:
Eternal
Slim
Kind
Poor
Fat
Tall :
:
:
Rich
Slim
Short
t
Notion : Idea Big : Small
Huge : Big Light : Dark
3. Worker & tool based analogy: This establishes a Avoid : Meet
relationship between a particular tool and the person of that 7. Gender based analogy: In such type of analogy, one word
particular profession who uses that tool. is masculine and another word is feminine of it. In fact, it is
Examples: a ‘male and female’ or ‘gender’ relationship.
Writer : Pen Examples:
Painter : Brush Man : Woman
Cricketer : Bat Boy : Girl
Blacksmith : Hammer Nephew : Niece
Barber : Scissors Bull : Cow
Hunter : Gun Duck : Drake

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-2 Analogy
8. Classification based analogy: This type of analogy is based 14. Adult & young one based analogy : In such type of
on biological, physical, chemical or any other classification. analogy, the 1st word is the adult one and 2nd word is the
In such problems the 1st word may be classified by the 2nd young one of the 1st word or vice-versa.
word and vice-versa.
Examples:
Examples:
Cow : Calf
Cow : Animal
Girl : Human Human : Child
Oxygen : Gas Dog : Puppy
Water : Liquid Duck : Duck ling
Snake : Reptile 15. Subject & specialist based analogy: In such type of
Parrot : Bird analogy the 2nd word is the specialist of 1st word (subject)
9. Function based analogy : In such type of analogy, 2nd or vice-versa.
word describes the function of the 1st word. Examples:
Examples:
Heart : Cardiologist
Singer : Sings
Skin : Dermatologist

ww
General : Commands
Player : Plays 16. Habit based analogy: In this type of analogy 2nd word is
Surgeon : Operates the habit of 1st and vice-versa.

Examples: w.E
10. Quantity and unit based analogy: In such type of analogy
2nd word is the unit of the first word and vice-versa.
Examples:
Cat
Tiger
:
:
Omnivorous
Carnivorous
Distance
Mass
Length
:
:
:
Mile

asy
Kilogram
Meter
Cow
Goat :
: Herbivorous
Herbivorous

En
11. Finished product & raw material based analogy : In such
type of analogy the 1st word is the raw material and 2nd
17. Instrument and measurement based analogy: We see in
this type of analogy, the 1st word is the instrument to measure
the 2nd word and vice-versa:
word is the end product of that raw material and vice-versa.
Examples: gin Examples:
Hygrometer : Humidity
Yarn
Milk
:
:
Fabric
Curd
Barometer
eer
Thermometer
:
:
Pressure
Temperature
Flour
Latex
Grape
:
:
:
Bread
Rubber
Wine
18.
Sphygmomanometer :
ingBlood pressure
Individual & group based analogy : Second word is the
group of 1st word (or vice-versa) in such type of analogy.
Fruit : Juice
12. Utility based analogy : In such type of analogy the 2nd
Examples:
Cow : Herd .ne
word shows the purpose of the 1st word or vice-versa.
Examples:
Pen : Writing
Sheep
Grapes
Singer
:
:
:
Flock
Bunch
Chorus
t
Food : Eating 19. State & capital based analogy: 1st word is the state and
Chair : Sitting 2nd word is the capital of that state (1st word) (or vice-versa)
Bed : Sleeping in the analogy like this.
Bat : Playing Examples:
13. Symbolic relationship based analogy: In such type of Bihar : Patna
analogy, the 1st word is the symbol of the 2nd word and West Bengal : Kolkata
vice-versa. Maharashtra : Mumbai
Examples: Karnataka : Bangluru
White : Peace Note: Analogy based on country and capital is very similar
Red : Danger to this type of analogy in which we put name of the country
Black : Sorrow in place of the name of state and country capital in place
Red cross : Hospital of state capital. For example India: New Delhi and
Nepal : Kathmandu.
Swastika : Fortune

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Analogy A-3

20. Analogy based on individual & dwelling place : In such Case V: (Jumbled letters relation)
type of analogy 1st word is the individual & 2nd word is Example:
the dwelling place of that individual (1st word) and vice- (i) LAIN : NAIL : : EVOL : LOVE
versa.
Here the 1st term gets reveresed to produce the 2nd term
Examples: and similar relation is shown in between 3rd and 4th term.
Horse : Stable
(ii) ABCD : OPQR : : WXYZ : KLMN
Bee : Apiary
In (ii) each letter of the 1st group ‘ABCD’ is moved fourteen
Dog : Kennel steps forward to obtain the corresponding letter of the 2nd
Birds : Aviary group ‘OPQR’. A similar relation is established between
Monk : Monastery the third group ‘WXYZ’ and the fourth group ‘KLMN.’
Human : House
NOTE : Every type of analogy discussed in (23) may have
21. Analogy based on worker and working place: In this different variations of problems and you can get perfection on
type of analogy the 1st word represents a person of particular them by proper practice only.
profession and 2nd word represents the working place of
Format of the questions

ww
that person (1st word) and vice-versa.
Examples :
Doctor : Hospital
EXAMPLE
(a) snake
1. Lion is to flesh as cow is to …….
(b) grass
Clerk
Cook w.E :
:
Office
Kitchen
(c) worm (d) animal
Sol. Lion eats flesh, similarly, cow eats grass. Hence option (b)

asy
Professor : College is the right answer.
Teacher : School EXAMPLE 2. Pen : Writer : : ……. : Batsman
22. Analogy based on topic study: 1st word is the study of the
2nd word (or vice-versa) in the analogy like this.
Examples: En (a) Brush
(c) Stick
(b) Fighter
(d) Bat

Birds
Earth quakes
:
:
Ornithology
Seismology gin
Sol. Option (d) is the correct answer because a writer uses pen
to write and similarly a batsman uses bat to play.

Eggs : Zoology
23. Analogy based on letters (or meaningless words)
EXAMPLE
(a) LOQN
eer
3. NCDP : ODEQ : : ……… : MPRO
(b) NQOL
Case I : (Forward alphabetical sequence)
Examples:
(c) OQNL

ing(d) QNOL
Sol. Option (a) is the correct answer as letters of 1st term go one
step forward to be the 2nd term. Similarly, the letters of 3rd
CD : FG : : PQ : UV
Here CD and FG are in the natural alphabetical sequence.
.ne
term will go one step forward to be the 4th term (Letters of
step go one step backward to be the 3rd term).
Similarly, PQ & UV are in the natural alphabetical sequence.
Case II: (Backward or opposite alphabetical sequence)
Example:
DC : GF : : QP : VU
EXAMPLE
(a) Bad
(c) Joy
4. Bulky : Fat : : Happiness : ?
(b) Ugly
(d) Sorrow
t
In fact this case is opposite of case I Sol. (c) is the correct option because ‘Bulky’ is the synonym
Case III: ( Vowel – consonant relation) of ‘Fat’ and similarly ‘Happiness’ is the synonym of
Example ‘joy’.
ATL : EVX : : IPR : ORS Now, we can say that we have discussed almost all
type of analogy to be asked frequently in the
Here, the 1st two words start with the 1 st two vowels A & E
examinations. But examinees must prepare for any
and the next two words start with the next two vowels I & surprise kind of problems while solving the problems
O. Last two letter of every word are consonants. under this segment. But by practicing more & more,
Case IV: Example (Skip letter relation) you can be master in solving these problems. Only keep
ABC : FGH : : IJK : NOP in mind the following:
Here between ABC & FGH two letters skip and they are D (1) You must have strong word power.
& E. Similarly, between IJK & NOP two letters skip and (2) You must have good understanding & reasoning ability.
they are L & M. (3) You must have good general knowledge.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-4 Analogy

1. Which of the following is related to ‘Melody’ in the same 13. 'Dream' is related to 'Reality' is the same way as 'Falsehood'
way as ‘Delicious’ is related to ‘Taste’? is related to which of the following.
(a) Memory (b) Highness (a) Untruth (b) Truth
(c) Voice (d) Speak (c) Fairness (d) Correctness
2. In a certain way ‘Diploma’ is related to ‘Education’. Which 14. 'Frame work' is related to 'House' in the same way as
of the following is related to ‘Trophy’ in a similar way? 'Skeleton' is related to which of the following?
(a) Sports (b) Athlete (a) Ribs (b) Skull
(c) Winning (d) Prize (c) Body (d) Grace
3. ‘Clock’ is related to ‘Time’ in the same way as ‘Vehicle’ is DIRECTIONS (Qs. 15 to 87) : In each of the following
related to which of the following? questions, there are two words / set of letters / numbers to the
(a) Driver (b) Road left of the sign :: which are connected in some way. The same

ww
relationship obtains between the third words / set of letters /
(c) Passenger (d) Journey
numbers and one of the four alternatives under it. Find the correct
4. “Illness” is related to “Cure” in the same way as “Grief’ is alternative in each question.
related to 15. Import : Export :: Expenditure : ?

5.
(a) Happiness
(c) Remedy w.E (b) Ecstasy
(d) Solicitude
‘Bouquet’ is related to ‘Flowers’ in the same way as
(a) Deficit
(c) Debt
16. Ocean : Water :: Glacier : ?
(b) Income
(d) Tax

‘sentence’ is related to
(a) Letters
(c) Content
asy
(b) Paragraph
(d) Words
(a) Refrigerator
(c) Mountain
(b) Ice
(d) Cave

6.
is related to En
‘Electricity’ is related to ‘Wire’ in the same way as ‘Water’
17. Medicine : Sickness :: Book : ?
(a) Ignorance
(c) Author
(b) Knowledge
(d) Teacher
(a) Bottle
(c) River
(b) Jug
(d) Pipe gin
18. Bank : River :: Coast : ?
(a) Flood (b) Waves
7. Mathematics is related to Numbers in the same way History
is related to :
(a) People (b) Events
(c) Sea

eer
19. Thunder : Rain :: Night : ...
(d) Beach

ing
(a) Day (b) Dusk
(c) Dates (d) Wars (c) Darkness (d) Evening
8. ‘Locker’ is related to ‘Jewellery’ in the same way as 20. Breeze : Cyclone : : Drizzle : ?
‘Godown’ is related to
(a) Storage
(c) Garments
(b) Grasim
(d) Goods
(a) Earthquake
(c) Flood
.ne
(b) Storm
(d) Downpour

9. Distil is related to Whiskey in the same way as Brew is

related to .....?.....
(a) Ferment (b) Gin
21. Disease : Pathology :: Planet : ?
(a) Astrology
(c) Astronomy
(b) Geology
(d) Palaeontology
22. Foresight : Anticipation :: Insomnia : ?
t
(c) Beer (d) Sugar (a) Treatment (b) Disease
10. 'Story' is related to 'Novel' in the same way as 'Sea' is related (c) Sleeplessness (d) Unrest
to which of the following? 23. Oasis : Sand :: Island : ?
(a) River (b) Sea
(a) Ocean (b) Water
(c) Water (d) Waves
(c) River (d) Pond
24. Major : Battalion :: Colonel : ?
11. ‘Hygrometer’ is related to ‘Humidity’ in the same way as (a) Company (b) Regiment
‘Sphygmomanometer’ is related to
(c) Army (d) Soldiers
(a) Pressure (b) Blood Pressure
25. Shout : Whisper :: Run : ?
(c) Precipitation (d) Heart Beat
(a) Stay (b) Stand
12. ‘Engineer’ is related to ‘Machine’ in the same way as (c) Walk (d) Hop
‘Doctor’ is related to
26. Smoke : pollution : : war : ?
(a) Hospital (b) Body
(a) victory (b) peace
(c) Disease (d) Medicine
(c) treaty (d) destruction

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Analogy A-5

27. Hour : second : : tertiary : ? 45. CJDL : FMGR :: IKJR: ?

(a) ordinary (b) secondary (a) OQPT (b) RSTU
(c) primary (d) intermediary (c) LSMT (d) KRMO
28. Safe : secure : : Protect : ? 46. BCDA : STUR :: KLMJ : ?
(a) guard (b) lock (a) VWXU (b) EFHG
(c) sure (d) conserve (c) SRTU (d) QSRP
29. Penology : Punishment : Seismology : . ........... . 47. CEG : EGC : : LNP :
(a) Law (b) Earthquake (a) LPN (b) UWY
(c) Liver (d) Medicine
(c) NPL (d) MOP
30. DRIVEN : EIDRVN :: BEGUM : ?
48. KLM : PON : : NOP : . .........
(a) EUBGM (b) MGBEU
(c) BGMEU (c) UEBGM (a) LMK (b) MLK
31. NUMBER : UNBMER : : GHOST : ? (c) NML (d) KLN
(a) HOGST (b) HOGTS 49. ACE : FGH :: LNP : ?
(c) HGOST (d) HGSOT (a) QRS (b) PQR
32. MASTER : OCUVGT : : LABOUR : ? (c) QST (d) MOQ

ww
(a) NCDQWT
(c) NBCRWT
(b) NDERWT
(d) NEDRWT
50. 14 : 9 :: 26 : ?
(a) 12
(c) 15
(b)
(d)
13
31

34.
(c) JPCH w.E
33. RIDE : LNBE : : HELP : ?
(a) NINP (b) BAJP
(d) BJJP
MUMBAI : LTLAZH : : DELHI : ____________
51. 11 : 17 : : 19 : ?
(a) 2 9 (b) 27

(a) CDKGJ
(c) CDKGH asy
(b) IHLED
(d) BCKGH
52.
(c) 2 3
3 : 27 : : 4 : ?
(a) 140
(d)

(b)
21

75
35. RATIONAL : RATNIOLA :: _________ : TRILBA
(a) TIRLAB (b) TRIBAL
En 53.
(c) 100
12 : 30 : : 20:?
(d) 64

(c) TRIALB
36. HEATER : KBDQHO : : COOLER : ?
(a) ALRHV
(d) TIRBAL

(b) FLRIHO gin (a) 25

(c) 35
(b)
(d)
32
42
(c) FLIRHO
37. PAPER : SCTGW : : MOTHER : ?
(d) FRLIHO
54.
(a) 10
(c) 14 eer
3 : 10 :: 8, ?
(b)
(d)
13
17
(a) ORVLGW
(c) PQXJJT
38. POPULAR : QPQVMBS : : ?
(b) PQVIGT
(d) PQXKJV
: GBNPVT
55. 13 : 19 :: ? : 31
(a) 21 ing (b) 23
(a) FAMOSU
(c) FASOUM
(b) FAMOUS
(d) FOSAUM 56.
(c) 25
48 : 122 : : 168 : ?
(d) 26

.ne
39. CALCUTTA : GEPGYXXE : : ? : FSQFCE
(a) BOMBYA
(c) BOMYAB
40. PRLN : XZTV :: JLFH : ?
(b) BOMBAY
(d) BOBAYM 57.
(a) 284
(c) 288
5 : 21 : : 7 : ?
(a) 25
(b)
(d)

(b)
286
290

49
t
(a) NPRT (b) NRPT (c) 43 (d) 30
(c) NTRP (d) RTNP 58. 182 : ? : : 210 : 380
41. ACFJ : OUZJ :: SUXB : ? (a) 342 (b) 272
(a) GNSA (b) GLQZ
(c) 240 (d) 156
(c) GKPY (d) GMRB
59. 16 : 56 : : 32 : ?
42. ACE : HIL :: MOQ : ?
(a) 96 (b) 112
(a) XVT (b) TVX
(c) 120 (d) 128
(c) VTX (d) TUX
60. 23 : 13 :: 54 : ?
43. ACBD : EFGH : : OQPR –
(a) STUV (b) RSTU (a) 45 (b) 39
(c) UVWX (d) QRST (c) 40 (d) 41
44. TSR : FED :: WVU ? 61. 49 : 21 :: 169 : ?
(a) CAB (b) MLK (a) 26 (b) 39
(c) PQS (d) GFH (c) 42 (d) 13

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-6 Analogy
62. 25 : 37 :: 49 : ? 75. 20 : 50 :: 100 : ?
(a) 41 (b) 56 (a) 150 (b) 250
(c) 60 (d) 65 (c) 200 (d) 156
63. 2149370 : 2854610 : : 2735630 : ? 76. Voyage : Sea sickness : : Heights : ?
(a) 7536501 (b) 832150 (a) Ship (b) Travel
(c) 880890 (d) 9437102 (c) Giddiness (d) Motion
64. Petrology : Rocks : : Palaeontology : ? 77. Waitress : Restaurant : : ?
(a) Birds (b) Animals (a) Doctor : Nurse (b) Driver : Truck
(c) Fossils (d) Soil (c) Teacher : School (d) Actor : Role
65. Melt : Liquid : : Freeze : ? 78. AROUND : RAUODN : : GROUND : ?
(a) Crystal (b) Solid (a) RGUODN (b) NDOOGR
(c) Ice (d) Evaporate (c) OUNDGR (d) DNUURG
66. 8 : 27 : : ? : 81 79. APPROACHED : ROACHEDAPP : : BARGAINED : ?
(a) 24 (b) 34 (a) AINEDBARG (b) GAINEDBAR
(c) 44 (d) 54 (c) GAINEDRAB (d) RABGAINED

ww
67. Length : Metre :: Power : ?
(a) Calories
(c) Watt
(b) Degree
(d) Kilogram
80. 8 : 256 : : ?
(a) 7 : 343
(c) 10 : 500
(b) 9 : 243
(d) 5 : 75

(a) Ellipse
(c) Cone
w.E
68. Square : Cube :: Circle : ?
(b) Parabola
(d) Sphere
81. 21 : 3 : : 574 : ?
(a) 23 (b)
(c) 97 (d)
82
113
69. Paper : Tree :: Glass : ?
(a) Window
(c) Stone
asy
(b) Sand
(d) Mirror
82. Saint : Meditation : : Scientist : ?
(a) Research
(c) Spiritual
(b) Knowledge
(d) Rational
70. ACFJ : ZXUQ :: EGIN : ?
(a) VUSQ (b) VRPM En 83. King : Palace :: Eskimo : ?
(a) Caravan (b) Asylum
(c) UTRP
71. ACEG : DFHJ :: QSUW : ?
(d) VTRM
gin
84.
(c) Monastery
AFKP : DINS :: WBGL : ?
(d) Igloo

(a) TVXZ
(c) MNPR
(b) TQST
(d) EGIJ
85.
(a) ORUX
(c) OTYD
eer
SINGER : QGLECP :: MONSTER : ?
(b) OSWA
(d) OQSU

ing
72. EGIK : FILO :: FHJL : ?
(a) JGMP (b) JGPM (a) KLNSCP (b) KLMSCP
(c) GJPM (d) GJMP (c) KMLQRCP (d) KLMTDO
73. 10 : 91 :: 9 : ?
(a) 69 (b) 72
86. 18 : 5 :: 12 : ?
(a) 4
.ne
(b) 10
(c) 89
74. 7 : 56 :: 9 : ?
(a) 63
(c) 90
(d) 97

(b) 81
(d) 99
87.
(c) 3
12 : 20 :: ?
(a) 15 : 37
(c) : 27 : 48
(d) 6

(b) : 16 : 64
(d) 30 : 42
t
ANSWER KEY
1 (c) 12 (c) 23 (c) 34 (c) 45 (c) 56 (d) 67 (c) 78 (a)
2 (a) 13 (b) 24 (b) 35 (b) 46 (a) 57 (c) 68 (d) 79 (b)
3 (d) 14 (c) 25 (c) 36 (b) 47 (c) 58 (a) 69 (b) 80 (c)
4 (c) 15 (b) 26 (d) 37 (c) 48 (b) 59 (b) 70 (d) 81 (b)
5 (d) 16 (b) 27 (c) 38 (b) 49 (a) 60 (d) 71 (a) 82 (a)
6 (d) 17 (a) 28 (a) 39 (a) 50 (c) 61 (b) 72 (d) 83 (d)
7 (b) 18 (c) 29 (b) 40 (d) 51 (a) 62 (d) 73 (b) 84 (c)
8 (d) 19 (c) 30 (b) 41 (d) 52 (d) 63 (d) 74 (c) 85 (c)
9 (c) 20 (d) 31 (d) 42 (d) 53 (d) 64 (c) 75 (b) 86 (c)
10 (a) 21 (c) 32 (a) 43 (a) 54 (d) 65 (c) 76 (c) 87 (d)
11 (b) 22 (c) 33 (d) 44 (b) 55 (b) 66 (a) 77 (c)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Analogy A-7

1. (c) ‘Delicious’ is the adjective used for ‘Taste’. Similarly, 30. (b) Fifth and third letters of the first term are first and
‘Melodious’ is the adjective used for ‘Voice’. second letters of the second term and first two letters
2. (a) A successful finish of ‘Education’ equips one with of the first term are third and fourth letters of the second
’Diploma’. Similary, a successful finish in ‘Sports’ term.
equips one with ‘Trophy’. 31. (d) First two letters of the first term are in reverse order in
3. (d) The clock makes a journey of time. the second term and so are the next two letters.
4. (c) Cure ensures removal of illness in the same way as 32. (a) M A S T E R O C U V G T
remedy insures removal of grief. +2
5. (d) Bouquet is a bunch of flowers. Similarly, Sentence is +2
a set of words that is complete in itself. +2
6. (d) Wire is the medium to transmit Electricity. Similarly, +2
Pipe is the medium to carry Water.
7.
ww
(b) Mathematics is related to the numbers in the same way
History is related to Events.
+2
+2

w.E
8. (d) Goods are stored in godown. Similarly
9. (c) First is process of preparing the second. LABOUR NCDQWT
10. (a) First is the shorter form of second.
11. (b) First is an instrument to measure the second. 33. (d) R I D E L N B E
12.
13.
(c) First tackles the second.
asy
(b) Dream is antonym of Reality. Similarly, falsehood is
antonym of truth.
–6
+5

14. (c) Framework is foundation on which house is built.

Similarly, body is built around skeleton. En –2
+0

15.
16.
(b) The words in each pair are antonyms.
(b) First consists of the second. gin Similarly HELP
M U M B A I
BJJP

17.

18.
(a) As medicine cures sickness, in the same way, books
remove ignorance.
(c) Bank is the land beside a river.
34.
L T L eer
(c) –1 –1 –1 –1 –1 –1
A Z H

19.
Similarly, coast is the land beside a sea.
(c) As ‘Rain’ is followed by ‘Thunder’, similarly
‘Darkness’ is followed by ‘Night’.
Similarly
D E L H ing
I
20.
21.
(d) Second is more intense than the first.
(c) Diseases are studied under Pathology.
–1 –1 –1 –1 –1

C D K G H .ne
22.
23.
Similarly, planets are studied in Astronomy.
(c) The words in each pair are synonyms.
(c) ‘Oasis’ is a water pool amidst sand.
Similarly, island is a piece of land amidst water.
35. (b) RATIONAL : RATNIOLA
First 3 Remain Same Place
rd
Then coming III one
TRIBAL : TRILBA
TRI
LBA TRIBAL
t
Remember : ‘Sea’ would have been the answer if we Comes in IVth place. Then
had ‘desert’ in place of ‘sand’. left two took place and last
24. (b) As Major heads a battalion, the Colonel commands a if digit comes inter change them.
regiment. 36. (b) H E A T E R
25. (c) Whisper is of lesser intense than shouting, so is walking
to running. +3 –3 +3 –3 +3 –3
26. (d) Smoke cause pollution
similarly, destruction is the result of war. K B D Q H O
27. (c) Second is smallest of hour and similarly, primary is Similarly,
initial stage
28. (a) Safe is synonyms of secure and protect is synonyms C O O L E R
of guard. +3 –3 +3 –3 +3 –3
29. (b) Penology is the study of punishment in the same say
seismology is the study of earthquake. F L R I H O

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-8 Analogy
37. (c) P A P E R +2 –1 +2 +1 +1 +1
43. (a) A C B D : E F G H
+3 +2 +4 +2 +5
+1
S C T G W Similarly,
Similarly, +2 –1 +2 +1 +1 +1
O Q P R : S T U V
M O T H E R
+1
+3 +2 +4 +2 +5 +2
44. (b) The letters are consecutive and written in reverse order.
P Q X J J T 45. (c) In each set of letters, the 1st and 3rd letters are
consecutive.
38. (b) P O P U L A R CJDL:FMGR :: IKJR : LSMT
+1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1 46. (a) In each group the first three letters are consecutive
and they follows the fourth letter.
Q P Q V M B S

ww Similarly,
G B N P V T 47.
A BCD : S TUR : : J KLM : U VWX

(c) The second set EGC is formed by simply putting the

–1

F
–1

A
w.E
–1

M
–1

O
–1

U
–1

S
48.
first letter of CEG at last to form EGC, and so on.
(b) Because KLM are assigned No. 11, 12 & 13 from A
onwards, this corresponds to PON, which are also

39. (a) C A L C U
asy T T A
49.
numbered 11, 12 and 13 from Z to A in reverse order.
Hence NOP will correspond to MLK.
(a) The three letters moved 5, 4, and 3 and steps forward
+4

G
+4

E
+4

P
+4

G
+4

Y
+4

X
+4

X En
+4

E
50.
respectively.
(c) The relationship is (2x – 4) : x.

Similarly,
F S Q F C E
gin
51.

52.
(a) 11 : 17 alternate prime number (skipping 13) 19 : 29
alternate prime number (skipping 23)
(d) Second term = (First term)3

–4 –4 –4 –4 –4 –4 53. eer
Fourth term = (Third term)3
(d) 12 = 32 + 3, 30 = 52 + 5 :

40. (d) As
B O M B Y
Similarly,
A
54. 2
(d) 3 = 2 – 1,
2
20 = 4 + 4 :

8 = 32 – 1,
? = 62 + 6
10 = 32 + 1
? = 42 + 1
ing
P
8
X J
8
R 55.
56.
(b) 13 and 19 are primes with 17 left out in between.
(d) 48 = 72 – 1, 122 = 112 + 1 : .ne
t
8 8
R Z L T 168 = 132 – 1, ? = 172 + 1
8 8 57. (c) 5 × 5 = 25 – 4 = 21
L T F N
7 × 7 = 49 – 6 = 43
8 8
N V H P 58. (a) 210 = (15)2 – 15
15 + 5 = 20
41. (d) As, Similarly, 380 = (20)2 – 20
14 14 182 = (14)2 – 14
A O S G
(19)2 – 19 = 342 14 + 5
18 18
C U U M 59. (b) 16 = 8 × 2
20 20 56 = 8 × 7
F Z X R Similarly 32 = 16 × 2
J
0
J B
0
B = 16 × 7 = 112
42. (d) As, Similarly, 60. (d) 2 3 13 5 4 25 + 16 = 41
7 7
A H M T
6 6
C I O U
2 2 2 2
7 7 2 +3 5 +4
E L Q X

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Analogy A-9

77. (c) Waitress is a person whose job is to serve customers

61. (b) 49 21 169 39 in a restaurant.
Similarly, A teacher teaches students in a school.

2 2 78. (a) A R O U N D R A U O D N
7 7× 3 13 13 × 3
Similarly,
62. (d) 25 37 49 65
G R O U N D R G U O D N

2 2 2 2
5 (5 + 1) + 1 7 (7 + 1) + 1
79. (b) APP R O A C H E D R O A C H E D A PP
63. (d) 2 + 1 + 4 + 9 + 3 + 7 + 0 = 26
2 + 8 + 5 + 4 + 6 + 1 + 0 = 26 Similarly,
2 + 7 + 3 + 5 + 6 + 3 + 0 + 26
BAR G A I N E D G A I N E D BAR
Therefore, 9 + 4 + 3 + 7 + 1 + 0 + 2 = 26

ww
64. (c) Petrology is the branch of geology that deals with the
origin, composition, structure and alteration of rocks.
Therefore, palacontology is the study of fossils to
80. (c) 8 8 64 4 256
10 10 100 5 500

w.E
determine the structue and evolution of extinct animals
and plants and the age and the conditions of deposition
of the rock strata in which they are found.
65. (c) First is the process of formation of the second.
81. (b)
21
3
7

66. (a) 27 × = 81
8 × 3 = 24
asy
67. (c) Metre is a unit of length likewise watt is a unit of power. 82.
Similarly,
574
x
7, x
574
7
(a) A saint practices meditation.
82

68. (d) As cube is 3-D of square. Similarly sphere is 3-D of

circle. En Similarly,
A scientist does research.
69. (b) As paper is product of Tree. Similarly glass is a product
of sand.
gin
83. (d) A palace is the official home of a king.
Similarly,
An igloo is a small round house of an Eskima.
70. (d) As, A C F J similarly, E G I N
84. (c) A
eer 5
F
5
K
5
P

71. (a) As,

Z X U Q
Similarly
V T R M D

W
5

5
I

B
5

5 ing
N

G
5

5
S

L
A
3

3
D Q
3

3
T
O
5
T
5
Y
5
D
.ne
G
C

E
3

3
F

J W
S

Z
3

3
V

X
85. (c) S

I
2

2
G
Q Similarly M

O
2

2
M
K
t
N L N L
72. (d) As, Similarly
2
1 1 G E S Q
E F F G
2
2 2 E C T R
G I H J
2
3 3 R P E C
I L J M
4 4 R P
K O L P
73. (b) The relationship is x : (x2 – 9). 86. (c) 18 3 1 5
74. (c) The relationship is x : x (x + 1)
12 3 1 3
75. (b) 50 = 20 × 2 + 20/2, So 100 × 2 + 100/2 = 250
76. (c) Sea sickness is to feel ill when you are travelling on a 12 : 20 : : 30 : 42
87. (d)
ship or boat.
Similarly, Giddiness is to feel that you are going to fall. (3 4) (4 5) (5 6) (6 7)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-10 Classification

CHAPTER

CLASSIFICATION 2
What is classification?
You must have in your mind that what does classification mean. (c) D E F G H (d) I J K L M N
In fact, in classification we take out an element out of some given
elements and the element to be taken out is different from the rest 2 letter gap 3 letter gap
of the elements in terms of common properties, shapes, sizes, As it is clear that except option (d) all the other options have 2
types, nature, colours, traits etc. In this way the rest of the letters gap between 2nd and third letters and the 1st two letters
elements form a group and the element that has been taken out is are in consecutive order. While in case of option (d) 1st two

ww
not the member of that group as this single element does not
possesses the common quality to be possessed by rest of the
elements. For example, if we compare the elements like, lion, cow,
letters are in consecutive order but there is 3 letters gap between
2nd and third letter separating it out of the remaining group of the
letters. Hence option (d) is the correct option.

w.E
tiger, panther, bear and wolf then we find that this is a group of
animals. How do we classify them? To understand this let us see
the presentation given below :-
EXAMPLE 2. Following are given four options and out of
them 3 form a group in terms of some similarity. Find out the
Lion Cow Tiger
asy
Panther Bear Wolf
option which does not fit into that group.
(a) LMNO – ONML
(c) IJKL – LKJI
(b) PQRS – SRQP
(d) UVWX – VUXW
Wild
animal
Domestic
animal
Wild
animal
Wild
animal
Wild
animal En Wild
animal Sol. (a)
L M N O
1 2 3 4
O N M L
4 3 2 1
Here, if we want to separate out one animal then definitely that
animal will be cow because cow is the only animal in the group gin (b)
P Q R S
1 2 3 4
S R Q P
4 3 2 1

eer
which is a domestic animal. Rest of the animals (Lion, Tiger,
Panther, Bear and Wolf) are wild animals. Hence rest of the animals I J K L L K J I
(Lion, Tiger, Panther, Bear & Wolf) form a group of wild animals (c)
1 2 3 4 4 3 21
separating out the domestic animal (Cow).
Similarly, out of 6 letters A, M, N, S, P & Q, we will take out A and
form a group of 5 letters M, N, S, P & Q because out of given six (d)
U V W X
1 2 3 4 ing
V U X W
2 1 4 3
letters only A is a vowel while rest of the letters form a group of
consonants.
.ne
Above presentation makes it clear that (d) does not fit into
the groups.
Types of classification :
(1) Letter/meaningless word based classification
(2) Meaningful word based classification
(3) Digit based classification
2. Meaningful words based classification :- In such type of
classification we have to take odd word out of the given
group of meaningful words.

EXAMPLE
t
3. Which one of the following words is not a part
(4) General knowledge based classification
Now we will discuss types of classifications one by one:- of the group formed by remaining words. The remaining words
form the group on the basis of certain similarity.
(1) Letter/meaningless word based classification :- Such
(a) Name (b) Game
classifications are based on letters of English alphabet. So
(c) Fame (d) Shame
many groups of letters are given in the question in which
Sol. (d) is the correct answer because this is the only word
one group is different from remaining groups and hence the
which has 5 letters while the remaining words have 4 letters
different group will be our answer.
and hence options (a), (b), & (c) form a group separating
EXAMPLE 1. Find the odd word out of the following options. out option (d).
(a) PQT (b) UVY
EXAMPLE 4. Out of the 4 words given below, three have
(c) DEH (d) IJN
certain thing common and so they form a group. Find out the
Sol. (a) P Q R S T (b) U V W X Y word which one is not a part of that group.
(a) Slim (b) Trims
2 letter gap 2 letter gap (c) Greets (d) Grid

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Classification A-11

Sol.: Option (c) is the correct option because this is the only Sol.: Option (c) is the correct answer because Madhya Pradesh
option which has two vowels while the other options have is an Indian state while all other options are capitals of
only one vowel. Let us see the following presentation:- Indian states. Patna is the capital of Bihar; Mumbai is the
Sl i ms Tr i ms capital of Maharashtra and Bengaluru is the capital of
(a) (b) Karnataka. In case of Madhya Pradesh (it is an Indian state),
1 vowel 1 vowel
we can say that it has its capital in Bhopal.
Gr ee ts Gr i d
(c) (d) EXAMPLE 8. Which of the following animals does not fit
2 vowels 1 vowel
into the group formed by remaining animals?
3. Digit based classification :- In such type of classifications
digits or numbers are given to find out one number that is not a (a) Cat (b) Dog
part of the group of remaining numbers. (c) Tiger (d) Octopus
Sol.: Option (d) is the correct option as this is the only animal
EXAMPLE 5. Find the odd number out. out of given options which is a water animal. Rest of the
(a) 122 (b) 128 options are land animals.
(c) 199 (d) 200
Sol.: Option (c) is the correct option because this is an odd number EXAMPLE 9. Three of the following given options have some

ww
while all the other options are even numbers.

EXAMPLE 6. Four of the following numbers have some

similarity and so they form a group separating out one option.
Find out that separate option.

w.E
similarity and hence they form a group. Find out the number
which does not suit in the group.
(a) 7842 (b) 8952
(a) Tendulkar
(c) Sania Mirza
(b) Dravid
(d) Yuvraj Singh
Sol.: Option (c) is the correct option because Sania Mirza is an
Indian tennis player. While the rest of the options are Indian
(c) 7122

asy
(d) 7722
Sol.: Option (b) is the correct answer as except option (b) all
other options start with 7 & end with 2.
cricketers.
Now, this chapter has come to an end. Readers are advised
4. General knowledge based classification :- Such

En
classification is done on the basis of our general knowledge.
No doubts that this is a word based classification but
to move as per the following steps while solving the
problems related to classification :-

without having general knowledge this type of questions

can not be solved. gin
Step I : See all the given options with a serious eye.
Step II : Try to make relation of similarity among the given
options.
EXAMPLE 7. Find the odd man out.
(a) Patna (b) Mumbai eer
Step III : Find out the one word not having the common
similarity like other options and that one word will be
(c) Madhya Pradesh (d) Bengaluru your answer.

ing
.ne
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1 to 66) : Find the odd word/letters/number
pair from the given alternatives.
1. (a) Rice (b) Wheat
8.

9.
(a)
(c)
(a)
Mathematics
Algebra
Advice
(b)
(d)
(b)
Geometry
Trigonometry
Counsel
t
(c) Barley (d) Mustard (c) Direct (d) Suggest
2. (a) Arrow (b) Sword 10. (a) Petrol (b) Acetone
(c) Knife (d) Axe (c) Mercury (d) Kerosene
3. (a) Listen (b) Feel 11. (a) Medium (b) Average
(c) Think (d) Sing (c) Mediocre (d) Terrible
4. (a) Volume (b) Size 12. (a) Travelled (b) Sailed
(c) Large (d) Shape (c) Walked (d) Rode
5. (a) Anxiety (b) Worry 13. (a) Telescope (b) Transistor
(c) Inhibition (d) Curiosity (c) Taperecorder (d) Telephone
6. (a) Seismograph (b) Earthquake 14. (a) Lord Dalhousie (b) Lord Mountbatten
(c) Cyclone (d) Tsunami (c) Lord Linlithgow (d) Lord Tennyson
7. (a) Nephrology (b) Entomology 15. (a) Microbe (b) Microflim
(c) Astrology (d) Mycology (c) Microphone (d) Microscope

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-12 Classification
16. (a) Fore ward (b) Text 42. (a) 72, 60 (b) 108, 96
(c) Index (d) preface (c) 84, 72 (d) 60, 36
17. (a) Analysis (b) Search 43. (a) 12, 8 (b) 6, 16
(c) Conclusion (d) Investigation (c) 18, 6 (d) 32, 3
18. (a) Room (b) Chamber 44. (a) 62 - 37 (b) 74 - 40
(c) Veranda (d) Cabin (c) 85 - 60 (d) 103 - 78
19. (a) ISLOJ (b) LUOQM 45. (a) 81 : 243 (b) 16 : 64
(c) AKDGB (d) FPILG (c) 64 : 192 (d) 25 : 75
20. (a) HJN (b) JLP 46. (a) 52, 142 (b) 54, 126
(c) PRU (d) QSW (c) 56, 168 (d) 58, 184
21. (a) PORM (b) WVYT 47. (a) 14, 9 (b) 17, 8
(c) KJMH (d) FEJC (c) 42, 3 (d) 21, 6
22. (a) GJOV (b) BFJQ 48. (a) 117, 13 (b) 162, 18
(c) ILQX (d) RUZG (c) 171, 19 (d) 304, 16
23. (a) BFJM (b) DEFG 49. (a) Fervent (b) Enthusiastic

24.
ww
(c)
(a)
(c)
JMPS
CXGT
DXEY
(d)
(b)
(d)
PRTV
EVBY
AZDW
50.
(c)
(a)
(c)
Apathetic
FAA
ATT
(d)
(b)
(d)
Ardent
OFF
EPP
25.

26.
(a)
(c)
(a)
AZMN
CXUV
EBD w.E
(b)
(d)
(b)
BYEF
IRDV
IFH
51.

52.
(a)
(c)
(a)
117 – 143
64 – 78
Radio
(b)
(d)
(b)
142 – 156
103 – 169
Television

27.
(c)
(a)
(c)
QMO
BDGK
HJMQ
(d)
(b)
(d) asy
YVX
JLOS
MORU
53.
(c)
(a)
(c)
Transistor
Pathology
Cardiology
(d)
(b)
(d)
Tube
Geology
Radiology
28. (a)
(c)
BCYZ
DEUZ
(b)
(d)
EFVW
ABZA En 54. (a)
(c)
Rivulet
River
(b)
(d)
Stream
Pond
29. (a)
(c)
PROQN
GIFHE
(b)
(d)
DECEG
KMJLI
gin
55. (a)
(c)
Konark
Dilwara
(b)
(d)
Madurai
Ellora
30.

31.
(a)
(c)
(a)
ACEGF
KMOQP
CADGE
(b)
(d)
(b)
FHJLK
UWYZA
JHKNL
56.

57.
(a)
(c)
(a)
RTW
IKG
EFH eer (b)
(d)
(b)
QOM
IKM
OPQ

32.
(c)
(a)
ECFGI
AI
(d)
(b)
XVYBZ
IU 58.
(c)
(a)
BCE
DH ing (d)
(b)
IJL
FJ

33.
(c)
(a)
(c)
EO
PUT
END
(d)
(b)
(d)
OU
OWL
ARM
59.
(c)
(a)
HK
24
(d)
(b)
PR
49
.ne
34.

35.
(a)
(c)
(a)
(c)
126
65
226
360
(b)
(d)
(b)
(d)
122
50
290
170
60.

61.
(c)
(a)
(c)
(a)
80
121
523
704, 11
(d)
(b)
(d)
(b)
15
324
729
256, 4
t
(c) 832, 13 (d) 310, 5
36. (a) 20, 10 (b) 30, 18 62. (a) Tennis (b) Cricket
(c) 45, 27 (d) 60, 30 (c) Volleyball (d) Football
37. (a) 7, 26 (b) 8, 30 63. (a) artificial (b) insincere
(c) 10, 35 (d) 15, 30 (c) affected (d) naive
38. (a) 1/2, 1/8 (b) 1/3, 1/12 64. (a) 68 (b) 85
(c) 9, 3 (d) 24, 6 (c) 153 (d) 174
39. (a) 3, 5 (b) 7, 9 65. (a) 7 : 98 (b) 9 : 162
(c) 11, 13 (d) 17, 19 (c) 12 : 288 (d) 17 : 572
40. (a) 7 : 18 (b) 9 : 26
(c) 11 : 36 (d) 13 : 42
41. (a) 80 – 9 (b) 64 – 8 66.
(c) 36 – 6 (d) 7 – 49
(a) (b) (c) (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Classification A-13

ANSWER KEY
1 (d) 8 (a) 15 (a) 22 (b) 29 (b) 36 (a) 43 (c) 50 (a) 57 (b) 64 (d)
2 (a) 9 (c) 16 (b) 23 (a) 30 (d) 37 (b) 44 (b) 51 (a) 58 (c) 65 (d)
3 (d) 10 (c) 17 (c) 24 (c) 31 (c) 38 (c) 45 (b) 52 (d) 59 (b) 66 (c)
4 (c) 11 (d) 18 (c) 25 (d) 32 (d) 39 (b) 46 (c) 53 (b) 60 (c)
5 (d) 12 (a) 19 (b) 26 (c) 33 (a) 40 (c) 47 (c) 54 (d) 61 (d)
6 (a) 13 (a) 20 (c) 27 (d) 34 (a) 41 (a) 48 (d) 55 (d) 62 (b)
7 (c) 14 (d) 21 (d) 28 (c) 35 (c) 42 (d) 49 (c) 56 (a) 63 (d)

1. (d) Except ‘mustard’ each belongs to the same category, 24. (c) In all other groups, the first and second letters occupy

2.
3. ww
viz food grains. Mustard is an oilseed.
(a) All others are held in the hand and not shot out.
(d) All others are the features of sense organes. 25. (d)
the same positions from the beginning and end of the
alphabet, and so do the third and fourth letters.

4.
5.
6. w.E
(c) ‘Large’ is an adjective whereas others are noun.
(d) All others are negative.
(a) Except (a) all are natural disaster. Seismograph is an
instrument scientists use to measure earthquakes.
(a)
A
opposite
Z M
+1
N
(b)
B

opposite
Y E

+1
F

7.
8.
asy
(c) All except Astrology are concerned with biology.
(a) MATHEMATICS is STREAM/Main Category.
Others are substream or sub category of Mathematics.
(c)
C

opposite +1
X U

opposite
V
(d)
I R D

+19
V

9. (c) Direct is different from the other three words. Direct

means 'to give a formal order or command.'
En 26.
Hence, 'IRDV' does not belong to that group.
(c) The pattern is –
10.

11.
(c) Except Mercury all others are organic compounds.
Mercury is a metal.
(d) All except terrible are synonyms. gin E

+3
B

+2
D
;
I

+3
F

+2
H
;

12.
13.
14.
(a) All others are different modes of travel.
(a) All except Telescope are audio devices.
(d) All except Lord Tennyson were either the Governor- +4
Q

+2eer M

+3 +2
O
;
Y V X

15.
General or the Viceroy of India.
(a) Microbe is living organism other are scientific 27.
Hence, QMO is the odd one out.
(d) The pattern is –
ing
.ne
apparatus. B D G K J L O S
16. (b) Text is different from other three. ;
17. (c) Conclusion is the final stage of analysis, search and +2 +3 +4 +2 +3 +4

18.
19.
investigation.
(c) Except veranda, all others are surrounded by four walls.
(b) I S L O J L U O Q M
28.
+2
H

+3 +4
J

+2
Hence, MORU is odd one out.
(c) The pattern is
M Q M
;
O

+3
R

t
+3
U

+10 –7 +3 –5 +9 –6 +2 –4
B CY Z E F V W
A K D G B F P I L G ;
+10 –7 +3 –5 +1 +1 +1 +1
+10 –7 +3 –5
D E U Z A BZ A
20. (c) In all other groups, the third letter is four steps ahead
of the second letter which, in turn, is two steps ahead ;
+1 +5 +1 +1
of the first letter.
Hence, DEUZ is odd one out.
21. (d) In all other groups, first and third letters as well as
fourth and second letters are alternate. 29. (b) Pattern is–
22. (b) In all other groups, the second, third and fourth letters 2 3 2 3
P R O Q N
are respectively three, five and seven steps ahead of So that, DECEG is out.
the first, second and third letters respectively. 30. (d) Pattern is–
23. (a) In all other groups, the number of letters skipped 2 2 2 1
between adjacent letters is uniform. A C E G F
So that, UWYZA is out.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-14 Classification
31. (c) 2 3 3 2 47. (c) 42 is a multiple of 3.
C A D G E
48. (d) 13 × 9 = 117
So that, ECFGI is out.
18 × 9 = 162
32. (d) VOWELS Only “OU” Comes in
19 × 9 = 171
A I O U E a sequence of cronical order.
But, 16 × 9 = 144 not 304
33. (a) “PUT” Not start with vowel among these options. 49. (c) Fervent: having or displaying a passionate intensity.
34. (a) The rest are based on the expression x2+ 1. Enthusiastic: having or showing intense and eager
But 126 = 112 + 5. enoyment.
35. (c) After a close look you will get that except 360 each Ardent: very enthusiastic or passionate
number is one more than square of a natural number, Apathetic: showing or feeling no interest, enthusiasm
i.e., 226 = 152 + 1 ; 290 = 172 + 1 ; 170 = 132 + 1 ; or concern.
122 = 112 + 1 Hence, apathetic is odd one out.
36. (a) 20, 10. There not divisible by 3. Other will. 50. (a) In all other groups, a vowel is followed by a consonant
37. (b) 8, 30 only there divisible by 2. repeated twice.
38. (c) 9, 3 3 :1 51. (a) Only 117-143 is divisible by 13. Therefore, it is odd one

ww Others are 4 :1 52.

out.
(d) Radio, Transistor and television are the way of
broadcasting. Hence, tube is odd one out.

w.E
39. (b) 7, 9 Here 9 is not Prime No.
Others pairs has all Prime Nos. 53. (b) As all terms given in question are medical terms except
40. (c) In all other paris, 2nd number = (1st number × 4) – 10. geology.
55. (d) All except Ellora are famous for temples, while Ellora is

asy
41. (a) In all other pairs, one number is the square of the other.
42. (d) The difference in all the other cases is 12. famous for caves.
43. (c) The product in all other cases is 96. 56. (a) Consonants and vowel are used in option (b), (c) and
44.
the two number is of 25.
En
(b) In all other pairs of numbers the difference between
57.
(d). Only consonants are used in option (a).
(b) E F H O P Q
62 - 37 = 25
85 - 60 = 25
But, 74 - 40 = 34
gin +1

B C E
+2

I
+1 +1
J L

45.
103 - 78 = 25
(b) The second numbers is three times the first number
except in the case of option (b)
+1 +2

D H eer F J H K
+1

P
+2

R
81 × 3 = 243
64 × 3 = 192
58. (c)

4 8 6 10 ing
8 11 16 18
25 × 3 = 75
But, 16 × 4 = 64
Pair of odd and even number .ne
46. (c) 52 5 + 2 = 7
142 1 + 4 + 2 = 7
54 5 + 4 = 9
126 1 + 2 + 6 = 9
59.

60.
(b)

(c)
2
24 = 5 – 1
2
49 = 7 – 0
80 = 92 – 1
15 = 42 – 1
All are squares except (c).
t
61. (d) 704 11 = 64 256 4 = 64
56 5 + 6 = 11 1+1= 2
832 13 = 64 310 5 = 62
168 1 + 6 + 8 = 15 1+5= 6 64. (d) Except (d) all others are divided by 17.
58 5 + 8 = 13 1 + 3 = 4 65. (d) Except (d) all others second number is divisible by the
184 1 + 8 + 4 = 13 1 + 3 = 4 first one.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Series A-15

CHAPTER

SERIES 3
A series is a sequence of numbers/alphabetical letters or both which follow a particular rule. Each element of series is called
‘term’. We have to analyse the pattern and find the missing term or next term to continue the pattern.
Types of series are explained in the following chart :

SERIES

ww
Number
series
Alphabet
series
Alpha-numeric
series
Mixed
series
Letter
series
Correspondence
series

A series that is
made by only
number or digit
w.E A series that is
made by only
alphabetic letters
A series in
which both
alphabets and
A series which
is created by
the combination
A series of letters,
which follow a
certain pattern, is
A series consists of
three sequence with
three different

1. Ascending series asy numbers are

used
of two or more
than two series
given with four /
five times blank
spaces in between.
elements (for ex.
capital letters,
numbers and small
2. Descending series
3. Oscillating series
En The order of
missing letters
is correct answer.
letters). An element
of each sequence is
correspond to the

gin element of other

sequence on the
basis of the similarity

eer
in position.

In number series, relationship between the terms is of any kind. Sol. (b) 4 6 9 13 18 Correct answer
For example.
(1) Consecutive even numbers
(2) Consecutive odd numbers EXAMPLE
+2 +3 +4 +5
ing
2. Choose the next term of series given below.
(3) Consecutive prime numbers
(4) Square of numbers
64, 32, 16, 8, ?
(a) 0 (b) 1 (c) 2
.ne
(d) 4

t
Sol. (d) Each number is half of its previous number.
(5) Cubes of numbers
(6) Square root of numbers (II) To find the missing number of series :
(7) Omission of certain number of letter in any consecutive
order EXAMPLE 3. What will come in place of question mark in
(8) Addition /subtraction/ multiplication/ division by some the following series?
number ( For Ex. A.P & G.P) or any other relation. 79, 87, ? , 89, 83
TYPES OF QUESTIONS : (a) 80, (b) 81 (c) 82 (d) 88
(I) Complete the series
Sol. (b) 79 87 81 89 83
(II) Find Missing number of the series
(III) Find Wrong number of the series +8 -6 +8 -6
EXAMPLES ON NUMBER SERIES EXAMPLE 4. What will come in place of question mark in
(I) Complete the series the following series?
EXAMPLE 1. Which of the following is the next term of 37, 41, ? , 47, 53
series given below ? (a) 42 (b) 43 (c) 46 (d) 44
4, 6, 9, 13, ....
(a) 17 (b) 18 (c) 19 (d) 20 Sol. (b) Consecutive prime numbers.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-16 Series

EXAMPLE 5. What will come in place of question mark in Sol. (a) Alphabets follow the sequence
the following series? K M P T Y
21, 34, ? , 89, 144
+2 +3 +4 +5
(a) 43 (b) 55 (c) 64 (d) 71
And numbers are increasing by 2
Sol. (b) Each number is the sum of the two preceding
numbers. EXAMPLES ON MIXED SERIES
21 + 34 = 55 EXAMPLE 10. Complete the series
34 + 55 = 89 Z, L, X, J, V, H, T, F, __, __
55 + 89 = 144 (a) D, R (b) R, D (c) D, D (d) R, R
(III) To find the wrong term in the series : Sol. (b) The given sequence consists of two series
EXAMPLE 6. Find the wrong term in the series (i) Z, X, V, T, __
3, 8, 15, 24, 34, 48, 63. (ii) L, J, H, F, __. Both consisting of alternate letters in
the reverse order.
(a) 15 (b) 15 (c) 34 (d) 63

ww
Sol. (c) 2 – 1, 3 – 1, 4 – 1, 5 – 1, 62 – 1
2 2 2

EXAMPLES ON ALPHABETIC SERIES

2 Next term of (i) series = R, and
Next term of (ii) series = D
11. What will come in place of question mark

w.E
EXAMPLE
EXAMPLE 7. What will come in place of question mark in in the following series?
the following series?
7, 5, 26, 17, 63, 37, 124, 65, ?, ?
G, H, J, M, ?
(a) R

Sol. (c) G H
(b) S

J Q
asy
(c) Q (d) P
(a) 101, 215
(c) 215, 101
(b) 101, 101
(d) 215, 215
Sol. (c) The given series consists of two series

En
M
(i) 7, 26, 63, 124 .....
+1 +2 +3 +4
(ii) 5, 17, 37, 65 .....
EXAMPLE 8. What will come in place of question mark in
the following series? gin In the first series,
7 = 23 – 1, 26 = 33 – 1, 63 = 43 – 1 ,
BF, CH, ? , HO, LT
(a) FG (b) EK (c) CE (d) F J
eer
124 = 53 – 1, 63 – 1 = 215
and in the second series.
5 = 22 + 1, 17 = 42 + 1,

Sol. (b) BF
+2
CH
+3
EK
+4
HO
+5
LT
37 = 62 + 1, 65 = 82 + 1,
102 + 1 = 101 ing
+1 +2 +3 +4 EXAMPLES ON LETTER SERIES
.ne
12. Which sequence of letters when placed at

t
EXAMPLES ON ALPHA-NUMERIC SERIES EXAMPLE
the blanks one after another will complete the given letter
EXAMPLE 9. What will come in place of question mark in
series?
the following series?
baab–aba–bba– –
K 1, M 3, P 5, T 7, ? (a) b baa (b) aaaa (c) ab ab (d) b aba
(a) Y 9 (b) Y 11 (c) V 9 (d) V 11 Sol. (d) b a a b b a / b a a b b a / b a.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Series A-17

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1 to 56) : Complete the given series. 21. MHZ, NIW, OKT, PNQ,?
1. BDF, CFI, DHL, ? (a) RRN (b) QRN (c) QRM (d) QQN
(a) CJM (b) EIM (c) EJO (d) EMI 22. A, CD, GHI, ?, UVWXY
2. FAG, GAF, HAI, IAH, _______ (a) LMNO (b) MNO (c) NOPQ (d) MNOP
(a) JAK (b) HAK (c) JAI (d) HAL 23. CAT, FDW, IGZ, ?
3. DILQTYBG? (a) KJA (b) KTC (c) LHD (d) LJC
(a) H (b) I (c) J (d) P 24. 1, 3, 8, 19, 42, 89, ?
4. BC FG JK __ RS VW (a) 108 (b) 184 (c) 167 (d) 97
(a) LM (b) OP (c) QR (d) NO 25. 5, 16, 51, 158, . ... ?
5. BYA, CXB, ?, EVD : (a) 1452 (b) 483 (c) 481 (d) 1454

6. ww
(a) DVE

(a) PHV
(b) DCW
LXF, MTJ, NPN, OLR, ?
(b) PIU
(c) DXB

(c) PKX
(d) DWC

(d) PJW
26. 8, 13, 10, 15, 12, 17, 14 ... ?
(a) 19 (b) 22 (c) 16 (d) 20

7.
(a) RUMSR w.E
YANWY, DFMBD, IKNGI, NPMLN, (?), XZMVX
(b) SUNQS
27.

28.
3, 15, 4, 16, 5, 17, 6, ?, 7
(a) 12 (b) 18
240, ... 120, 40, 10, 2
(c) 15 (d) 13

8.
(c) UWNSU

asy
(d) VUMTV
PEXKW, RFWMU, TGVOS, VHUQQ, XITSO, (?)
(a) ZJSUM (b) YJSUZ (c) ZKSVJ (d) JZSTN
29.
(a) 480 (b) 240 (c)
6.25, 9, 12.25, 16, 20.25, 25, 30.25, ?
220 (d) 120

9. AYBZC, DWEXF, GUHVI, JSKTL, (?), POQPR

(a) MQDRN (b) QMONR En 30.
(a) 36 (b) 32
0, 7, 26, ?, 124, 215
(c) 28.25 (d) 40.25

(c) MQNRO (d) NQMOR

10. ZYYZR, ABVUN, (?), BCUTM, XWABT, CDTSL gin
31.
(a) 51
2 12 36 80 150 ?
(b) 37 (c) 63 (d) 16

(a) YXZAS
(c) XWYZR
(b) ZYABT
(d) YXZAB 32.
(a) 194

eer (b) 210

1, 8, 9, 64, 25, 216, ?, ?
(c) 252 (d) 258

11. deb, ijg, nol, (?), xyv

(a) rsp (b) stp (c) rsq (d) stq 33.
(a) 49, 64 (b) 343, 64
3, 13, 53, 213 — ?
ing (c) 49, 512 (d) 343, 512

.ne
12. A, Q, C, L, F, H, J, ? (a) 553 (b) 653 (c) 753 (d) 853
(a) E (b) B (c) F (d) D 34. 4, 16, 36,?, 100, 144
13. BYCXW, CXDWV, EVFUT, GTHSR, ?

t
(a) 72 (b) 68 (c) 81 (d) 64
(a) IRJQP (b) KPOLN (c) KPLON (d) JOKPO 35. 8, 15, 28, 53, ...?
14. FOX, GP?, HQZ (a) 98 (b) 106 (c) 100 (d) 102
(a) Y (b) Z (c) T (d) W 36. 6, 12, 21, ?, 48
15. QPO, SRQ, UTS, WVU, (?) (a) 38 (b) 40 (c) 45 (d) 33
(a) XVZ (b) YXW (c) ZYA (d) VWX 37. 1, 4, 27, 16, ?, 36, 343
16. YEB, WFD, UHG, SKI, (?)
(a) 87 (b) 120 (c) 25 (d) 125
(a) QOL (b) TOL (c) QGL (d) QNL
38. 28, 33, 31, 36, ? 39
17. AZ, CX, FU, (?)
(a) 32 (b) 34 (c) 38 (d) 40
(a) IR (b) JQ (c) IV (d) KP
39. 165, 195, 255, 285, 345, ?
18. ABD, DGK, HMS, MTB, SBL, ?
(a) 375 (b) 390 (c) 420 (d) 435
(a) ZAB (b) XKW (c) ZKU (d) ZKW
40. 1, 5, 14, 30, 55, 91, ?
19. OTE, PUF, QVG, RWH, ?
(a) SYJ (b) TXI (c) SXJ (d) SXI (a) 130 (b) 140 (c) 150 (d) 160
20. BEH, KNQ, TWZ, ? 41. 625, 5, 125, 25, 25, ?, 5
(a) IJL (b) CFI (c) BDF (d) ADG (a) 5 (b) 25 (c) 125 (d) 625

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-18 Series
42. 6, 18, 3, 21, 7, 56, ? 63. ba _ b _ aab _ a _ b
(a) 8 (b) 9 (c) 63 (d) 64 (a) abaa (b) abba (c) baab (d) babb
43. 198, 194, 185, 169, ? 64. c _ bba _ cab _ ac _ ab _ ac
(a) 136 (b) 144 (c) 9 (d) 92 (a) abcbc (b) acbcb (c) babcc (d) bcacb
44. 4, 9, 25, ?, 121, 169, 289, 361 65. aab – cc – daa – bbb – ccddd
(a) 49 (b) 74 (c) 89 (d) 91 (a) bdbd (b) ddca (c) dbbc (d) bdac
45. 2, 5, 10, 17, 26, 37, ? 66. adb_ac_da_cddcb_dbc_cbda
(a) 61 (b) 58 (c) 50 (d) 72 (a) bccba (b) cbbaa (c) ccbba (d) bbcad
46. 24, 60, 120, 210, ? DIRECTIONS (Qs. 67-76): In each of the following number series,
(a) 300 (b) 336 (c) 420 (d) 525 a wrong number is given. Find out that number.
47. 462, 420, 380, ?, 306 67. 10 15 24 35 54 75 100
(a) 322 (b) 332 (c) 342 (d) 352 (a) 35 (b) 75 (c) 24 (d) 15
48. 121, 225, 361, ? 68. 1 3 4 7 11 18 27 47
(a) 27 (b) 11 (c) 18 (d) 7
49.
ww
(a) 441 (b) 484
J2Z, K4X, I7V, ?, H16R, M22P
(a) I11T (b) L11S
(c) 529

(c) L12T
(d) 729

(d) L11T
69. 3 2
(a) 37.5
3 6
(b) 12
12 37.5
(c) 6
115.5
(d) 2
50.

51.
3F, 6G, 11I, 18L, ?
(a) 21O w.E
(b) 25N
KM5, IP8, GS11, EV14, ?
(c) 27P (d) 27Q
70.

71.
2 8
(a) 765
2 3
32 148
(b) 148
11 38
765 4626
(c) 8
102 229
32431
(d) 32
443
(a) BX17
(d) CY17
(b) BY17
asy (c) CY18
72.
(a) 11 (b) 229
5 10 17 27 37 50 65
(c) 120 (d) 38

52. Q1F, S2E, U6D, W21C,?

(a) Y44B (b) Y66B (c) Y88B En
(d) Z88B 73.
(a) 10 (b) 17
108 54 36 18 9 6 4
(c) 27 (d) 37

53. 2Z5, 7Y7, 14X9, 23W11, 34V13, ?

(a) 27U24 (b) 45U15 (c) 47U15 (d) 47V14 gin
74.
(a) 54 (b) 36
2 3 5 8 14 23 41 69
(c) 18 (d) 9

54. W-144,?, S-100, Q-81, O-64

(a) U-121 (b) U-122 (c) V-121 (d) V-128 75.
(a) 5

eer
(b) 8
0 1 9 36 99 225 441
(c) 6 9 (d) 41

55. 2 3 B __ 6 __ F G __ 5 D __ 8 __ H I
(a) C, 7, 4, E, 9 (b) D, 8, 6, C, 7 76.
(a) 9 (b) 36

ing
3 7. 5 15 37.5 75 167.5 375
(c) 99 (d) 225

56.
(c) E, 8, 7, D, 9
2 A 11, 4 D 13, 12 G 17 ?
(d) W, 8, 7, I, 6 (a) 167.5 (b) 75 (c) 37.5

.ne
(d) 15
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 77-84): In a given series, with one term
missing. Choose the correct alternative from the given ones
(a) 36 J 21 (b) 36 I 19 (c) 48 J 21 (d) 48 J 23
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 57-66): Which sequence of letters when placed
at the blanks one after another will complete the given letter
series ?
that will complete the series.
77. AKU, FPZ, ?, PZJ, UEO, ZJT
(a) JUE (b) KVE (c) KUE (d) JVE
t
57. ba _ b _ aab _ a _ b 78. MRS, LTU, KVW, ?
(a) abaa (b) abba (c) baab (d) babb (a) TQR (b) MOP (c) JXY (d) CDE
58. c _ bba _ cab _ ac _ ab _ ac 79. B, G, K, N, ?
(a) abcbc (b) acbcb (c) babcc (d) bcacb (a) P (b) O (c) H (d) L
59. abca — bcaab — ca — bbc — a 80. 1944, 108, ?, 6, 3
(a) ccaa (b) bbaa (c) abac (d) abba (a) 16 (b) 18 (c) 11 (d) 12
60. b — b — bb — bbb — bb — b 81. 251 (12) 107
(a) bbbbba (b) bbaabb (c) ababab (d) aabaab 381 (?) 125
61. aa – bb – aa – abbbb – a (a) 14 (b) 24 (c) 11 (d) 16
(a) bbaa (b) aabb (c) baba (d) abab 82. 354 (110) 526
62. – aba – cabc – dcba – bab – a 297 (?) 2631
(a) abdca (b) bcadc (c) abcdd (d) cbdaa (a) 128 (b) 116 (c) 135 (d) 143

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Series A-19

83. 0, 7, 26, 63, ? 90. 0, 5, 60, 615,?

(a) 125 (b) 126 (c) 217 (d) 124 (a) 6030 (b) 6170 (c) 6130 (d) 6000
84. 2, 5, 10, 19, 36, ? 91. Which one set of letters when sequentially placed at the
(a) 70 (b) 71 (c) 68 (d) 69 gaps in the given letter series shall complete it ?
85. Which one set of letters when sequentially placed at the ac__c_cb_acbcacbca_bc
gaps in the given letter series shall complete it? (a) abbb (b) bacc (c) babc (d) bbcc
a _ cbc _ ca _ ab _ bca _ ab
92. rtx_sx_z_txy_ _yz
(a) b a b c c (b) b c a b b
(a) yyr x s (b) yys x r (c) yyr s x (d) yyx r s
(c) a b c b c (d) b c a b c
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 93-96) : A series is given, with one term
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 86 -90) : In the following questions a series
missing. Choose the correct alternative from the given ones that
is given, with one term missing. Choose the correct alternative
will complete the series.
from the given ones that will complete the series.
86. BCFG, JKNO, RSVW, ? 93. 1, 2, 6, 24, ? ,720
(a) ZADE (b) HIKL (c) STUX (d) MNPQ (a) 3 (b) 5 (c) 120 (d) 8
94. 156, 506, ?, 1806

ww
87. CIM, HNR, MSW, ?
(a) SXA (b) UYB
88. 2, 3, 6, 7, 14, 15, ?
(c) RXB (d) ZEH
95.
(a) 1056 (b) 856
3, 6, 9, 15, 24, 39, 63, ?
(c) 1456 (d) 1506

(a) 16
w.E
(b) 30
89. 3120, ? , 122, 23, 4
(a) 488 (b) 621
(c) 31

(c) 610
(d) 32

(d) 732
96.
(a) 100 (b) 87
–1, 0, ?, 8, 15, 24
(a) 4 (b) 3
(c) 102

(c) 2
(d) 99

(d) 1

asy
En
ANSWER KEY
1
2
(c)
(a)
14
15
(a)
(b)
27
28
(b)
(b)
40
41
(b)
(c) gin
53
54
(c)
(a)
66
67
(b)
(a)
79
80
(a)
(b)
92
93
(c)
(c)
3
4
(c)
(d)
16
17
(a)
(b)
29
30
(a)
(c)
42
43
(a)
(b)
55
56
(a)
(d) eer
68
69
(a)
(b)
81
82
(d)
(b)
94
95
(a)
(c)
5
6
(d)
(a)
18
19
(d)
(d)
31
32
(c)
(c)
44
45
(a)
(c)
57
58
(b)
(b)
70
71
(d)
(b)
ing83
84
(d)
(d)
96 (b)

7
8
9
(b)
(a)
(c)
20
21
22
(b)
(b)
(d)
33
34
35
(d)
(d)
(d)
46
47
48
(b)
(c)
(c)
59
60
61
(c)
(c)
(a)
72
73
74
(c)
(d)
(c)
85
86
87
(a)
(a)
(c).ne
10
11
12
13
(a)
(d)
(a)
(a)
23
24
25
26
(d)
(b)
(c)
(a)
36
37
38
39
(d)
(d)
(b)
(d)
49
50
51
52
(d)
(c)
(d)
(c)
62
63
64
65
(a)
(b)
(b)
(d)
75
76
77
78
(c)
(a)
(c)
(c)
88
89
90
91
(b)
(b)
(b)
(b)
t

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-20 Series

+2 +2 +3 +3 +4 +4 9. (c) The Pattern is–

1. (c) B D F, C F I, D H L, A Y B Z C D W E X F
+5 +5 +3
E J O
1 1 1 1 –2
2. (a) F G H I J
+3
0 0 0 0
A A A A A –2
+3
1 3 1 3
G F I H K Therefore,
3. (c) After D, 4 letters are skipped and I follows after which M Q N R O P O Q P R
2 letters are skipped Trend flows alternatively : +3
D(EFGH) I (JK) L(MNOP) Q (RS) T(UVWX) Y(ZA)

ww
–2
B(CDEF) G(HI) J.
+3
3 3 3 3
4. (d) BC FG JK NO RS –2
5. (d) Sequence is :
1st letter
2nd letter
B
Y
w.E C
X
D
W
E (next letter from B to E)
V (reverse from V to Y)
10. (a)

Z
1
Y
+3
This is two alternate series.
1
X

6.
3rd letter
(a) Ist Letter:
A B C
asy
D (next letter from A to D)
Y
Y
1

1
X
Z
1
1
W
A

En
1 1 1 1
L M N O P
1 1
2nd Letter : Z A B

X
4

3rd Letter :
T
4
P
4
L
4
H
gin
11. (d)
R
1
S
Sequence is :
1
T

eer
5 5 5 5
4 4 4 4 d i n s x
F J N R V
5 5 5 5
7. (b) Sequence is : e j o t y

Y
5

5
D
5
5
I
5

5
N
5

5
S
5

5
X b
5
g
–5
5

ing
l
–4
5
q
–3
5
v
A
N
1
F
M
1
K
N
1
P
M
1
U
N
1
Z
M 12. (a)
A Q C L F H
.ne
J E

8. (a)
W
Y
5
D
5

The Pattern is–

B
5
5

I
G
5
5

N
L
5
5
Q

S
5
5
V
X
13. (a) B
Y
C
+2
+1
–1
+1
C
X
D
+2
–2
+2
+3
E
V
F
+2
–2
+2
+4
G
T
H
+2
–2
+2
I
R
J
t
P E X K W R F W M U –1 –2 –2 –2
X W U S Q
+2
–1 –2 –2 –2
W V T R P
+1
+1 +1
–1 14. (a) +1
+2 FOX GPY HQZ
–2
Therefore, +1 +1
X I T S O Z J S U M 15. (b) Each letter moves +2 steps.
+2 16. (a) 1st letter moves –2 steps each time.
+1 2nd letter moves +1, +2, +3, +4 steps respectively.
–1 3rd letter moves +2, +3, steps alternatively.
+2 17. (b) 1st letter moves +2, +3 and +4 steps respectively.
–2 2nd letter moves –2, –3 and –4 steps respectively.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Series A-21

18. (d) 31. (c) 13 + 12 = 2, 23 + 22 = 12, 33 + 32 = 36 and so on 63 +

+5 +6 +7 +8 +9
62 = 252
32. (c) The odd terms are squares of the numbers
A BD D G K HMS MT B S B L ZKW
1,3,5,....
+3 +4 +5 +6 +7 while the even terms are cubes of the numbers 2,4,6,....
+7 +8 +9 +10 +11 33. (d) The difference in consecutive nos. follows the
sequence, 10, 40, 160.
19. (d) The first letters of the terms are in alphabetical
So the next difference = 160 × 4 = 640
order, and so are the second and third letters.
20. (b) All the letters of each term are moved nine steps Therefore number = 213 + 640 = 853.
forward to obtain the corresponding letters of the next 34. (d) The numbers in the series are square of 2,4,6 ...,10,12
term. . Therefore, the missing number is square of 8 i.e.
21. (b) The first letters of the terms are consecutive letters. 82=64.
The third letter of each term is moved three steps 35. (d) 8 × 2 – 1 = 15, 15 × 2 – 2 = 28, 28 × 2 – 3 = 53,
backward to obtain the third letter of the 53 ×series
(d) The 2 – 4 =102is 13, 22, 33, 42, 53, 62, 73.
successive term. The middle letters of the first, 36.
38. (d) The pattern
(b) common is +5,differences
–2, +5, –2,between . ... the consecutive
second, third and So, missing
terms of the termseries= are 36 –2 6, 9,= 34.
12, 15, etc.

ww fourth terms are moved one, two, three, and four steps
forward respectively to obtain the middle letter of
the
successive terms.
39.
37. (d) Each number of the series is 15 multiplied by a
prime number i.e. 15 × 11, 15 × 13, 15 × 17, 15 × 19, 15 ×
23, . ..........................................................................................
So, missing term = 15 × 29 = 435.
22
w.E
(d) The number of letters in the terms goes on
increasing by one at each step. Also, there is a gap
of one letter
40. (b) The pattern is + 4, +9, + 16, + 25, + 36, . ... i.e. + 22, + 32,
+ 42, + 52, + 62, .....
So, missing term = 91 + 72 = 91 + 49 = 140.

asy
41. (c) The given sequence is a combination of two series:
between the last letter of the first term and first letter I. 625, 125, 25, 5 and II. 5, 25, ?
of the second term and a gap of two letters between The pattern in I is ÷ 5, while that in II is × 5.
the last letter of the second term and first letter of So, missing term = 25 × 5 = 125.
+3 +3 +3
(d) would be four steps ahead of the last letter of the
C T F D W I G Z L J C En
the third term. So, the first letter of the required term 42. (a) Each term at an even place in the series is the product
of its two adjacent terms. Thus, if the missing term be

23.
third term.
+3
+3
+3
+3
+3
+3 gin x, then we have:
7 × x = 56
or x = 56 7 = 8
198 194 185 169 144
24. (b) Each of the numbers is doubled and 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 is
added in turn, so 89 × 2 + 6 = 184.
43.
44.
(b)
–2
2

eer –3
2
–4
(a) The given series constitutes the squares of the
2
–5
2

25. (c) 16 = 5 × 3 + 1, 51 = 16 × 3 + 3,
158 = 51 × 3 + 5
Next term = 158 × 3 + 7 = 481
consecutive prime numbers : –
ing
22 , 32 , 52 , 7 2 , 132 , 17 2 , 19 2.......
26. (a) There are two atterate series-

I series : 8
+2
10
+2
12
+2
14 45. (c) 2
2
2
5
2
10 17
2 .ne 26
2

27.
II series : 13
+2 +2

(b) There are two alternate series.

15
+2
17

1st series : 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 ........ and so on.

19
1 1 2 1 3 1 4 1 5

6
37
2
1

1
t
7
50
2
1

2nd series : 15, 16, 17,18, 19 . 46. (b) 24 60 120 210 336
.................................................. and so on.
+36 +60 +90 +126
28. (b) Ratios of two consecutive terms are 1, 1/2, 1/3, 1/4,
and 1/5 respectively. +24 +30 +36
29. (a) There are two alternate series
Series I- 6.25, 12.25, 20.25, 30.25 (sequence is +6, +8, +6 +6
+10) 47. (c) 462 – 42 = 420
Series II- 9, 16, 25, 36, (sequence is +7, +9, +11) 420 – 40 = 380
+6 +8 +10
380 – 38 = 342
6.25 9 12.25 16 20.25 25 30.25 36
342 – 36 = 306
+7 +9 +11 48. (c) The numbers are 112, 152, 192, ....., i.e., 112,
30. (c) Clearly the given series is 13 – 1, 23 – 1, 33 – 1, 43 – 1, (11 + 4 × 1)2, (11 + 4 × 2)2,.....
53 – 1, 63 – 1. Missing number = (11 + 4 × 3)2 = (23)2 = 529.
So, the missing number is 43 – 1 = 63.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-22 Series

–1 –1 56. (d)
49. (d) +3 +3 +3
J K I L H M
2 A 11 4 D 13 12 G 17 48 J 23
+1 +1
2 3 4 5 6
2 4 7 11 16 22 ×2 ×3 ×4
+2 +4 +6
–2 –2 –2 –2 –2
Z X V T R P 57. (b) baab/baab/baab
+1 +2 +3 +4 58. (b) cabbac/cabbac/cabbac.
59. (c) The series is abc/aabc/aabbc/aabbcc/a.
50. (c) 3 F 6G 11 I 18 L 27 P 60. (c) The series is babb/bbab/bbba/bbbb.
Thus, in each sequence, ‘a’ moves one step forward
+3 +5 +7 +9
and ‘b’ takes its place and finally in the fourth
51. (d) The first letter of each term is moved two steps backward sequence, it is eliminated.
and the second letter is moved three steps forward to obtain 61. (a) a a b b / b b a a / a a b b / b b a a.
the corresponding letters of the next term. The number in
62. (a) The series formed is :

ww
each term is 3 more than that in the preceding term.
52. (c) 1st letter: a a b a b c a b c d d c b a c b a b a a
in which the letters equi–distant from the beginning
2 2 2 2
Q S U W Y and end are the same.
Middle number:
1
1 1
2
w.E 2 2
6 3 3
21 4 4
88
63.
64.
65.
(b) baab/baab/baab
(b) cabbac/cabbac/cabbac.
(d) a a b b c c d d / a a a b b b c c c d d d
3rd letter:

F
1
E
1
D
1
C asy 1
B
66.
67.
(b)
(a) The series is +5, +9, +13, +17 .... The difference in

53. (c) Ist number : 2

5
7
7
14 9 23
En 68.
successive nos. 9 – 5 = 13 – 9 = 17 – 13 = .... = 4. Hence,
35 is wrong. It should be 37.
(a) The sum of the first two nos. is the third no. Hence, 27

Middle letter :
11
34
13
47
gin
69.
is wrong. It should be 29.
(b) The series is × 0.5 + 0.5, × 1 + 1, × 1.5 + 1.5 .... Hence, 12

Z
1
Y
1
X
1
W
1
V
1
U 70.
eer
is wrong. It should be 14.
(d) The series is × 2 + 22, × 3 + 32, × 4 + 42, × 5 + 52 .....
Hence, 32 is wrong. It should be 33.

5
3rd number :
2
7
2
9
2
11
2
13 2 15
71.
wrong. It should be 227. ing
(b) The series is + l3, + 23, + 33, + 43 ..... Hence, 229 is

54. (a) Letters :

W 2
U 2
S 2
Q 2
O
72.
73.
74.
(c) The series is + 5, + 7, + 9, + 11, ...
(d) The series is 2, 1.5 alternately..
(c) The series is an alternate series, having .ne
Numbers :

144(122) 121 (112)

81 (92) 64 (82)
100(102)
75.
S1 = 2 5 14 41; × 3 – 1 in each term
S2 = 3 8 23 69: × 3 – 1 in each term
(c) The differences are 1– 0 = 1 = 13 ; 9 – 1= 8
= 23; 36 – 9 = 27 = 33; 99 – 36 = 63 43,
t
55. (a) From the alternatives, it is clear that the series can be but 100 – 36 = 64 = 43; 225 – 100 = 125 = 53 ;
divided into groups of 4 terms each––each group 441– 225 = 216 = 63
comprising of two numbers followed by two letters, as 76. (a) The series is × 2.5,× 2 alternately.
shown below:
2 3 B __ / 6 __ F G / __ 5 D __ / 8 __ H I +5 +5 +5 +5 +5
77. (c) A F K P U Z
Clearly, the first number in each group represents the
position of the letter at the third place, in the English +5 5 +5 +5 +5
K P U Z E J
alphabet. Thus, the third missing term is the number
+5 +5 +5 +5 +5
corresponding to the postion of D in English alphabet U Z E J O T
i.e. 4, which is given in (a). Substituting other terms of
(a) into the series, we get:
1 1 1
2 3 B C / 6 7 F G / 4 5 D E / 8 9 H I 78. (c) M L K J
Observe that the second number in each group +2 +2 +2
represents the position of the letter at the fourth place, R T V X
in the English alphabet. S
+2
U
+2
W
+2 Y

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Series A-23

30
79. (a) 2 3 6 7 14 15
88. (b)
+1 ×2 +1 ×2 +1 ×2

80. (b) 6 × 3 = 18 89. (b) 4th term 23 = 5 × 4 + 3 = 23

18 × 6 = 108 3rd term 122 = 5 × 23 + 7 = 122
108 × 18 = 1944 2nd term ? = 5 × 122 + 11 = 621
Hence, 18 is the missing number in the sequence. 1st term 3120 = 5 × 621 + 15 =3120
81. (d) 251 – 107 = 144 = (12)2
381 – 125 = 256 = (16)2 0 5 60 615 6170
Hence, 16 is the missing number in the given question. 90. (b)
880 +5 +55 +555 +5555
82. (b) 354 + 526 = =110
8 91. (b) ac b c / a c bc / a c bc / a c b c / a c b c
923 92. (c) r t x y
297 +631 = = 116 sx yz
8
r txy
83. (d) s x yz

ww 93. (c) 1 × 2 = 2
2×3=6
6 × 4 = 24
84. (d)
w.E 94.
24 × 5 = 120
120 × 6 = 720
(a) 156 + 350 = 506
85.
86.
(a) a b c b c a ca b / a b c bc a c ab.
(a) B C F G 2, 3, 6, 7 asy 95.
506 + 550 = 1056
1056 + 750 = 1806
(c) 3 + 3 = 6

JKNO 10, 11, 14, 15

En 6+3=9
9 + 6 = 15

RSV W 18, 19, 22, 23

Next sequence = 26, 27, 30, 31 = 26, 1, 4, 5 = Z A D E
gin 15 + 9 = 24
24 + 15 = 39
39 + 24 = 63

87. (c)
(subtract the excess value by 26)
96. (b)
–1 eer
63 + 39 = 120
0 3 8 15 24
C I M,
+5
H N R, M S W, R X B
+1 +3
ing +5 +7 +9

+5
+5
+5
.ne
t
+5
+5
+5
+5
+5

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-24 Coding-Decoding

CHAPTER

CODING-DECODING 4
In this segment of commonsense reasoning, secret messages or Example: If the word ‘FACT’ is coded as ‘IDFW’; then how will
words have to be decoded. They are coded as per a definite you code ‘DEEP’?
pattern/ rule which should be identified 1st. Then the same is Explanation: Here, you see that 2 letters are omitted in alphabetic
applied to decode another coded word. Under this segment you sequence. The following diagram gives you the more clear picture :
come across two types of coding letter coding and number coding.
Based on these two types of coding-decoding various types of F A C T
problems come your way. This chapter makes you familiar with +3 +3 +3 +3

ww
every types of problems based on coding-decoding.
TYPE I (CODING BY LETTER SHIFTING)
Clearly,
I D
‘F’ (skip 2 letters) ‘I’
F W

w.E
Pattern 1: Coding in forward sequence
Example: If ‘GOOD’ is coded as ‘HPPE’, then how will you code
‘BOLD’?
‘A’ (skip 2 letters) ‘D’
‘C’ (skip 2 letters) ‘F’
‘T’ (skip 2 letters) ‘W’

asy
Explanation: Here,every letter of the word ‘Good’ shifts one place
in forward alphabetical sequence. Let us see:
Similarly, ‘DEEP’ can be coded. Let us see :
D E E P
G O O
+1 +1 +1 +1
D

En +3 +3 +3 +3
G H H S
H P P E
Similarly, every letter in the word ‘BOLD’ will move one place in gin Code for ‘DEEP’ will be ‘GHHS’.
TYPE II (CODING BY ANALOGY)
forward alphabetical sequence as given below:
B O L D ‘BALE’. eer
Example: If ‘RPTFA’ stands for ‘BLADE’, how will you code

+1 +1 +1 +1
C P M E ing
Explanation: Here, ‘BLADE’ has been coded as ‘RPTFA’. You
will see that all the letters in the word ‘BALE’, which have to be
coded, are also there in the word ‘BLADE’. Hence, all that needs
Code for ‘BOLD’ will be ‘CPME’.
Pattern 2: Coding in backward sequence. .ne
to be done is to choose the relevant code letters from the code
word ‘RPTFA’. Therefore, B becomes R, A becomes T, L becomes
Example: If ‘NAME’ is coded as ‘MZLD’, then how will code
SAME?
Explanation: Here, every letter of the word ‘MZLD’ moves one
place in backward alphabet sequence. Let us see:
Correct answer is ‘RPTA’.
TYPE III (CODING BY REVERSING LETTERS)
t
P, and E becomes A. Therefore, ‘BALE’ will be coded as ‘RTPA’.

Example: If ‘TEMPERATURE’ is coded as ‘ERUTAREPMET’,

N A M E then how will you code ‘EDUCATION’ following the same scheme.
–1 –1 –1 –1 Explanation: Here, the word ‘TEMPERATURE’ has been reversed.
M Z L D Hence, the code for ‘education’ will be ‘NOITACUDE’.
Similarly, every letter of the word ‘SAME’ will move one place in TYPE IV (CODING IN FICTIONS LANGUAGE)
backward alphabet sequence. Let us see : In some cases of coding-decoding, fictions language is used to
S A M E code some words. In such questions, the codes for a group of
–1 –1 –1 –1 words is given. In such types of problems, codes for each word
can be found by eliminating the common words.
R Z L D Example: In a certain code language ‘over and above’ is written
Code for ‘SAME’ will be ‘RZLD’. as ‘da pa ta’ and ‘old and beautiful’ is written as ‘Sa na pa’. How
Pattern 3: Coding based on skipped sequence. is ‘over’ written in that code language?

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Coding-Decoding A-25

Explanation: As per the given condition

Explanation: Over and above = da Pa ta
3 4 5 6
Old and beautiful = Sa na Pa R D N P
Clearly, ‘and’ is common in both and a common code is ‘Pa’.
Code for ‘and’ must be ‘Pa’. 5 3 4 4 6
Code for ‘over’ = ‘da’ or ‘ta’. Now, N R D D P
Code for above = ‘da’ or ‘ta’.
Code for old = ‘Sa’ or ‘na’ Code for 53446 = NRDDP.
Code for beautiful = ‘Sa’ or ‘na’ TYPE VI (MATHEMATICAL OPERATIONS WITH THE
We can’t certainly say what will be exact code for ‘over’. But POSITION NUMBERS OF LETTERS)
it is sure that code for ‘over’ must be either ‘da’ or ‘ta’.
Example: In a certain code, if ‘TALE’ is written as 38, then how
TYPE V (CODING BASED ON NUMBERS) will you code ‘CAME’ using the same coding scheme?
Pattern 1: When numerical values are given to words. Explanation : Look at the numbered alphabet and write down the
Example: If in a certain language A is coded as 1, B is coded as 2. number corresponding to the letters of the word ‘TALE’.
C is coded as 3 and so on, then find the code for AEECD. T A L E

ww
Explanation: As given the letters are coded as below:
A B C D E F G H I
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
20 1 12 5
The fact that the code for ‘TALE’ is 38, gives you a clue that the
code is probably obtained by performing an arithmatical

Now,
A E E C D
1 5 5 3
w.E
4
operations of the numbers of each other. Let us see :
20 + 1 + 12 + 5 = 38
Thus, the code for ‘CAME’ is
Code for AEECD = 15534
asy
Pattern 2: When alphabetical code value are given for numbers.
C A M E
3 + 1 + 13 + 5 = 22

En
Example: In a certain code 3 is coded as ‘R’, 4 is coded as ‘D’, 5
is coded as ‘N’, 6 is coded as ‘P’, then find the code for ‘53446’.
Code for ‘CAME’ = 22

gin
eer
1. In a certain code language BEAM is written as 5 % * K and
COME is written as $ 7 K %. How is BOMB written in that
6.
ing
If in a certain code language ‘pen pencil’ is written as ‘$ £’,
‘eraser sharpener’ is written as @ #’, and ‘pencil eraser’ is
code?
(a) 5 % K5
(c) $ 7 K $
(b) 5 7 K5
(d) 5$ % 5
(a) £
(c) $
(b) @
(d) # .ne
written as ‘$ @’, then what is the code for ‘pen’?

2. In a certain code PATHOLOGIST is written as

PIUBQKSRHFN. How is CONTROVERSY written in that
code?
(a) SUOPDNXRQDU (b) SUOPDNZTSFW
7. In a certain code language BORN is written as APQON and
LACK is written as KBBLK. How will the word GRID be
written in that code language?
(a) FQHCD (b) FSHED
t
(c) QSMNBPXRQDU (d) QSMNBPZTSFW (c) HSJED (d) FSHCD
3. In a certain code language NATIONALISM is written as 8. In a certain code language STREAMLING is written as
OINTANMSAIL. How is DEPARTMENTS written in that CGTVUHOJMN. How will the word PERIODICAL be written
code? in that language?
(a) RADEPTSTMNE (b) RADPETSTMNE (a) PJSFQMNBJE (b) QKTGRMBDJE
(c) RADPESTMTNE (d) RADPETSTNME (c) QKTGRMCEKF (d) PJSFQMBDJE
4. In a certain code language OUTCOME is written as 9. If ‘green’ is called `white’, `white’ is called `yellow , ‘yellow’
OQWWEQOE. How is REFRACT written in that code? is called `red’, `red’ is called `orange’, then which of the
(a) RTGITCET (b) RTGTICET following represents the colour of sunflower?
(c) RTGITECT (c) RTGICTET (a) red (b) yellow
5. If B is coded as 8, F is coded as 6, Q is coded as 4, D is (c) brown (d) indigo
coded as 7, T is coded as 2, M is coded as 3, and K is coded 10. In a certain code BROUGHT is written as SGFVAQN. How
as 5, then what is the coded form of QKTBFM? is SUPREME written in that code?
(a) 452683 (b) 472683 (a) FNFSRTO (b) RTOSDLD
(c) 452783 (d) None of these (c) DLDSRTO (d) DLDSTVQ

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-26 Coding-Decoding
11. In a certain code ‘CLOUD’ is written as ‘GTRKF’. How is 24. In a certain code language the word FUTILE is written as
SIGHT written in that code? HYVMNI. How will the word PENCIL be written in that
(a) WGJHV (b) UGHHT language?
(c) UHJFW (d) WFJGV (a) OIFRLT (b) OIFRLS
12. In a certain code CHAIR is written as # * • ÷ % and HIDE is (c) OLFRIT (d) None of these
written as * ÷ + $. How is DEAR written in that code? 25. In a certain code language the word ‘NUMBER’ is written
(a) $ + • % 2 (b) + $ ÷ % as ‘UMHTEL’. How will the word ‘SECOND’ be written in
(c) $ + % ÷ 4 (d) None of these that language?
13. In a certain code AROMATIC is written as BQPLBSJB. How (a) CTQDRB (b) GRQDRB
is BRAIN written in that code? (c) CTQFRB (d) GRQFRB
(a) CQBJO (b) CSBJO 26. If the sentence “you must go early to catch the train” is
(c) CQBHO (d) CSBHO coded as “early catch train must to go the you”, what will
14. If ‘yellow’ means ‘green’, ‘green’ means ‘white’, white means be code for the sentence “morning exercise will help you to
‘red’, ‘red’ means ‘black’, ‘black’ means ‘blue’ and ‘blue’ keep fit”?
means ‘violet’, which of the following represents the colour (a) help to fit you exercise will keep morning
of human blood? (b) help to fit exercise you will keep morning
(a) black (b) violet (c) will help to fit you exercise keep morning

ww
(c) red (d) None of these (d) will fit to exercise you help keep morning
15. In a certain code ‘FEAR’ is written as ‘ + × ÷ * ’ and ‘READ’ 27. In a code, CORNER is written as GSVRIV. How can
is written as ‘*× ÷ $ ’. How is ‘FADE’ written in that code? CENTRAL be written in that code?
(a) + ÷ $ × (b) × ÷ + $ (a) DFOUSBM (b) GIRXVEP

16.
(c) $ ÷ + *
w.E (d) ÷ $ + ×
In a certain code BREAK is written as ASDBJ. How is SOLAR
written in that code?
28.
(c) GJRYVEP (d) GNFJKER
If FRIEND is coded as HUMJTK, how is CANDLE written
in that code?

17.
(a) RPKBS
(c) RPKBQ
asy
(b) TPMBS
(d) TPKBQ
In a code language “1357” means “We are very happy”, 29.
(a) EDRIRL
(c) ESJFME
(b) DCQHQK
(d) FYOBOC
In a code STATION is denoted by URCRKMP then BRING
“2639” means “They are extremely lucky”, and “794” means
“Happy and lucky”. Which digit in that code language
stands for “very”? En is denoted in the same code by
(a) CSKLH (b) DSGLH

18.
(a) 1
(c) 7
(b) 5
(d) Data inadequate
In a certain code language ‘CREATIVE’ is written as
gin
30.
(c) KSKPH (d) None of these
In a certain code ‘289’ means ‘Read from newspaper’, ‘276’
means ‘tea from field’ and ‘85’ means ‘Wall newspaper’.
‘BDSBFUJS’. How is ‘TRIANGLE’ written in that code?
(a) BSHSFHKM (b) BHSSMHHF
(a) 2
eer
Which of the following number is used for ‘tea’?

(c) Either 7 or 6
(b) 6
(d) Either 2 or 6
19.
(c) BSSHFMKH (d) BHSSFKHM
In a certain code ‘BROTHER’ is written as‘$%53#4%’ and
‘DREAM’ is written as ‘9%47 ’. How is ‘THREAD’ written
31.
ing
If ‘black’ means ‘white’, ‘white’ means ‘red’, ‘red’ means
‘yellow’, ‘yellow’ means ‘blue’, ‘blue’ means ‘green’, ‘green’
means ‘purple’ and ‘purple’ means ‘orange’ then what is
in that code?
(a) #3%479
(c) 3$%479
(b) 3#%479
(d) 3#% 79
the colour of clean sky?
(a) green (b) purple
.ne
20. In a certain code language ‘OMNIPRESENT’ is written as
‘QJONPTSMDRD’. How is ‘CREDIBILITY’ written in that
code?
(a) JEFSDCXSHKH (b) JEFSDDXSHKH
32.
(c) blue (d) yellow
If ROSE is coded as 6821, CHAIR is coded as 73456 and
PREACH is coded as 961473, what will be the code for
SEARCH?
(a) 318826 (b) 214673
t
(c) DSFEJDDXSHKH (d) JEFSDXDSHKH (c) 214763 (d) 216473
21. If water is called air, air is called green, green is called brown, 33. If MOBILITY is coded as 46293927, then EXAMINATION
brown is called steel, steel is called red, red is called rain, is coded as
rain is called tree and tree is called road, what is the colour (a) 45038401854 (b) 56149512965
of human blood?
(c) 57159413955 (d) 67250623076
(a) Red (b) Water 34. In a certain code BANKER is written as LFSCBO. How will
(c) Rain (d) Tree
CONFER be written in that code?
22. In a certain code language ‘MOTHERS’ is written as
(a) GFSDPO (b) FGSDOP
‘OMVGGPU’. How is ‘BROUGHT’ written in that code?
(c) GFSEPO (d) FHSDPO
(a) CPRTIEV (b) DPQSIFV
35. In a certain code language, ‘3a, 2b, 7c’ means ‘Truth is
(c) DPRTIDV (d) DPQTIFV
Eternal’; ‘7c, 9a, 8b, 3a’ means ‘Enmity is not Eternal’ and
23. In a certain code ‘PENCIL’ is written as ‘RCTAMJ’ then in
‘9a, 4d, 2d, 8b’ means ‘Truth does not perish’. Which of the
that code ‘BROKEN’ is written as
following means ‘Enmity’ in that language?
(a) SPFLIM (b) SVFLIN
(a) 3a (b) 7c
(c) FVSMGL (d) None of these
(c) 8b (d) 9a

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Coding-Decoding A-27

36. If DELHI is coded as 73541 and CALCUTTA as 82589662, 51. If NOR is coded as 2-3-6, then how should REST be coded
how can CALICUT be coded? in the same code language ?
(a) 5279431 (b) 5978213 (a) 6-19-6-7 (b) 5-19-5-8
(c) 8251896 (d) 8543691 (c) 6-19-5-6 (d) 6-18-5-8
37. If REASON is coded as 5 and BELIEVED as 7, what is the 52. In a code language, 123 means ‘hot filtered coffee’, 356
code number for GOVERNMENT? means ‘very hot day’, 589 means ‘day and night’. Which
(a) 6 (b) 8 numerical stands for ‘very’?
(c) 9 (d) 10 (a) 5 (b) 6
38. If 341782 denotes MONKEY and 0596 denotes RAGS, then (c) 8 (d) 9
75195044 will denote 53. In a certain code WEAK is written as 5%9$ and WHEN is
(a) KANGAROO (b) PALMANTT written as 5*%7. How HANK written in that code?
(c) HANGAMEE (d) KARNAGOO (a) *9$7 (b) 9*$7
39. In a certain code ‘BREAKTHROUGH’ is written as (c) $97* (d) *97$
‘EAOUHRGHKT’ How is DISTRIBUTION written in that 54. In a certain code MODE is written as #8%6 and DEAF is
code. written as %67$. How is FOAM written in that code?
(a) STTIBUDIONRI (b) STTIBUONRIDI (a) $87# (b) $#7%
(c) TISIBUONDIRI (d) RISTTIBUDION (c) #87% (d) $87%
40.
ww
If DANCE is coded as GXQZH then how will RIGHT be
coded ?
(a) UFJEW (b) SGKFX
55. In a certain code DESK is written as # $ 52, RIDE is written
as % 7#$. How is RISK written in that code?
(a) %725 (b) %752

41.
(c) UFJWE

w.E (d) UFWJE

If CAT is coded as 3120, what code number can be given to
NAVIN.
56.
(c) %7#2 (d) %7$#
In a certain code BEND is written as 5%7@ and DREAM is
written as @2%48. How is MADE written in that code?

42.
(a) 14 1 22 9 14
(c) 7 3 9 5 7 6 14
If ‘ asy
(b) 4 9 2 7 4 6 5 4
(d) None of these
’ is coded as ‘ARGUE’ and is SOLVE, 57.
(a) 84@%
(c) 85@%
(b) 8@4%
(d) 84%5
If SMOOTH is coded as 135579, ROUGH as 97531 and
What is
(a) VAGUELY
(c) VAGUELE
n is ?
(b) VAGRANT
(d) VAGUER En HARD as 9498, then SOFT will be coded as
(a) 1527 (b)
(c) 4998 (d)
1347
8949
43. If NATION is coded as 467234 and EARN be coded as 1654
then ATTENTION should be coded as :- gin
58. In a certain code OVER is written as $#%*. and VIST is
written as #+×–. How is SORE written in that code?

44.
(a) 432769561
(c) 766412743
(b) 956143654
(d) 677147234
If HONESTY is written as 5132468 and POVERTY as 7192068 59.
(a) ×$*%
(c) ×*$%
eer (b) %×$*
(d) × %*
If in a certain language LATE is coded as 8 & 4 $ and HIRE
how is HORSE written as in a certain code?
(a) 50124
(c) 51024
(b) 51042
(d) 52014
language ?
(a) 7 & 8* ing
is coded as 7*3$ then how will HAIL be coded in the same

(b) &7*8
45. If SEVEN is coded as 23136 and EIGHT as 34579. What will
be the code for NINE ? 60.
(c) 7*& 8 (d) 7&*8
.ne
If in a certain language WEAK is coded as 9%2$ and SKIT

46.
(a) 6463
(c) 6346

(a) 75
(c) 47
(b) 6364
(d) 6436
If RUSH is coded as 66 then how is GIRL coded as:
(b) 64
(d) 46 61.
is coded as #$7@, then how will WAIT be coded in the
same language ?
(a) 9267
(c) 92 @ 6
(b) 9276
(d) None of these
In a certain code BROWN is written as 531 @% and MEAN
t
47. If LOVE is coded as 27 then how is COME coded as:- is written as 26©%. How is ROBE written in that code ?
(a) 38 (b) 18 (a) 3@16 (b) 3516
(c) 28 (d) 8 (c) 3156 (d) 3©16
48. If 841 = 3, 633 = 5, 425 = 7, then 217 = ? 62. If DFIN is coded as WURM, then HJMO can be coded as
(a) 6 (b) 7 (a) RPNO (b) SQNP
(c) 8 (d) 9 (c) SQNL (d) TRPO
49. If A = 1, PAT = 37 then TAP = ? 63. If RUMOUR can be written as QSJKPL, then how HERMIT
(a) 73 (b) 37 can be written?
(c) 36 (d) 38 (a) GEPKHR (b) GCOIDN
50. Certain letters are coded as : TODAY-457338 WROTE-10542. (c) GCPIDM (d) GCPIEN
DATE-7342 and DIRTH-79046. What does the code number 64. In a certain code language, GRAPE is written as 27354 and
‘5’ stand for ? FOUR is written as 1687. How is GROUP written in that
(a) D (b) R code?
(c) O (d) T (a) 27384 (b) 27684
(c) 27685 (d) 27658

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-28 Coding-Decoding
65. WAYIN is written as TXVFX. How LBUK can be written in 69. In a certain code DEPUTATION is written as ONTADEPUTI.
that code? How is DERIVATION written in that code ?
(a) IYRH (b) KATJ (a) ONVADERITI (b) ONDEVARITI
(c) JZSI (d) NDWM (c) ONVAEDIRTI (d) ONVADEIRIT
66. In a certain code language, if the word PARTNER is coded 70. If MADRAS is coded as 517916 and TENANT is coded as
as OZQSMDQ, then what is the code for the word 432121, how would you encode RMATSN?
SEGMENT? (a) 851353 (b) 951363
(a) TFHNFOU (b) RDFLDMS (c) 951462 (d) 941562
(c) RDELDMS (d) RDFEDNS 71. Find the missing number from the given responses.
67. If DOCTOR is written as FQEVQT; how PATIENT can be
written in that code?
(a) RVKGPV (b) RCKPGVV 260 132
(c) RCVKGPV (d) RVCKGVP ? 68
68. If ‘S’ is written as ‘H’ ‘R’ as ‘@’ ‘A’ as ‘ ’ ‘M’ as ‘#’ ,
20 36
‘T’ as ‘$’ and ‘E’ as ‘%’ then how is ‘MASTER’ written in
that code ?
(a) # H$%@ (b) #H $%@

ww
(a) 12 (b) 10
(c) # $H%@ (d) # H%@$ (c) 9 (d) 8

w.E
asy
En
gin
eer
ing
.ne
t
ANSWER KEY
1 (b) 9 (a) 17 (d) 25 (b) 33 (b) 41 (a) 49 (b) 57 (a) 65 (a)
2 (a) 10 (c) 18 (d) 26 (b) 34 (a) 42 (a) 50 (c) 58 (a) 66 (b)
3 (b) 11 (a) 19 (b) 27 (b) 35 (c) 43 (d) 51 (c) 59 (d) 67 (c)
4 (a) 12 (d) 20 (b) 28 (a) 36 (c) 44 (b) 52 (b) 60 (d) 68 (a)
5 (d) 13 (c) 21 (c) 29 (d) 37 (c) 45 (a) 53 (d) 61 (c) 69 (a)
6 (a) 14 (a) 22 (d) 30 (c) 38 (a) 46 (d) 54 (a) 62 (c) 70 (c)
7 (b) 15 (a) 23 (d) 31 (a) 39 (a) 47 (b) 55 (b) 63 (b) 71 (d)
8 (b) 16 (c) 24 (d) 32 (b) 40 (a) 48 (d) 56 (a) 64 (c)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Coding-Decoding A-29

1. (b) Here, B 5, E %, A *, Similarly,

M K, C $,O 7 G R I D
Therefore, BOMB 57K5 –1 +1 –1 +1
2. (a) F S H E –1 D

I Group II Group
8. (b)
S T R E A M L I N G
Reverse
order
A E R T S G N I L M
+2 +2 +2 +2 +2 +1 +1 +1 +1 +1
C G T V U H O J M N

ww Hence, CONTROVERSY will be written as

SUOPDNXRQDU. Similarly,

3. (b) w.E Reverse

order
P E
I Group

R I O D
II Group

I C A L

asy O I R E
+2 +2 +2 +2 +2
P L A C I D
+1 +1 +1 +1 +1

Similarly,
En 9.
Q K T G R M B D J E

(a) The colour of sunflower is yellow and yellow is called

gin
10. (c)
‘red’. Hence sunflower is red.

eer
ing
4. (a)
O U T C O M E
+2 +2 +3 +2 +2 +2 +0
Reverse
S U P R E M E
.ne
Coded as O Q W W E
R E F R A C
+2 +2 +3 +2 +2 +2
Q O E

T
+0
order
E M E
–1 –1 –1 +1 –1
D L D S
R P
U S
–1 –1
O T R
Reverse
t
Coded as R T G I T C E T D L D S R T O order
5. (d) Q K T B F M = 4 5 2 8 6 3 11. (a) Here, each letter of the word CLOUD is written as three
6. (a) Pen pencil = $£ ...(i) letters forward and one letter backward alternately.
Eraser sharpner = @# ...(ii) Following this CLOUD becomes FKRTG. After that,
Pencil eraser = $@ ...(iii) reverse the order of the result obtained in the previous
From (i) and (iii), the code for ‘pencil’ is $. operation. Thus, FKRTG becomes GTRKF.
Hence, from (i), the code for ‘pen’ is £. Similarly, SIGHT will change its form as follows:
7. (b) B O R N SIGHT VHJGW WGJHV
–1 +1 –1 +1 12. (d)
A P Q O –1 N Code: # * • % + $
Letter: C H A I R D E
L A C K
Therefore, code for DEAR = + $ • %
–1 +1 –1 +1
13. (c) A R O M A T I C
K B B L –1 K +1 –1 +1 –I +1 –1 +1 –1
B Q P L B S J B

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-30 Coding-Decoding
Similarly, B R A I N Reverse
+1 –1 +1 –1 +1 order
C Q B H O O R B K N N
14. (a) The colour of human blood is red. Here red means
black. Therefore, black is our answer. +4 –2 +4 –2 +4 –2
15. (a) It is clear that F +, A , D $ and E × S P F I R L
FADE + $×
24. (d)
16. (c) B R E A K
–1 +1 –1 +1 –1
A S D B J
Similarly,
S O L A R
–1 +1 –1 +1 –1
R P K B Q
17. (d) C R E A T I V E 25. (b)

ww
18. (d) C R E A T I V E
When the letters in both the halves are reversed, we
get
A E R C E V I T
+1 –1
B D
w.E
+1
S
–1
B
+1
F
–1
U
+1 –1
J S
Next, the letters have been written as one place forward
26.
Similary, SECOND DSNEOC
(b) you must go early to catch the train
GRQDRB

T R I A N G L E asy
and one place backward alternately.
Similarly, TRIANGLE is coded as follows:
1 2 3 4
earlycatch train must to
4 6 8 2
5

5
go
6

3
7 8
the you
7 1
+1
A

B
–1
H
I
+1
R

S
–1
T

S
+1
E

F
–1
L

K En
G
+1 –1
H M
N
Similarly,
morning exercise will help you to keep fit

19. (b)
Hence, code for TRIANGLE is BHSSFKHM
gin4
1

help
2
6
to
3
8
4
2
5
5
fit exerciseyou
6
3
will
7
7
8
1
keep morning

27. (b) eer

20. (b)
Therefore, code for THREAD 3#% 479
Similarly,
ing
.ne
28. (a)
Coded as: H U
Similarly,
F R I

M
E N D
+2 +3 +4 +5 +6 +7
J T K
t
Hence code for CREDIBILITY is JEFS DDXSHKM
21. (c) The colour of human blood is red. But here red is called
rain.
22. (d) M O T H E R S
+2 –2 +2 –1 +2 –2 +2
O M V G G P U 29. (d) As
Similarly, BROUGHT be coded as follows:
B R O U G H T –2
+2 –2 +2 –1 +2 –2 +2 –2
D P Q T I F V –2
23. (d) P E N C I L S T A T I O N U R C R K M P
+2
+2
+2
+2

Similarly, B R O K E N

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Coding-Decoding A-31

Similarly 37. (c) Code for the given word = (Number of letters in the
–2 word) –1.
–2 So, code for GOVERNMENT = 10 – 1= 9.
B R I N G D P K L I 38. (a) The number represent letters and to find the answer,
+2
select the respective letters.
+2 3 4 1 7 8 2 0592 letters
+2 MO N K E Y RAGS code
30. (c) ‘289’ means ‘Read from newspaper’ . .......(i) So,
‘276’ means ‘tea from field’ .........(ii) 7 51 95 04 4 code
On comparing (i) and (ii), 2 is used for, ‘from’ KAN GA R O O answer letters
From (ii) for tea the number is either 6 or 7. 39. (a)
31. (a) The colour of clean sky is blue and blue means green. BR EAKT HROU G H E AOU HR BR GHKT
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 3 4 9 10 7 8 1 2 1112 5 6
Hence, the colour of clean sky is green.
D I S T R I B U T I ON S T T I BU D I O N R I
32. (b) The alphabets are coded as shown: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112 3 4 9 10 7 8 1 2 1112 5 6
R O S E C H A I P
D A N C E G X Q Z H
6 8 2 1 7 3 4 5 9 40. (a)
+3

33. ww
(b)
So, in SEARCH, S is coded as 2, E as 1, A as 4 , R as 6,
C as 7, H as 3. Thus, the code for SEARCH is 214673.
Let A = 1, B = 2, C = 3, . ..., X = 24, Y = 25, Z = 26.
–3
+3
–3

w.E
Then, M = 13 = 1 + 3 = 4; O = 15 = 1 + 5 = 6
L = 12 = 1 + 2 = 3;
Y = 25 = 2 + 5 = 7.
T = 20 = 2 + 0 = 2;
Similarly
+3

34. (a)
So, MOBILITY = 46293927.
Similarly, EXAMINATION = 56149512965
asy
Here, the coding has been done in two steps. In the
41. (a)
RI GHT

C A T Similarly
UFJE W

En N A V I N 14 1 22 9 14
first step, the letters of the words are split into two
groups having equal number of letters, i.e.
B A N K E R
After that the position of the groups are interchanged. gin 3 1 20 14 1 22
9 14
i.e.
K E R B A N
42. (b)
eer
(d) N A T I O N
And in the second step, each letter is moved one step
forward.
43.

4
6 7 2 ing
K E R

L F S
B A N

C B O E A R N
3 4

.ne
Thus the code for BANKAR is LFSCBO. Similarly, the
code of CONFER can be obtained as follows:
C O N F E R
1 6 5 4
A T T E N T I O N
t
F E R C O N

G F S D P O Coded word
6 7 7 1 4 72 3 4
35. (c) In the second and third statements, the common code is
‘9a’ and the common word is ‘not’. So, ‘9a’ means ‘not’. In 44. (b) H O N E S T Y
the first and second statements, the common codes are
‘7c’ and ‘3a’ and the common words are ‘is’ and ‘Eternal’’.
So, in the second statement, ‘8b’ means ‘Enmity’. 5 1 3 2 4 6 8
36. (c) The alphabets are coded as follows:
P O V E R T Y
D E L H I C A U T
7 3 5 4 1 8 2 9 6
So, in CALICUT, C is coded as 8, A as 2, L as 5, I as
1, U as 9 and T as 6. Thus, the code for CALICUT is 7 1 9 2 0 6 8
8251896. Therefore

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-32 Coding-Decoding
H O R S E 50. (c) The manner of coding is
TODAY WROTE DATE DIRTH
45738 10542 7342 79046
The number ‘5’ is common in words TODAY and
5 1 0 4 2 WROTE, and so is the letter ‘O’. Letter ‘T’ cannot be
the answer because it is common in all the four words
45. (a) S E V E N 23136 and so is its number code ‘4’.
EI GHT 34579 51. (c) Difference between alphabetical positions of
Hence N and O = 1 = difference between 2 and 3
Difference between alphabetical positions of
NIN E 6463 O and R = 3 = Diff. between 3 and 6.
Similarly, for REST,
46. (d) R U S H difference between R and E = 13,
difference between E and S = 14
and difference between S and T = 1
Here, only option (c) follows above condition
18 + 21+ 19 + 8 = 66

ww G I R L 52. (b) 1
3
2
5
3
6
hot
very
filtered
hot
coffee
day

47. (b) w.E

7 + 9 + 18 +12 = 46
L O V E
5 8 9 day
Clearly, ‘6’ stands for ‘very’.
and night

asy
53. (d) W E A K W H E N

12 + 15 + 22 + 5 = 54 5 % 9 $ 5 * % 7
54
27 En Therefore,
H A N K

gin
2
Similarly,
C O M E * 9 7 $
54. (a) As,
eer
M O D E and D E A F
3 + 15 + 13 + 5 = 36
36
18 # 8 % 6 ing % 6 7 $

48. (d)
8
2

2 1 3
Similarly,
F O A M
.ne
4
6
3
4
3 5
55.
56.
$ 8 7 #
(b) R %, I 7, S 5, K 2.
(a) BEND 5%7@
t
5 7 and DREAM @2%48
2 MADE 84@%
2 57. (a) SMOOTH 135579
2 7 9
1 ROUGH 97531
49. (b) A = 1 HARD 9498 O = 5
P A T Clearly, only the first option i.e. 1527 contains 5. Hence,
the correct code for SOFT in the code would be 1527.
O V E R V I S T
58. (a) $ # % * # + –
16 + 1 + 20 = 37
T A P From above table, SORE is coded as :
S O R E
$ * %
20 + 1 + 16 = 37

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Coding-Decoding A-33

59. (d) As L 8 and H 7 Similarly, L B U K

A & I * 3 3 3 3
T 4 R 3 I Y R H
E $ E $
66. (b) As, P A R T N E R
Similarly,
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
H 7 A &
I * L 8 O Z Q S M D Q

60. (d) As W 9 and S # Similarly,

S E G M E N T
E % K $
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
A 2 I 7
R D F L D M S
K $ T @
67. (c) As, D O C T O R
Thus, W 9 2 2 2 2 2 2

ww A
I
2
7
Similarly,
F Q E V Q T

61. (c) B R O
T
W N
w.E @
and M E A N
2
P
2
A
2
T
2
I
2
E
2
N
2
T

5 3 1
R O B
@ %
E
2 6 ©

asy
%

68. (a) Letter

R C

S R A M T E
V K G P V

62. (c)
3 1 5 6

En code H @ # $ %

gin
69. (a)
MASTER = # $ % @

Respective place value of each letter from startig has

been coded as the respective place value of letter from
the last. Code eer
63. (b) Similarly,
ing
.ne
64. (c) GRAPE = 2 7 3 5 4
FOUR = 1 6 8 7
70. (c) M

coded as
Coded

5 1
A

7 9
D R A S

1 6
T E

4 3
N T

2 1
t
So, G = 2, R = 7, A = 3, P = 5, E = 4, F = 1, O = 6, U = 8, Similarly,
R= 7 R M A T S N
GROUP = 2 7 6 8 5
65. (a) As W A Y I N Codedas 9 5 1 4 6 2
3 3 3 3 3
71. 8
T X V F K

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-34 Blood Relation

CHAPTER

BLOOD RELATION 5
MEANING OF BLOOD RELATION example also the sentence “the only daughter of the parents
Blood relation does mean biological relation. Remember a wife in laws of the husband of ‘Vandana’ has been given in the
and husband are met biologically related but they are biological form of indirect relation. Below are given some indirect
parents of their own children. Similarly, brother, sister, paternal relation in the form of a list. Examinees are required to learn
grandfather, paternal grandmother maternal grandfather, maternal them by heart. If are keeps this list in one’s mind, he/she will
grandmother, grandson, granddaughter, niece, cousin etc. are find it very easy to solve problems based on blood relations.

ww
our blood relatives.
TYPES OF BLOOD RELATIONS
1.
2.
3.
Son of father or mother : Brother
Daughter of father or mother : Sister
Brother of father : Uncle

w.E
There are mainly two types of blood relatives:
(i) Blood relation from paternal side
(ii) Blood relation from maternal side
Now, we will discuss both kind of relations one-by one.
4.
5.
6.
Brother of mother
Sister of father
Sister of mother
: Maternal uncle
:
: Aunt
Aunt

asy
(i) Blood relation from paternal side : This type of blood
relation can be further subdivided into three types:
(a) Past generations of father : Great grandfather, great
7.
8.
Father of father
Father of father's father
: Grandfather
: Great grand father
grandmother, grandfather, grandmother etc.
En
(b) Parallel generations of father: Uncles (Brothers of father).
9.
10.
Father of grandfather
Mother of father
: Great grandfather
: Grandmother
aunts (sisters of father) etc.
(c) Future generations of father: Sons, daughters, grandsons,
granddaughters etc. gin
11.
12.
Mother of father's mother
Mother of grandmother
: Great grandmother
: Great grandmother
(ii) Blood relation from maternal side: This type of blood
relations can also be subdivided into three types:
(a) Past generations of mother: Maternal great grandfather,
13.
14.
eer
Father of mother
Father of mother's father
: Maternal grandfather
: Great maternal grand

ing
father
maternal great grandmother, maternal grandfather, maternal 15. Father of maternal : Great maternal
grandmother etc. grandfather grandfather
(b) Parallel generations of mother: Maternal uncles, maternal
aunts etc.
(c) Future generations of mother: Sons, daughters,
16.
17.
Mother of mother
Mother of mother, mother .ne
: Maternal grandmother
: Great maternal
grandsons, granddaughters etc.
In the examinations, the questions are given in complicated
way. In other words, in the given questions, the easy
relationship takes the complicated form and examinees are
18.

19.
Mother of maternal
grandmother
Wife of father
grandmother
: Great maternal
grandmother
: Mother
t
expected to solve this complication in order to find out the
20. Husband of mother : Father
correct answer. How does an examinee get aid of this
complication? For this, an examinee sees the given data in 21. Wife of Grandfather : Grandmother
the question with a serious eye; then tries to establish 22. Husband of Grandmother : Grandfather
relation among elements of given data on the basis of certain 23. Wife of son : Daughter-in-law
logic and finally finds out the required answer. In fact 24. Husband of daughter : Son-in-law
complications in the asked question occur because of the
given indirect relation. It does mean questions are in the 25. Brother of Husband : Brother-in-law
form of indirect relation & one has to convert this indirect 26. Brother of wife : Brother-in-law
relation into direct relation. For example “only son of my 27. Sister of Husband : Sister-in-law
father” does mean ‘me’ (myself). Here in place of ‘me’ indirect 28. Sister of wife : Sister-in-law
relation has been given in form of “only son of my father”.
Similarly, “the only daughter of the parents in laws of the 29. Son of brother : Nephew
husband of Vandana” does mean ‘Vandana’ herself. In this 30. Daughter of brother : Niece

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Blood Relation A-35

31. Wife of brother : Sister-in-law is the only daughter of mother of my brother’s sister.” How
32. Husband of sister : Brother-in-law is Mr. Sharma related to the lady in the photograph?
33. Son of sister : Nephew (a) Cousin (b) Sister
34. Daughter of sister : Niece (c) Aunt (d) Daughter in law
35. Wife of uncle : Aunt Ans. Here we have to find relationship between Mr. Sharma &
36. Wife of maternal uncle : Aunt the lady in the photograph.
37. Son/daughter of uncle/Aunt : Cousin Mother of my brother’s sister does mean my (Mr. Sharma’s)
38. Son/daughter of maternal : Cousin mother. Only daughter of Mr. Sharma’s mother does mean
uncle/maternal aunt
“sister of Mr. Sharma”. Hence option (b) is the correct
39. Son/daughter of sister : Cousin
answer.
of Father
40. Son/daughter of sister : Cousin (2) Blood relation based on family tree
of Mother Sample Q: Q is the brother of C and C is the sister of Q. R and D
41. Only son of grandfather : Father are brother and sister. R is the son of A while A & C are wife
42. Only daughter of maternal : Mother and husband. How is Q related with D.
grandfather Ans. For such type of question a family tree is made in which
43. Daughter of grandfather : Aunt some symbols are used as below:
44.

45. ww
Sons of grandfather other
than father
Son of maternalgrandfather
:

:
Uncle

Maternal Uncle.
‘ ’ is used for husband & wife.
‘___’ is used for brother & sister
‘ | ’ is used for parents (father or mother). Parents are put on
46.
w.E
/maternal grand mother
Only daughter in law of
grandfather/ grandmother
: Mother
top while children are put at the bottom.
‘–’ or minus sign is used for female
‘+’ or plus sign is used for male.
47.

48.
Daughters in law of
grandfather/ grandmother
Daughters-in-law of
:

: asy
Aunt other than mother

Aunt maternal
Now adopting and using the above given symbols we can
make a family tree and solve the given problem, let us see
the family tree for sample question:
49.
maternal grandfather/
Neither brother nor sister :
grandmother
Self
En Family + tree :

SOME IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT BLOOD

RELATION
A. Without the information of gender, no relationship can be
gin A+ C
–
Q
+

established between two people. For example, If given that

R is the child of P & Q, then we can only say that P & Q are eer
the parents of R. But we can not find out:
(i) R is the son of P & Q or R is the daughter of P & Q.
(ii) Who is mother of R and who is father of R.
R+
ing
D–

But if we have given that P is a male, Q is a female and R is

male, then we can easily say that R is the son of P and Q.
Further we can also say that P is father of R and Q is mother .ne
As per the question Q is the brother of c and c is the sister of Q.
Hence relation between C & Q has been presented as C — Q
–

of R.
B. Gender can not be decided on the basis of name. For example
in Sikh community the names like Manjit, Sukhvinder etc.
are the names of both male and female. Similarly, in the
D. The presentation
+
R—D
t
where ‘–’ sign above C makes it clear that C is a female and ‘+’
sign above ‘Q’ makes it clear that Q is a male. Similarly for R and
has been made. Further
according to the question.
Hindu Community ‘Suman’ is the name of both male and
female. A and C are having a husband and wife relationship and hence
Remember: Solution Tips
(a) While solving blood relation based question, first of all this has been presented as A C . As it is already given
find out that two persons between whom a relationship has that C is the sister of Q and A and C are wife and husband, this
to be established. becomes clear that A is the male member of the family and this is
(b) Next, try to find out middle relation the reason A has ‘+’ as its gender sign. Lastly, the vertical line
(c) Finally findout the relationship between two persons to be gives father and son relationship and has been presented as
identified for this purpose. A
Type of problems | . Now from this family tree it becomes clear that C is the
(1) General problems of blood relation R
(2) Blood relation based on family tree mother of R and D and as Q is the brother of C, then Q will
Now, we will discuss all the three types of problems one by one definitely be the maternal uncle of R & D. Hence we can say that
(1) General problem of blood relation Q is the maternal uncle of D and this is the required answer for
Sample Q: Pointing towards a photograph, Mr. Sharma said, “She our sample question.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-36 Blood Relation

1. Anil, introducing a girl in a party, said, she is the wife of the 12. A is the brother of B. A is the brother of C. To find what is
grandson of my mother. How is Anil related to the girl? the relation between B and C. What minimum information
(a) Father (b) Grandfather from the following is necessary?
(c) Husband (d) Father-in-law (i) Gender of C
2. A man said to a woman, “Your mother’s husband’s sister is (ii) Gender of B
my aunt.” How is the woman related to the man ? (a) Only (i) (b) Only (ii)
(a) Granddaughter (b) Daughter (c) Either (i) or (ii) (d) both (i) and (ii)
(c) Sister (d) Aunt 13. Mohan is son of Arun’s father’s sister. Prakash is son of
3. Introducing Rajesh, Neha said, “His brother’s father is the Reva, who is mother of Vikash and grandmother of Arun.
only son of my grand father”. How Neha is related to Rajesh? Pranab is father of Neela and grandfather of Mohan. Reva
(a) Sister (b) Daughter
is wife of Pranab.
(c) Mother (d) Niece

ww
How is Vikash’s wife related to Neela?
4. Vinod is the brother of Bhaskar. Manohar is the sister of
(a) Sister (b) Niece
Vinod. Biswal is the brother of Preetam and Preetam is the
daughter of Bhaskar. Who is the uncle of Biswal? (c) Sister-in-law (d) Data inadaequate
14. There is a family of 6 persons A, B, C, D, E and F. There are

5.
(a) Bhaskar
(c) Vinod
w.E (b) Manohar
(d) Insufficient data
A man said to a woman, “Your brother’s only sister is my
mother.” What is the relation of the woman with the maternal
two married couples in the family. The family members are
lawyer, teacher, salesman, engineer, accountant and doctor.
D, the salesman is married to the lady teacher. The doctor is
grandmother of that man?
(a) Mother
(c) Niece asy
(b) Sister
(d) Daughter
married to the lawyer. F, the accountant is the son of B and
brother of E. C, the lawyer is the daughter-in-law of A. E is
the unmarried engineer. A is the grandmother of F. How is E
6.
En
Pointing to a photograph, a man said, “ I have no brother or
sister but that man’s father is my father’s son.” Whose
related to F?
(a) Brother
photograph was it?
(a) His own
(c) His father’s
(b) His son’s
(d) His nephew’s gin (b) Sister
(c) Father
(d) Cannot be established (cannot be determined)
7. Pointing to a photograph, a lady tells Pramod, “I am the
only daughter of this lady and her son is your maternal
uncle,” How is the speaker related to Pramod’s father?
15.

eer
Pointing to a girl, Abhishek said, “She is daughter of the
only child of my father.” How is Abhishek’s wife related to
that girl?

8.
(a) Sister-in-law
(c) Neither (a) nor (b)
(b) Wife
(d) Aunt
Introducing a man, a woman said, “His wife is the only
(a) Daughter
(c) Aunt ing (b) Mother
(d) Sister
daughter of my mother.” How is the woman related to that
man?
16.

.ne
Introducing Sarita, Meena said, “She is the only daughter
of my father’s only daughter.” How is Meena related to
Sarita?

t
(a) Aunt (b) Wife
(a) Niece (b) Cousin
(c) Mother-in-law (d) Maternal Aunt
(c) Aunt (d) None of these
9. Deepak said to Nitin, “That boy playing with the football is
the younger of the two brothers of the daughter of my 17. A and B are married couple. X and Y are brothers. X is the
father’s wife.” How is the boy playing football related to brother of A. How is Y related to B?
Deepak? (a) Brother-in-law (b) Brother
(a) Son (b) Brother (c) Son-in-law (d) Cousin
(c) Causin (d) Nephew 18. A is the son of C; C and Q are sisters; Z is the mother of Q
10. A is the mother of B. C is the father of B and C has 3 children. and P is the son of Z. Which of the following statements is
On the basis of this information, find out which of the true?
following relations is correct : (a) P and A are cousins
(a) C has three daughters. (b) C has three sons. (b) P is the maternal uncle of A
(c) B is the son. (d) None of these. (c) Q is the maternal grandfather of A
11. A man pointing to a photograph says, “The lady in the (d) C and P are sisters
photograph is my nephew’s maternal grandmother.” How 19. Pointing out to a photograph, a man tells his friend, " she is
is the lady in the photograph related to the man’s sister the daughter of the only son of my father's wife. How is the
who has no other sister? girl related to the man in the photograph?
(a) Cousin (b) Sister-in-law (a) Daughter (b) Cousin
(c) Mother (d) Mother-in-law (c) Mother (d) Sister

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Blood Relation A-37

20. Pointing to a boy, Meena says, “He is the son of my 34. A, B, C, D, E, F and G are members of a family consisting of
grandfather’s only son.’’ How is the boy’s mother related 4 adults and 3 children, two of whom, F and G are girls. A
to Meena? and D are brothers and A is a doctor. E is an engineer married
(a) Mother (b) Aunt to one of the brothers and has two children. B is married to
(c) Sister (d) Data inadequate D and G is their child. Who is C ?
21. Pointing to a lady in the photograph, Shaloo said, “Her (a) G's brother (b) F's father
son’s father is the son-in-law of my mother”. How is Shaloo (c) E's father (d) A's son
related to the lady? 35. Examine the following relationships among members of a
(a) Aunt (b) Sister family of six persons A, B, C, D, E and F.
(b) Cousin (d) Mother 1. The number of males equals that of females
22. Pointing to Kapil, Shilpa said, “His mother’s brother is the 2. A and E are sons of F.
father of my son Ashish”. How is Kapil related to Shilpa's 3. D is the mother of two, one boy and one girl
Husband? 4. B is the son of A
(a) Sister-in-law (b) Nephew 5. There is only one married couple in the family at present
(c) Aunt (d) Niece Which one of the following inferences can be drawn from
23. A man said to lady, “Your mother’s husband’s sister is my the above?
aunt.” How is the lady related to the man? (a) A, B and C are all females
(a) Daughter (b) Grand daughter (b) A is the husband of D

24.
ww
(c) Mother (d) Sister
A family has a man, his wife, their four sons and their wives.
The family of every son also have 3 sons and one daughter. 36.
(c) E and F are children of D
(d) D is the grand daughter of F
Introducing a man, a woman said, “He is the only son of my

25.
(a) 4
w.E
Find out the total number of male members in the family.
(b) 8 (c) 12 (d) 17
A is B’s sister. C is B’s mother. D is C’s father. E is D’s
mother. Then, how is A related to D? 37.
mother’s mother.” How is the woman related to the man?
(a) Mother
(c) Niece
(b) Cousin
(d) Aunt
Pointing to a man in the park, Naman said, “His son is my

26.
(a) Grandmother
(c) Daughter
asy
(b) Grandfather
(d) Granddaughter
In a joint family, there are father, mother, 3 married sons and
son’s uncle.” How is the man related to Naman?
(a) Brother
(c) Uncle
(b) Father
(d) Grandfather
one unmarried daughter. Of the sons, two have 2 daughters
each and one has a son. How many females members are
En 38. Following are some information about a family consisting
of 4 members P, Q, R and S.

27.
there in the family?
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 6 (d) 9
A, B and C are sisters. D is the brother of E and E is the gin P is an adult male and has 2 children. Q is the son-in-law
of P. R is Q's brother–in–law. There is just one couple in
the family.
daughter of B. How is A related to D?
(a) Sister
(c) Niece
(b) Cousin
(d) Aunt 39.
(a) P
eer
Who is the daughter of P?
(b) R (c) Q (d) S
In a family of 5, P is the father of R. S is Q's son. S has
28. F is the brother of A. C is the daughter of A. K is the sister
of F. G is the brother of C. Who is the uncle of G?
(a) A (b) C (c) F (d) K (a) Q is U's daughter ing
R as sister. Therefore, if U has P as brother, then the
relationship between Q and U is as follows.

29. P is the brother of Q and R. S is the R’s mother. T is P’s

father. Which of the following statements cannot be defi-
(b) U is Q's wife
(c) Q is the sister-in-law of U
(d) Q is U's brother-in-law .ne
t
nitely true?
(a) T is Q’s father (b) S is P’s mother 40. Looking at a portrait of a man, Harsh said, "His mother
(c) T is S’s husband (d) S is T’s son is the wife of my father's son. Brothers and sisters I have
30. A party consisted of a man, his wife, his three sons and none. " At whose portrait was Harsh looking?
their wives and three children in each son’s family. How (a) His son (b) His cousin
many were there in the party? (c) His uncle (d) His nephew
(a) 24 (b) 22 (c) 13 (d) 17 41. Deepak said to Nitin, "That boy playing football is the
31. Nithya is Sam’s Sister. Mogan is Sam’s Father. Selvan is younger of the two brothers of the daughter of my father's
Rajan’s Son. Rajan is Mogan’s Brother. How is Nithya wife." How is the boy playing football related to Deepak?
related to Selvan?
(a) Daughter (b) Sister (a) Son (b) Brother
(c) Cousin (d) Wife (c) Cousin (d) Nephew
32. X' is the wife of 'Y' and 'Y' and Y' is the brother of 'Z' , 'Z' is 42. Pointing to Kapil, Shilpa said, "His mother's brother is the
the son of 'P' . How is 'P' related to 'X' ? father of my son Ashish. "How is Kapil related to Shilpa?
(a) Sister (b) Aunt (a) Sister-in-law (b) Nephew
(c) Brother (d) Data inadequate (c) Niece (d) Aunt
33. Suket has three daughters and each daughter has a brother. 43. Pointing to a man, a lady said "His mother is the only daughter
How many male members are there in the family ? of my mother". How is the lady related to the man?
(a) 4 (b) 2 (c) 3 (d) 1 (a) Mother (b) Daughter
(c) Sister (d) Aunt

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-38 Blood Relation

ANSWER KEY
1 (d) 5 (d) 9 (b) 13 (d) 17 (a) 21 (b) 25 (d) 29 (d) 33 (b) 37 (b) 41 (b)
2 (c) 6 (b) 10 (d) 14 (d) 18 (b) 22 (b) 26 (d) 30 (d) 34 (d) 38 (d) 42 (b)
3 (a) 7 (b) 11 (c) 15 (b) 19 (a) 23 (d) 27 (d) 31 (c) 35 (b) 39 (c) 43 (a)
4 (c) 8 (b) 12 (d) 16 (d) 20 (a) 24 (d) 28 (c) 32 (d) 36 (c) 40 (a)

1.
ww
(d) Clearly, the grandson of Anil’s mother is son of Anil
and wife of Anil’s son is daughter in-law of Anil. Thus,
Anil is the father-in-law of the girl.
10. (d) A
Mother
B
Father
C

2.

Woman’s father
w.E
(c) Woman’s Mother’s husband C has three children but we can’t say that he has
three daughters or three sons.
So, options (a) and (b) are incorrect.

asy
Also, we don’t know that B is a boy or girl.
Woman’s father’s sister Woman’s Aunt. So, option (c) is also incorrect.
Since, woman’s aunt is man’s aunt 11. (c) Clearly, the lady is the grandmother of man’s sister’s
woman is sister of man.
3. (a) Father of Rajesh’s brother is the father of Rajesh.
Rajesh’s father is the only son of Neha’s grandfather. En son i.e., the mother of the mother of man’s sister’s son
i.e., the mother of man’s sister.
So, the lady is man’s mother.
Hence, Rajesh’s father is Neha’s father. So, Neha is
the sister of Rajesh.
gin
12. (d) Without knowing the sex of C, we can’t be determined
whether B is sister of C or B is brother of C. Similarly

eer
4. (c) without knowing the sex of B we can’t be determined
Vinod
Sister Manohar whether C is sister of B or C is brother of B. Therefore,
Brother U ncl
e
both (i) and (ii) are necessary.

ing
Bhaskar

Biswal

D a ug
13. (d) Pranab Reva
er

hter
Broth

( ) ( )

.ne
tam
Pree

Neela Prakash Vikash

5.
Thus, Vinod will be uncle of Biswal.
(d) The only sister of the brother of the woman will be the
woman herself and she is the mother of that man. Thus,
the woman is the daughter of the maternal
(–)

Mohan Arun
( )
( )

( )
t
grandmother of that man.
6. (b) Since the narrator has no brother, his father’s son is Data inadequate. As nothing is mentioned about vikash
wife in the question
he himself. So, the man who was talking is the father of
the man in the photograph, i.e. the man in the 14. (d) ' ' Male,'O' Female
photograph is his son. ' ' offspring, '=' couple
7. (b) Clearly, the speaker’s brother is Pramod’s maternal
uncle. So, the speaker is Pramod’s mother or his father’s ' ' Sibbling
wife.
8. (b) Clearly, only daughter of her mother is woman herself. Salesman D = A Lady
So, that woman is the wife of man.
9. (b) Father’s wife — Mother; Mother’s daughter — Sister; Doctor B = C Lawyer
Sister’s younger brother — His brother. So, the boy is
Deepak’s brother. Accountant F = E engineer

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Blood Relation A-39

As, sex of E is not clear, so E can be brother or sister of F.

Hence, relation between E and F can’t be established. 30. (d) a man his wife
15. (b) Girl is daughter of the only child of Abhishek’s father
or, Girl is daughter of Abhishek
Hence, girl is daughter of Abhishek’s wife.
16. (d) Meena's father only daughter is Meena. Herself hence,
3 sons 3 wives
sarita is only daughter of Meena or Meena is the
mother of Sarita.
17. (a) X and Y are brothers and
X is brother of A Y is brother of A.
Y is brother-in-law of B. 3 childrens each (3 × 3)
18. (b) C and Q are sisters and A is the son of C. Hence, C is
the mother of A or Z is the mother Q. Total No. of people in the party
Hence, Z is the maternal grandmother of A. P is the =1+1+3+3+3×3
son of Z. Hence, P is the maternal uncle of A. = 8 + 9 = 17
19. (a) Father's wife means mother ; mother's only son means 31. (c) Nithya is Sam’s Sister and Mogan is Sam’s Father
himself and thus the girl is the daughter of the man. Nithya is Mogan’s Daughter.
20.
ww
(a) One’s grandfather’s only son one’ss father. And the
son of one’s father One’ss brother or oneself. Hence,
the mother of the boy is Meena’s mother.
Selvan is Rajan’s Son and Rajan is Mogan’s
Brother
Selvan is Mogan’s Nephew.
21.
w.E
(b) Lady’s son’s father is lady’s husband. So, the lady’s
husband is the son-in-law of Shaloo’s mother i.e., the
lady is the daughter of Shaloo’s mother. Thus, Shaloo
32.
So, Nithya is Selvan’s Cousin.
(d) The relationship chart, based on the given problem
can be worked out as given below.

22.
is the lady’s sister.

asy
(b) Father of Shilpa’s son Shilpa’s husband. So, Kapil
is the son of Shilpa’s husband's sister,. Thus Kapil is o the
r-i n-l
aw P

Shilpa’s Husband's Nephew.

En aw
or
M

So
23. (d) Lady’s mother’s husband Lady’s father -l
r-in

n
he
Fat
Lady’s father’s sister Lady’s Aunt.
So, Lady’s aunt is man’s aunt and therefore lady is
man’s sister. gin X
Wife
Y Z
24. (d) The make members in the family are:-
(i) The man himself
(ii) his four sons; and 33. eer
The sex of P is not known
Brother

(b) Suket has three daughters and each daughter has a

(iii) his (3 × 4) = 12 grandsons.
Hence total numbers of male members
= 1 + 4 + 12 =17
brother.
ing
Suket
25. (d) A is the sister of B and B is the son/daughter of C. So,
A is the daughter of C. Also, D is the father of C. .ne
t
Thus, A is the granddaughter of D. D1 = B = D2 = D3
26. (d) The female members are:- (F) (M) (F) (F)
(i) mother Hence, there are 2 male members in a family.
(ii) Wives of 3 married sons 34. (d) ‘ ’ brothers, ‘=’ couple, ‘ ’ offspring, ‘ ’
(iii) unmarried daughter male, ‘ ’ female, ‘X’ unknown
(iv) 2 daughter of each of two sons
Total No of females E A D B
=1+3+1+2×2=9
27. (d) E is the daughter of B & B is the brother of E. So, D is
the son of B. Also, A is the sister of B. Thus, A is D’s G
Aunt. X X
28. (c) G is the brother of C and C is the daughter of A. So, G
Clearly, C and F are the remaining members to be adjusted
is son of A. Also, F is the brother of A. So, F is the
in place of two x. since, there are 3 children out of which two
uncle of G.
are girls, i.e. G and F, so clearly the third children C is a boy.
29. (d) P, Q, R are children of same parent. So, S, who is R’s
So C is the son of E and A.
mother and T, who is P’s father will be mother and
35. (b) ‘ ’ Female, ‘ ’ Male, ‘ ’ Couple, ‘ ’
father of all three. However, it is not mentioned weather
Offspring
Q is male or female. So, (d) cannot be definitely true.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-40 Blood Relation

38. (d) S is P's daughter, Q's wife and R's sister.
F
39. (c) P and Q are husband and wife, with R and S as their
children. P is U's brother, therefore Q is U's brother's
wife, that is, sister-in-law.
D A E 40. (a) Since Harsh has no brother or sister, so he is his father's
only son.
So, wife of Harsh's father's son––Harsh's wife.
C B
Thus, Harsh's wife is the man's mother or the man is
Since, there is only 1 married couple, so D must be married Harsh's son.
to A, as D is the mother of two and B is the son of A. Also, 41. (b) Father's wife ––Mother; Mother's daughter __ Sister;
as number of males and females are equal, so F must be a Deepak's sister's younger brother––Deepak's younger
female. brother.
36. (c) Mother So, the boy is Deepak's brother.
42. (b) Father of Shilpa's son ––Shilpa's husband
So, Kapil is the son of sister of Shilpa's husband. Thus,
Mother Son (+) Kapil is Shilpa's nephew.
(–)
Niece 43. (a)
Women (–)

37. ww
(b) Man (+)
Father
Son (+)

Uncle
w.E
Naman

Son (+)

asy
En
gin
eer
ing
.ne
t

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Direction & Distance A-41

CHAPTER
DIRECTION & 6
DISTANCE
Concept of Direction
In our day to day life, we make our concept of direction after Right turn Left turn
seeing the position of sun. In fact, this is a truth that sun rises in

Right turn

Left turn
Right turn

Left turn
the East and goes down in the west. Thus when we stand facing
sunrise, then our front is called East while our back is called
West. At this position our left hand is in the Northward and the
right hand is in the Southward. Let us see the following direction Right turn Left turn

ww
map that will make your concept more clear:
Direction Map:
(i) (ii)

w.E North
Right turn Left turn

North-West

asy
North-East
(iii) (iv)

West East
En Important Point Regarding Direction
(1) If our face is towards North, than after left than our face will

South-West South-East gin be it towards West while after right turn it will be towards
East.
(2) If our face is towards South, then after left turn our face will
South
eer
be towards East and after right turn it will be towards West.
(3) If our face is towards East, then after left turn our face will

Note:
On paper North is always on top be while South is always in ing
be to North and after right turn it will be towards South.
(4) If our face is towards West, then after left turn our face will
be towards South and after right turn it will be towards
bottom.
Concept of Degree
North.
(5) If our face is towards North-West, then after left turn our
face will be towards South-West and after right turn it will .ne
Let us see the following picture: be towards North-East.
(6) If our face is towards South-West, then after left turn our
face will be towards South-East and after right turn it will be
towards North-West.
t
(7) If our face is towards South-East, then after left turn our
face will be towards North-East and after right turn it will be
towards South-West.
(8) If our face is towards North-East, then after left turn our
face will be towards North-East and after right-turn it will be
towards South-East. A
Concept of Minimum Distance
Minimum distance between initial and last point
h2 = b2 + p2, where
h = Hypotenuse
Concept of Turn
b = Base P h
Left turn = clockwise turn
P = Perpendicular
Right turn = Anti-clockwise turn. Remember this important rule is
Let us understand it through pictorial representation: known as ‘Pythogoras Theorem’

B b C

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-42 Direction & Distance

EXAMPLE 1. Raman walked 2 km West from his office and (a) 6 km West (b) 7 km East
(c) 8 km North (d) 5 km North-East
then turned South covering 4 km. Finally, he waked 3 km towards
Sol. (d) It is clear, Rashmi moves from A 10 km Northwards
East and again move 1 km West. How far is Raman from his
upto B, then moves 6 km Southwards upto C, then
initial position? turns towards East and walks 3 km upto D.
(a) 4 km (b) 8 km Then, AC = (AB – BC) = 10 – 6 = 4 km
(c) 10 km (d) 7 km CD = 3km.
Sol. (a) Raman starts from his office A, moves 2 km West upto
B, then 4 km to the South upto C, 3 km East upto D and B
finally 1 km West upto E, Thus his distance from the
6 km
initial position A = AE = BC = 4 km.
3 km
Hence option (a) is the correct answer. D
C
B 2 km
A

10 km

Cww 2 km E
1 km
D
A
EXAMPLE

starting point?
w.E
2. Rashmi walks 10 km towards North. She walks
6 km towards South then. From here she moves 3 km towards
East. How far and in which direction is she with reference to her
Rashmi’s distance from starting point A
=AD= AC 2 + CD 2 42 32 16 9 25 5km.

asy From figure, D is to the North-East of A, Hence (d) is the

correct option

En
gin
1. Q travels towards East. M travels towards North. S and T eer
saw that the shadow of his uncle was to his right side.
travel in opposite directions. T travels towards right of Q.
Which of the following is definitely true?
(a) M and S travel in the opposite directions.
(a) North
(c) East ing
Which direction was his uncle facing during their talk?
(b) South
(d) Data inadequate
(b) S travels towards West.
(c) T travels towards North.
6.
.ne
A and B are standing at a distance of 20 km from each other
on a straight East-West road. A and B start walking

2.
(d) M and S travel in the same direction.
P, Q, R, S and T are sitting around a circular table. R is to the
right of P and is second to the left of S. T is not between P
and S. Who is second to the left of R?
(a) S (b) T
t
simultaneously, eastwards and westwards respectively, and
both cover a distance of 5 km. Then A turns to his left and
walks 10 km. ‘B’ turns to his right and walks 10 km and at the
same speed. Then both turn to their left and cover a distance
of 5 km at the same speed. What will be the distance between
(c) Q (d) Data inadequate them?
3. Of the five villages P, Q, R, S and T situated close to each (a) 10 km (b) 5 km
other, P is to west of Q, R is to the south of P, T is to the (c) 20 km (d) 25 km
north of Q, and S is to the east of T. Then, R is in which 7. Alok walked 30 metres towards east and took a right turn
direction with respect to S? and walked 40 metres. He again took a right turn and walked
(a) North-West (b) South-East 50 metres. Towards which direction is he from his starting
(c) South-West (d) Data Inadequate point?
4. M is to the East of D, F is to the South of D and K is to the (a) South (b) West
West of F. M is in which direction with respect to K? (c) South-West (d) South-East
(a) South-West (b) North-West 8. Ruchi's house is to the right of Vani's house at a distance of
(c) North-East (d) South-East 20 metres in the same row facing North. Shabana's house is
5. After 4 pm on a sunny day when Ramesh was returning in the North- East direction of Vani's house at a distance of
from his school, he saw his uncle coming in the opposite 25 metres. Determine that Ruchi's house is in which direction
direction. His uncle talked to him for some time. Ramesh with respect of Shabana's house?

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Direction & Distance A-43

(a) North-East (b) East walks 4 km while B turns left and walks 3 km. How far is each
(c) South (d) West from the starting point ?
9. Y is to the East of X, which is to the North of Z. If P is to the (a) 5 km (b) 4 km
South of Z, then P is in which direction with respect to Y? (c) 10 km (d) 8 km
(a) North (b) South 20. Anuj started walking positioning his back towards the sun.
(c) South-East (d) None of these After sometime, he turned left, then turned right and then
10. One afternoon, Manisha and Madhuri were talking to each towards the left again. In which direction is he going now?
other face to face in Bhopal on M.G. Road. If Manisha’s (a) North or South (b) East or West
shadow was exactly to the left of Madhuri, which direction (c) North or West (d) South or West
was Manisha facing? 21. From her home, Prerna wishes to go to school. From home,
(a) North (b) South she goes towards North and then turns left and then turns
(c) East (d) Data inadequate right, and finally she turns left and reaches school. In which
11. ‘X’ started walking straight towards South. He walked a direction her school is situated with respect to her home?
distance of 5 metres and then took a left turn and walked a (a) North-East (b) North-West
distance of 3 metres. Then he took a right turn and walked (c) South-East (d) South-West
a distance of 5 metres again. ‘X’ is facing which direction 22. One day, Ravi left home and cycled 10 km southwards,
now? turned right and cycled 5 km and turned right and cycled 10

12. ww
(a) North-East
(c) North
(b) South
(d) South-West
If A is to the south of B and C is to the east of B, in what
km and turned left and cycled 10 km. How many kilometres
will he have to cycle to reach his home straight?
(a) 10 km (b) 15 km

(a) North-east
(c) South-east w.E
direction is A with respect to C?
(b) North- west
(d) South-west
23.
(c) 20 km (d) 25 km
Rasik walks 20 m North. Then, he turns right and walks
30 m. Then he turns right and walks 35 m. Then he turns left
and walks 15 m. Then he again turns left and walks 15 m. In
13.

asy
One morning after sunrise, Gopal was facing a pole. The
shadow of the pole fell exactly to his right. Which direction
was he facing?
which direction and how many metres away is he from his
original position?
(a) 15 metres West (b) 30 metres East

14.
(a) South
(c) West
(b) East
(d) Data inadequate
A boy rode his bicycle northwards, then turned left and En 24.
(c) 30 metres West (d) 45 metres East
From his house, Lokesh went 15 km to the North. Then he
rode one km and again turned left and rode 2 km. He found
himself exactly one km west of his starting point. How far gin turned West and covered 10 km. Then, he turned South and
covered 5 km. Finally , turning to East, he covered 10 km. In
which direction is he from his house?
did he ride northwards initially?
(a) 1 km
(c) 3 km
(b) 2 km
(d) 5 km
25.
(a) East
(c) North
eer (b) West
(d) South
Kailash faces towards north. Turnings to his right, he walks
15. Ravi wants to go to the university which is opposite to
theatre. He starts from his home which is in the East and
come to a crossing. The road to the left ends is a theatre, ing
25 metres. He then turns to his left and walks 30 metres.
Next, he moves 25 metres to his right. He then turns to the

.ne
right again and walks 55 metres. Finally, he turns to the
straight ahead is the hospital. In which direction is the right and moves 40 metres. In which direction is he now
university? from his starting point ?

16.
(a) North
(c) East
(b) South
(d) West
A rat runs 20' towards east and turns to right, runs 10' and
turns to right, runs 9' and again turns to left, runs 5' and
then to left, runs 12' and finally turns to left and runs 6'.
26.
(a) South-West
(c) North-West
(b) South
(d) South-East
t
A clock is so placed that at 12 noon its minute hand points
towards north-east. In which direction does its hour hand
point at 1: 30 pm ?
Now, which direction is the rat facing? (a) North (b) South
(a) East (b) West (c) East (d) West
(c) North (d) South 27. One evening before sunset two friends Sumit and Mohit
17. If South-east becomes North, North-east becomes West were talking to each other face to face. If Mohit’s shadow
and so on, what will West become? was exactly to his right side, which direction was Sumit facing?
(a) North-east (b) North-west (a) North (b) South
(c) South-east (d) South-west (c) West (d) Data inadequate
18. P, Q, R and S are playing a game of carrom. P, R and S, Q are 28. Rohit walked 25 metres towards South. Then he turned to
partners. S is to the right of R who is facing west. Then, Q his left and walked 20 metres. He then turned to his left and
is facing walked 25 metres. He again turned to his right and walked
(a) North (b) South 15 metres. At what distance is he from the starting point
(c) East (d) West and in which direction?
19. A and B start walking, from a point, in opposite directions. (a) 35 metres East (b) 35 metres North
A covers 3 km and B covers 4 km. Then A turns right and (c) 40 metres East (d) 60 metres East

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-44 Direction & Distance

29. One morning after sunrise, Reeta and Kavita were talking to 38. Sobha was facing East. She walked 20 metres. Turning left
each other face to face at Tilak Square. If Kavita’s shadow was she moved 15 metres and then turning right moved 25
exactly to the right to Reeta, which direction Kavita was facing? metres. Finally, she turned right and moved 15 metres more.
(a) North (b) South How far is she from her starting point?
(c) East (d) Data inadequate (a) 25 metres (b) 35 metres
30. I am facing east. I turn 100° in the clockwise direction and (c) 50 metres (d) 45 metres
then 145° in the anticlockwise direction. Which direction 39. Jatin leaves his house and walks 12 km towards North. He
am I facing now? turns right and walks another 12 km. He turns right again,
(a) East (b) North-east walks 12 km more and turns left to walk 5 km. How far is he
(c) North (d) South-west from his home and in which direction ?
31. A man is facing north-west. He turns 90° in the clockwise (a) 7 km east (b) 10 km east
direction, then 180° in the anticlockwise direction and then (c) 17 km east (d) 24 km east
another 90° in the same direction. Which direction is he 40. Deepak starts walking straight towards east. After walking
facing now? 75 metres, he turns to the left and walks 25 metres straight.
(a) South (b) South-west Again he turns to the left, walks a distance of 40 metres
(c) West (d) South-east straight, again he turns to the left and walks a distance of 25
32.
ww
A man is facing west. He runs 45° in the clockwise direction
and then another 180° in the same direction and then 270° in
the anticlockwise direction. Which direction is he facing now?
metres. How far is he from the starting point ?
(a) 25 metres
(c) 115 metres
(b) 50 metres
(d) 35 metres

33.
(a) South
(c) West w.E (b) North-west
(d) South-west
Gan esh cycles towards South West a distance of
41. If a person is walking towards North, what direction should
he follow so that he is walking towards West ?
(a) right, right, left (b) left, left, right

asy
(c) left, right, left (d) left, left, left
8 m, then he moves towards East a distance of 20 m. From
42. A watch read 4.30. If the minute hand points East, in what
there he moves towards North East a distance of 8 m, then
direction will the hour hand point?
he moves towards west a distance of 6 m From there he
moves towards North-East a distance of 2m. Then he moves
towards west a distance of 4 m and then towards south En 43.
(a) North
(c) South-east
(b) North west
(d) North-east
A person stood alone in a desert on a dark night and wanted
west 2 km and stop at that point. How far is he from the
starting point ?
gin to reach his village which was situated 5 km east of the
point where he was standing. He had no instruments to

34.
(a) 12 m
(c) 8 m
(b) 10 m
(d) 6 m
From my house I worked 5 km towards North. I turned right eer
find the direction but he located the polestar. The most
convenient way now to reach his village is to walk in the
(a) direction facing the polestar
and walked 3 km. Again I went one km to south How far am
I from my house?
(a) 7 km (b) 6 km
ing
(b) direction opposite to the polestar
(c) direction keeping the polestar to his left

35.
(c) 4 km (d) 5 km
Ram left home and walked 5 km southward, turned right and
44.
.ne
(d) direction keeping the polestar to his right
A person travels 12 km due North, then 15 km due East,
after that 15 km due West and then 18 km due South. How
walked 2 km and turned right and walked 5 km and turned
left and walked 5 km. How many km will he have to walk to
reach his home starting ?
(a) 5 (b) 7 45.
far is he from the starting point?
(a) 6 km
(c) 33 km
(b) 12 km
(d) 60 km
t
Priya starts walking in the afternoon facing the Sun. After
(c) 17 (d) 15 some time, she turned to the right. Later again, she tunred
36. Going 60 m to the south of his house. Kiran turn left and to her left and again also left. At what direction is Priya
goes another 20 m, then turning to the North. moving now?
He goes 40 m and then starting walking to his house. In (a) East (b) West
which direction is his house from there? (c) North (d) South
(a) South-East (b) North 46. Asha drives 6 km towards West and turns to the right and
(c) East (d) North-West drives 3 km. Then, she turns again and drives towards right
37. Ram started walking towards East after 1 km. He turned hand and drives 6 km. How far is she from her starting
south and walked 5 km. Again he turned East and walked 2 point? In which direction would she be driving?
km. Finally he turned North and walked 9 km. How far is he (a) 6 km East (b) 3 km West
from the starting point? (c) 3 km East (d) 6 km North
(a) 7 km (b) 3 km 47. In the given figure, P is 300 km eastward of O and Q is 400
(c) 4 km (d) 5 km km north of O. R is exactly in the middle of Q and P. The
distance between Q and R is

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Direction & Distance A-45

North along a diagonal order to catch a rat. How much total

distance is covered by the cat?
(a) 10 (b) 14
Q (c) 38 (d) 48
54. Two ladies and two men are playing bridge a card game and
seated at North, East, South and West of a table. No lady is
facing East. Persons sitting opposite to each other are not
400 km R
of the same gender. One man is facing South. Which
directions are the ladies facing?
(a) East and west (b) South and east
East
O 300 km P (c) North and west (d) North and east
55 Consider the following statements :
(a) 250 km (b) 100 3 km There are six villages A, B, C, D, E and F.
(c) 500 km (d) 125 km F is 1 km to the west of D.
48. The houses of A and B face each other on a road going B is 1 km to the east of E.
north-south, A’s being on the western side. A comes out of A is 2 km to the north of E.
his house, turns left, travels 5 km, turns right, travels 5 km C is 1 km to the east of A.
D is 1 km to the south of A.

ww
to the front of D’s house. B does exactly the same and
reaches the front of C’s house. In this context, which one of
the following statements is correct ?
Which three villages are in a line ?
(a) A, C, B
(c) C, B, F
(b) A, D, E
(d) E, B, D

w.E
(a) C and D live on the same street.
(b) C’s house faces south.
(c) The houses of C and D are less than 20 km apart.
(d) None of the above
56. If all the directions are rotated, i.e., if North is changed to
West and East to North and so on, then what will come in
place of North-West ?
(a) South-west (b) North-east
49.
asy
If M is in North-east of N and P in South-West of N then (i)
P is inthe South of N and (ii) N is between M and P. Out of
these two statements (i) and (ii) which is/are correct?
57.
(c) East-north (d) East-west
In a meeting, the map of a village was placed in such a

En
manner that south-east becomes north, north-east becomes
(a) (i) and (ii) both are correct west and so on. What will south become?
(b) (i) and (ii) both are wrong (a) North (b) North-east

50.
(c) only (i) is correct
(d) only (ii) is correct
Five persons A, B, C, D and E are standing in a row. B is gin
58.
(c) North-west (d) West
A is 40 m south-west of B. C is 40 m south-east of B. Then,
C is in which direction of A?
between A and C and D is between C and E. If the distance
of C from B is equal to the distance of D from C, what is the
(a) East
(c) West eer (b) South
(d) North
relation between the distances of A to B and B to E?
(a) Both are equal
(b) A B is smaller than BE
59.

ing
Gaurav walks 20 metres towards North. He then
turns left and walks 40 metres. He again turns left and
walks 20 metres. Further, he moves 20 metres after turning

51.
(c) A B is larger than BE
(d) There is no relation in AB and BE
The post office is in the East of the school while my house (c) 65 m
(b) 60 m
(d) 50 m .ne
to the right. How far is he from his original position?
(a) 55 m

is in the South of the school. The market is in the North of

the post office. If the distance of the market from the
post-office is equal to the distance of my house from the
school, in which direction is the market with respect to my
60. My friend and I started walking simultaneously
towards each other from two places 100 m apart. After t
walking 30 m, my friend turns left and goes 10 m, then he
turns right and goes 20 m and then turns right again and
house? comes back to the road on which he had started walking. If
(a) North (b) East we walk with the same speed, what is the distance between
(c) North-east (d) South-west us at this point of time?
52. A person stood alone in a desert on a dark night and wanted (a) 50 m (b) 60 m
to reach his village which was situated 5 km east of the (c) 40 m (d) 45 m
point where he was standing. He had no instruments to 61. A square field ABCD of side 90 m is so located
find the direction but he located the polestar. The most that its diagonal AC is from north to south and the corner B
convenient way now to reach his village is to walk in the is to the west of D. Rohan and Rahul start walking along the
(a) direction facing the polestar sides from B and C respectivelyin the clockwise and anti-
(b) direction opposite to the polestar clockwise directions with speeds of 8 km/hr and 10 km/hr.
(c) direction keeping the polestar to his left Where will they cross each other the second time ?
(d) direction keeping the polestar to his right (a) On AD at a distance of 30 m from A
53. The length and breadth of a room are 8 m and 6 m (b) On BC at a distance of 10 m from B
respectively. A cat runs along all the four walls and finally (c) On AD at a distance of 30 m from D
(d) On BC at a distance of 10 m from C

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-46 Direction & Distance

62. If South East becomes North, then what will South West 67. An insect is walking in straight line. It covers a distance of
become? 15 cm per minute. It comes back 2.5 cm after every 15 cm.
(a) North (b) West How long will it take to cover a distance of 1 metre ?
(c) East (d) North West (a) 6.5 min (b) 8 min
63. A man coming out of the backdoor of his house which is (c) 10 min (d) 12 min
facing East, walked for one kilometre, turned to his right 68. Four players P. Q. R and S are standing a play filed in such
and walked for another kilometre. Then he turned to his a way that Q is to East of P, R is to the South of P and S is to
right and walked a kilometre again. Where was he from his the North of P. In which direction of Q is S Standing ?
house at the end? (a) North (b) South
(a) 1 km away in north (c) North-West (d) South-East
(b) 1 km away in south 69. A cyclist goes 30 km to North and then turning to East he
(c) 1 km away in east goes 40 km. Again he turns to his right and goes 20 km.
(d) 1 km away in west After this he turns to his right and goes 40 km. How far is he
64. Two squads of soldiers A and B, facing East and West from his starting point ?
respectively received the following commands - Left Turn, (a) 0 km. (b) 10 km.
About Turn, Right Turn, Left Turn. Which directions would (c) 25 km. (d) 40 km.
the squads A and B face at the end? 70. A boy from his home, first walks 20 m in north - West direction

65. ww
(a) East, West
(c) North, South
(b) West, East
(d) South, North
A direction pole was situated on the crossing. Due to an
& then 20 m in South - West direction. Next, he walks 20 m
South - East direction. Finally. he turns towards his house.
In which direction is he moving ?

w.E
accident, the pole turned in such a manner that the pointer
which was showing East started showing South. One
traveller went to the wrong direction thinking it to be West. 71.
(a) North - West
(c) South - West
(b) North - East
(d) South - East
A person walks towards his house at 8.00 am and observes

(a) South
(c) West
(b) East
(d) North asy
In what direction actually was he travelling? his shadow to his right. In which direction he is walking ?
(a) North
(c) East
(b) South
(d) West
66.
the opposite direction on motorcycles. The speed of
En
Dinesh and Ramesh start together from a certain point in

Dinesh is 60 km per hour and Ramesh 44 km per hour. What

72. A boat moves from a jetty towards East. After sailing for 9
nautical miles, she turns towards right and covers another
12 nautical miles. If she wants to go back to the jetty, what
will be the distance between them after 15 minutes ?
(a) 20 km (b) 24 km gin is the shortest distance now from her present position ?
(a) 21 nautical miles (b) 20 nautical miles
(c) 26 km (d) 30 km

eer
(c) 18 nautical miles (d) 15 nautical miles

ing
.ne
ANSWER KEY
t
1 (d) 9 (d) 17 (c) 25 (d) 33 (b) 41 (b) 49 (d ) 57 (b) 65 (d)
2 (c) 10 (a) 18 (a) 26 (c) 34 (d) 42 (d) 50 (b ) 58 (a) 66 (c)
3 (c) 11 (b) 19 (a) 27 (b) 35 (b) 43 (c) 51 (c) 59 (b) 67 (b)
4 (c) 12 (d) 20 (a) 28 (a) 36 (d) 44 (a) 52 (c) 60 (a) 68 (c)
5 (b) 13 (a) 21 (b) 29 (a) 37 (d) 45 (d) 53 (c) 61 (d) 69 (b)
6 (a) 14 (b) 22 (b) 30 (b) 38 (d) 46 (c) 54 (c) 62 (c) 70 (b)
7 (c) 15 (a) 23 (d) 31 (d) 39 (c) 47 (a) 55 (b ) 63 (a) 71 (b)
8 (c) 16 (c) 24 (c) 32 (d) 40 (d) 48 (c) 56 (a) 64 (d) 72 (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Direction & Distance A-47

1. (d) We have been given that Q travels towards East and 8. (c)
M travels towards North. Now, T travels towards right Shabana
N
of Q implies that T travels towards South. Hence, S m
25
travels towards North (because S and T travel in E
opposite directions). Therefore, it is definitely true that
M and S travel in the same direction i.e., North. Vani 20 m
Ruchi
9. (d)
N

2. (c)
W E

3. ww
(c)
Q is second to the left of R.
T
SW
S

R
P

w.E Q
S 10. (a) In the afternoon the sun is in the west. Hence the
shadow is in the east. Now, east is to the left of
Madhuri. So, Madhuri is facing south. Therefore,
Manisha, who is face to face with Madhuri, is facing

4. (c) asy
Hence, R is to the South-West with respect to S.
north.
N
D M

En 5

gin
11. (b) W E 3

K
M is to the North-East of K.
F
12. eer S
(d) Clearly, comparing the direction of A w.r.t. C in the
5. (b) After 4 pm the shadow will be towards East. Now, East
is to the right of Ramesh. So Ramesh faces North. And south-west of C.
ing
second diagram with that in the first diagram, A will be

6. (a)
his uncle, who is opposite him, faces South.

A
5 km B 5 km N
B
.ne C

10 km
W

SW
E

A
t
S

13. (a) The Sun rises in the east. So, in morning, the shadow
falls towards the west. Now, shadow of pole falls to
A B
5 km 5 km the right of Gopal.Therefore, Gopal’s right side is the
20 km west. So, he is facing South. C 1km B
Starting point 14. (b) Clearly, the boy rode from A to B,
7. (c) N then to C and finally up to D. Since 2km
30 m D lies to the west of A, so required
W E distance = AB = CD = 2 km. D 1km A
40 m 15. (a) Starting from his house in the East, Ravi moves
S westwards. Then, the theatre, which is to the left, will be
in the South. The hospital, which is straight ahead, will
be to the West. So, the University will be to the North.
50 m

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-48 Direction & Distance

N University 21. (b) N
NW NE School

W E W E
Hospital Home
SW NW Home
S
Theatre
S It is clear from the diagram that school is in North-west
16. (c) The movements of rat are as shown in figure. Clearly, it direction with respect to home.
is finally walking in the direction FG i.e. North. 22. (b) Here, Ravi starts from home at A, moves 10 km
20' southwards up to B, turns right and moves 10 km up to
A B
C, turns right again and moves 10 km up to D and
finally turns left and moves 10 km up to E.
9' 10' G Thus, his distance from initial position A = AE
D C
= AD + DE
5' 6'
= BC + DE = (5 + 10) km = 15 km.
E 12' F 10 km
D A (Ravi)
17. (c) Here, each direction moves 90° + 45° = 135° E

ww (Anti-clockwise)
SW 10 km 10 km

w.E
S N
NW NE
C 5 km B
SE NW 23. (d) The movements of Rasik from A to F are as shown in
W

SW S
asy
E
SE
figure.
Since CD = AB + EF, so F lies in line with A.
Rasik’s distance from original position A = AF

En
E
NE = (AG + GF) = (BC + DE) = (30 + 15) m = 45m.
18. (a) Here, R faces towards West. S is to the right of R. So, Also, F lies to the east of A.
S is facing towards South. Thus, Q who is the partner
of S, will face towards North.
S N gin 20 m
B 30 m
C

P R W E
(Rasik) A
eer 35 m
G F
15 m

Q S
24.
ingD 15 m
(c) The movements of Lokesh are as shown in figure. (A
E

to B, B to C, C to D, D to E). Clearly, his final position is

19. (a) Here, O is the starting point.
E which is to the North of his house A.
C 10 km B .ne
t
15 km

5 km
4
E
D 10 km
3
A (Lokesh)
A 3 O 4 B 25. (d)
25 m
Both A and B are 32 42 = 5 km from the starting N
point.
20. (a) Clearly, there are two possible movements of Anuj as 30 m
shown below:
W E
25 m 55 m
North

Sun SE
Sou

S
th-E
ast

40 m

Sun South End point

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Direction & Distance A-49

26. (c) The positions of the minute and hour hands at 12 noon 31. (d) As shown in figure, the man initially faces in the
and 1:30 p.m. are as shown in the diagram. Comparing direction OP. On moving 90° clockwise, he faces in the
with direction figure, we see that the hour hand at direction OX. On further moving 180° anticlockwise,
1:30 p.m. points towards the East. he faces in the direction OY. Finally, on moving 90°
NE anticlockwise, he faces in the direction OZ, which is
N E South-east.
11 12 1
10 2
NW SE
9 3
8 4
7 6 5 W S
SW

11 12 1
10 2 32. (d) Clearly, the man initially faces in the direction OA. On
9 3 moving 45° clockwise, he faces in the direction OB. On
8 4 further moving 180° clockwise, he faces in the direction
7 6 5 OC. Finally, on moving 270° anticlockwise, he faces in
27.
ww
(b) In the evening, sun is in the west and so the shadows
fall towards east. So, Mohit’s shadow fell towards east.
Now, since Mohit’s shadow fell towards right, therefore,
the direction OD, which is South-west. Hence, the
answer is (d)
B

28.
w.E
Mohit is facing North. So Sumit, standing face to face
with Mohit, was facing South.
(a) The movements of Rohit are as shown in figure.
A
45°
270°
180°
O

asy
Rohit’s distance from starting point A = AE
= (AD + DE) = (BC + DE) = (20 + 15) m = 35 m.
Also, E is to the East of A.
90°

A
(Rohit)
D
15 m
E
En 33. (b)
D C

25 m 25 m
gin A
2m
G 4m
F
2m

29.
B 20 m C
(a) In morning, sun rise in the east so shadow of a object eer O
EN
6m D
falls towards the west. Now, Kavita’s shadow falls to
the rights of Reeta. Hence, Reeta is facing South and
Kavita is facing North.
8m

ing 8m

Reeta
N
B
N
H 20 m

.ne C

Kavita's
Shadow
Kavita
W

S
E
W E t
30. (b) As shown in figure, the man initially faces towards
east i.e., in the direction OA. On moving 100° clockwise, S
AO = 20 – (4 + 6) = 10 m
he faces in the direction OB. On further moving 145°
anti-clockwise, he faces the direction OC. Clearly, OC 34. (d) A 3 km B
makes an angle of (145° – 100°) i.e. 45° with OA and
so, the man faces in the direction North-east. 1 km
C
3
5 km
C
O A
100°
145° 4

O
B House

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-50 Direction & Distance

37. (d)
N

W E
9 km
1 km
S 5 km

OC = 42 32 = 16 9 25 = 5 km
2 km
Starting N
35. (b) 5 km

W E

ww 5 km 5 km

w.E 2 km
38.
Required distance =

(d)
42 32 = 5 km.
25 metres

15 metres
15 metres
N
asy Starting 20 metres
W E
En Point E Finishing Point
towards South is same, i.e., 15 metres. So, Shobha is
20 + 25 metres = 45 metres away from her starting point.

S gin
39. (c) (12 km + 5 km = 17 km)
N

Required distance = 5 + 2 = 7 km
12kmeer 12km

12km
W

S
E

36. (d) Kiran’s House

A
North West
Home
12km

ing 5km
Finishing
Point

40. (d) The movements of Deepak are as shown in fig.

D 40 m C
.ne
60 m
40 m
25m
25m
t
A E 75 m B
Clearly, FB = DC = 40 m .
B C Deepak's distance from the starting point A
20 m = (AB – EB) = (75 – 40) m = 35m.
41. (b) The directions to be followed will be :
left left
N
N

W E W E

S
S

right

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Direction & Distance A-51

42. (d) Clearly, to show 4.30, the position of the minute and 48. (c) Given information diagrammatically can be shown as
hour hands of the clock will be as shown. So, again as follows:
shown, if the minute hand points East, the hour hand
will point in the North-east.
W

SW 5km D
NW
11 12 1
10 2 5km

9 3 S N

8 A B
4
7 6 5 SE NE
E 5km

43. (c)
44. (a)
C
5km

ww
N
15 km
P Q From the above diagram, it is clear that the houses of C
W

w.E E 12km
O
R
18 km
49. (d)
and D are less than 20 km apart.

M N

S
Let O be the starting point and P, Q and R the positionsasy N W E

En
after every movement. Hence, Distance from the starting
point =Distance of final position R from O = OR = 18 – 12 P S
= 6 km.

45. (d)
gin
50.
N is between M and P. Hence only (ii) statement is correct.
(b) The position of all the five persons is as follows:

A
eerB C D
Hence AB is smaller than BE
E

51.
ing
(c) The positions of school, house, post office and market
are as follows:

Market
.ne N

46. (c)
Hence, Priya is moving in the South direction. School

House
Post office
W

S
t E

Hence the market is in the North-east of my house.

52. (c)

8m
53. (c) A B

6m
Hence, Asha is 3km from starting point and in the east
direction.
D C
47. (a) Clearly, PQ OP2 OQ2 (300) 2 (400) 2
= 90000 160000 = 500 km Required distance = 8 + 6 + 8 + 6 + 82 62
1 = 28 + 100 = 28 + 10 = 38 m
Since, R is the midpoint of PQ, so QR PQ = 250 km.
2

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-52 Direction & Distance

54. (c) The positions of the ladies and the men are shown in 58. (a) As clear from the adjoining diagram, C lies to the
the diagram given below east of A.
M1 N B
NW NE
N
40 m 40 m
M2 L2 W E
W E

SW SE A C
S
L1 S

59. (b) The movements for Gaurav are as shown in figure.

55. (b) 1 km Clearly, Gaurav’s distance from his initial position
A C
P = PX= (PS + SX) = (QR + SX) = (40 + 20) m = 60 m.
1 km 40 m
N R Q
1 km
F D

20m
ww
W E 20m
1 km
S
1 km X 20m S P (Gaurav)

56.
w.E
E
Hence, A, D, E in a line.
(a) Original directions
B
60. (a)

70 m

North-West
North
asy
North-East
A
50 m
100 m
B'
10
A'
B
30 My friend

En My self
20
10

West East

gin When my friend reaches on the previous track (i.e. on

B') again, he had travelled a distance of (30 + 10 + 20
South-West
South
South-East

eer
+ 10) = 70 m. As I walk with the same speed as that of
my friend I have walked 70m, but on the straight track.
Now, he is just [100 – (30 + 20)] = 50m from my starting
Changed directions point.
ing
Hence, the distance between us = (70 – 50) = 20m

.ne
West
61. (d)
South-West North-West

t
g
A
tin

South North
ee
1s m
tm
30

90 m 90 m
South-East North-East

East 8 km/h Rohan

B D
57. (b) N
South West 90 m 90 m

Rahul 10 km/h
10 ng

W E
m

C
ti
ee
m
d
2n

East North
S
Speeds of Rohan and Rahul are in the ratio 4 : 5.
From the figure, it is clear that ‘S’ becomes ‘North-east’ in
the new figure (dotted line) 62. (c) If South East becomes North then south west becomes
east as shown in direction chart.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Direction & Distance A-53

Distance travelled by them = Relative speed × Time

SW 15 104×15
distance = 104km / hr hr = 26km
S NW N NE W 60 60
67. (b)
N
S
68. (c) North North west
SE W E W E
NW P East Q
South
S
R
SE
Hence, Q is in North west disection of S.
SW S
NE N
E 69. (b) East
C 40km D right

63.
ww
(a) North

1 km
N
20 km 20 km

w.E
Starting
point E
W E 30 km
1 km B
North right
Destination point
1 km
asy S
A
of cyclist
Starting point

En
of cyclist
64. (d) North (B) About turn Distance from starting point = AC – BC = 30 – 20 = 10 km

Left Left
gin
70. (b)
(South-West)
B

Starting point of B.
Right Right
Starting point of A

eer
20 m 20 m (North-West)
>

Left
Left

About turn
South (A)
C

20 m ing >
A (Boy’s Starting Point)

About turn-turning in reverse direction.

(South-East)

D .ne
North-East

65. (d)
71. (b)
(Boy’s Destination Point)

A pesson observes his shadow to his right. The sun

is to his left. He is walking towards the south.
t
72. (d)

As East started showing south then west was actually

north.

66. (c) The shortest distance

AB2 BC2

Relative speed of Dinesh and Ramesh's motorcycles 92 122

= (60 + 44) = 104 km/hr 225 = 15 nautical miles

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-54 Time Sequence, Number & Ranking Test

CHAPTER
TIME SEQUENCE, NUMBER
& RANKING TEST 7
TIME SEQUENCE Sol. (c) According to Vandana her father’s birthday is on one
To solve problems related to time sequence, let us gather 1st the of the days among 14 th and 15 th June. According to
following informations : Vandana’s brother, the father’s birthday is on one of the
1 Minute = 60 seconds days among 15 th 16th and 17th June.
1 Hour = 60 minutes It is obvious that the father’s birthday is on the day common
1 Day = 24 hours to both the above groups. The common day is 15th June.
Hence, the father’s birthday falls on 15 th June.

ww
1 Week = 7 days
1 Month = 4 weeks Option (c) is the correct option.
1 Year = 12 months NUMBER TEST

1 Leap year = 366 days

1 Century = 100 years w.E
1 Ordinary year = 365 days In such test, generally you are given a long series of numbers.
The candidate is required to find out how many times a number
satifying the conditions specified in the question occurs.

asy
Other facts to be remembered
• A day is the period of the earth’s revolution on its axis. EXAMPLE 3. How many 8s are there in the following number
• A ‘Solar year’ is the time taken the earth to travel round the sequence which are immediately preceded by 5 but not

sun. It is equal to 365 days, 5 hours, 48 minutes and 47

En 1
2
immediately followed by 3?
38584583988588893
(a) 1 (b) 4
•
seconds nearly.
A ‘Lunar month’ is the time taken the moon to travel round
the earth. It is equal to nearly 28 days. gin (c) 3 (d) 2
Sol. (d) Let use see the following :
Leap Year
• If the number of a given year is divisible by 4, it is a leap eer
3 8 5 8 4 5 8 3 9 88 5 8 88 93
clearly, such sequence occurs two lines
Option (d) is correct.
year. Hence, the years like 1996, 2008, 2012 are leap years.
But years like 1997, 1991, 2005, 2007 are not divisible by 4
and therefore, such years are not leap years.
EXAMPLE
ing
4. What will be last digit of the 3rd number from
top when the numbers given below are arranged in descending
•
•
In a leap year, February has 29 days.
A leap year has 52 weeks and 2 days. .ne
order after reversing the position of the digits within each
number?

EXAMPLE 1. Neena returned house after 3 days earlier

than the time she had told her mother. Neena’s sister Veena
reached five days later than the day Neena was supposed to return.
If Neena returned on Thursday, on what day did Veena return ?
(a) 2
(c) 7
517 325 639 841 792

Sol. (d) The given numbers are :

(b) 5
(d) 3 t
517 325 639 841 792
(a) Friday (b) Saturday After reversing, the numbers becomes as follows :
(c) Wednesday (d) Sunday 715 523 936 148 297
Sol. (a) Neena returned home on Thursday. Neena was When arranged in descending order the numbers become
supposed to return 3 days later, i.e., on Sunday. as follows :
Veena returned five days later from Sunday. i.e., on Friday. 936 715 523 297 148
Option (a) is the correct option. Now, the third number from top is 523. Hence, the last digit
of 523 is 3.
EXAMPLE 2. Vandana remembers that her father’s birthday Option (d) is correct.
is between 13 th and 16 th of June. Whereas her brother RANKING TEST
remembers that their Father’s birthday is between 14th and In such problems, the ranks of a person both from the top and
18 th of June. On which day is their Father’s birthday ? from the bottom are given and on the basis of this the total number
(a) 14 th June (b) 16 th June of persons is asked. Sometimes question is twisted also and
(c) 15 th June (d) 18 th June position of a particular person is asked.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Time Sequence, Number & Ranking Test A-55

EXAMPLE 5. Karishma ranks 10 th from the top and 15 th Sol. (d) As per the question; the class has
(i) 15 students higher than Karishma
from the bottom in an examination. Find the total number of
(ii) 14 students lower than Karishma
students in Karishma’s class.
(iii) Karishma
(a) 35 (b) 31
Total number of students = 15 + 14 + 1 = 30
(c) 28 (d) 30
Hence, option (d) is correct.

1. Mohan and Suresh study in the same class. Mohan has 7. If the positions of the first and the sixth digits of the group
secured more marks than Suresh in the terminal examination. of digits 5904627813 are interchanged, similarly, the
Suresh’s rank is seventh from top among all the students in positions of the second and the seventh are interchanged,
the class. Which of the following is definitely true? and so on, which of the following will be the fourth from the

ww
(a) Mohan stood first in the terminal examination.
(b) There is at least one student between Mohan and
Suresh in the rank list. 8.
right end after the rearrangement?
(a) 4 (b) 9 (c) 1 (d) 0
In a row of boys Akash is fifth from the left and Nikhil is

2.
w.E
(c) There are at the most five students between Mohan
and Suresh in the rank list.
(d) Suresh is five ranks lower than Mohan in the rank list.
Fifteen children are standing in a row facing north. Ravi is
eleventh from the right. If Akash is twenty-fifth from the
right then how many boys are there between Akash and
Nikhil?
(a) 14 (b) 13 (c) 15 (d) 12

asy
to the immediate left of Prabha and is eighth from the left
end. Arjun is second from the right end. Which of the
9. The positions of the first and the sixth digits in the number
3597280164 are interchanged. Similarly, the positions of the
following statements is not true?
(a) Prabha is 7th from right end.
(b) There are four children between Prabha and Arjun. En second and the seventh digits are interchanged, and so on.
Which of the following will be the fourth digit from the right
end after the rearrangement?

3.
(c) There are five children between Ravi and Arjun.
(d) Arjun is 13th from the left end.
Rajnish is older than Rajesh and Raman. Ramesh is older
gin
10.
(a) 5 (b) 3 (c) 9 (d) 4
In a shop, there were 4 dolls of different heights M, N, O
and P. ‘P’ is neither as tall as ‘M’ nor as short as ‘O’. ‘N’ is
than Rajesh but younger than Rajeev. Raman is older than
Rajeev. Who among them is oldest? eer
shorter than ‘P’ but taller than ‘O’. If Anvi wants to purchase
the tallest doll, which one should she purchase?

4.
(a) Rajeev
(c) Rajnish
(b) Rajesh
(d) Ramesh
If ‘P’ means ‘division’, ‘T’ means ‘addition’, ‘M’ means 11.
(a) Either M or P
(c) Only P
ing (b) Either P or N
(d) Only M
Ketan takes casual leave only on first working day of every
‘subtraction’, and ‘D’ means ‘multiplication’ then what will
be the value of the following expression?
12 M 45 D 28 P 7 T 15 = ? .ne
month. The office has weekly offs on Saturday and Sunday.
In a month of 30 days, the first working day happened to be
Tuesday. What will be the day for his next casual leave?

5.
(a) – 15
(c) – 30
(b) 45
(d) None of these
If the positions of the first and the fifth digits of the number
83721569 are interchanged, similarly, the positions of the
12.
(a) Wednesday
(c) Friday
(b) Thursday
(d) Monday t
Abhay gave an application for a new ration card to the clerk
on Monday afternoon. Next day was a holiday. So the clerk
second and the sixth digits are interchanged, and so on, cleared the papers on the next working day on resumption
which of the following will be the third from the right end of duty. The senior clerk checked it on the same day but
after the rearrangement? forwarded it to the head clerk on next day. The head clerk
(a) 6 (b) 3 decided to dispose the case on the subsequent day. On
(c) 2 (d) 7 which of the following days was the case put up to the
6. In a class some students play cricket only, some other head clerk by the senior clerk?
1 (a) Wednesday (b) Thursday
students play football only and remaining th students (c) Friday (d) Saturday
6
play both cricket and football. Which of the following 13. Five newly born babies were weighed by the doctor. In her
statements is definitely true? report, she stated that child A is lighter than child B, child C
(a) Two-thirds of the students play cricket. is lighter than D and child B is lighter than child D, but
(b) Three-fourths of the students play football only. heavier than child E. Which child is the heaviest?
(c) One-thirds of the students play football only. (a) E (b) D
(d) None of these (c) C (d) A

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-56 Time Sequence, Number & Ranking Test

14. If it is possible to make a number which is perfect square of 24. In a row of students, Ramesh is 9th from the left and
a two-digit odd number with the second, the sixth and ninth Suman is 6th from the right. When they both interchange
digits of the number 187642539. which of the following is their positions then Ramesh will be 15th from the left. What
the digit in the unit’s place of that two-digit odd number ? will be the position of Suman from the right?
(a) 1 (b) 7 (a) 12th (b) 13th
(c) 9 (d) None of these (c) 15th (d) 6th
15. A, B, C, D and E, when arranged in descending order of 25. There are five steel boxes labelled A, B, C, D and E. E is
heavier only than A. C is heavier than A and E and is less
their weight from top, A becomes third, E is between D and heavier than B which is not the heaviest. Which of the
A, C and D are not at the top. Who among them is the following boxes is the heaviest?
second? (a) A (b) B
(a) C (b) B (c) C (d) D
(c) E (d) Data inadequate 26. P, Q, R and S are four men. P is the oldest but not the
poorest. R is the richest but not the oldest. Q is older than
16. There are seven persons up on a ladder, A, B, C, D, E, F and
S but not than P or R. P is richer than Q but not than S. The
G (not in that order). A is further up than E but is lower than four men can be ordered (descending) in respect of age and
C. B is in the middle. G is between A and B. E is between B richness, respectively, as
and F. If F is between E and D, the person on the bottom (a) PQRS, RPSQ (b) PRQS, RSPQ

ww
step of the ladder will be
(a) B
(c) D
(b) F
(d) E
27.
(c) PRQS, RSQP (d) PRSQ, RSPQ
In a class of 45 students, among those students who passed,
Anmol secured 11th position from upwards and 15th from
downwards. How many students failed?
17.

(a) 47 w.E
Rakesh is on 9th position from upwards and on 38th position
from downwards in a class. How many students are in class?
(b) 45
28.
(a) 19
(c) 15
(b) 20
(d) 18
In a row at a bus stop, A is 7th from the left and B is 9 th from

asy
(c) 46 (d) 48
the right. Both of them interchange their positions and thus
18. Sarita is on 11th place from upwards in a group of 45 girls. If
A becomes 11th from the left. How many people are there in
we start counting from downwards, what will be her place? that row?

19.
(a) 36th
(c) 35th
(b) 34th

En
(d) Cannot be determined
Raman is 9th from downwards in a class of 31 students.
(a) 18
(c) 20
(b) 19
(d) 21

What will be his position from upwards?

(a) 21st (b) 22nd gin
29. In a row of boys facing the North, A is sixteenth from the
left end and C is sixteenth from the right end. B, who is
fourth to the right of A, is fifth to the left of C in the row.

20.
(c) 23rd (d) 24th
Some boys are sitting in a line. Mahendra is on 17th place
from left and Surendra is on 18th place from right. There are
(a) 39
(c) 41 eer
How many boys are there in the row ?
(b) 40
(d) 42
8 boys in between them. How many boys are there in the
line?
30.
ing
In a class of 60, where girls are twice that of boys, kamal
ranked seventeenth from the top. If there are 9 girls ahead

21.
(a) 43
(c) 41
(b) 42
(d) 44
In a line of boys, Ganesh is 12th from the left and Rajan is
(a) 3
(c) 12
(b) 7
(d) 23 .ne
of Kamal, how many boys are after him in rank ?

15th from the right. They interchange their positions. Now,

Rajan is 20th from the right. What is the total no. of boys in
the class?
(a) 30 (b) 29
31.

is shorter than Tiya. Arrange them in order of ascending

heights.
t
Priya is taller than Tiya and shorter than Siya. Riya is shorter
than Siya and taller than Priya. Riya is taller than Diya, who

(c) 32 (d) 31 (a) Priya – Siya – Riya – Tiya – Diya

22. In a queue, Vijay is fourteenth from the front and Jack is (b) Riya – Siya – Priya – Diya – Tiya
seventeenth from the end, while Mary is in between Vijay (c) Siya – Riya – Priya – Tiya – Diya
(d) Siya – Priya – Riya – Diya – Tiya
and Jack. If Vijay be ahead of Jack and there be 48 persons
32. In a queue, A is eighteenth from the front while B is six-
in the queue, how many persons are there between Vijay
teenth from the back. If C is twentieth from the front and is
and Mary?
exactly in the middle of A and B, then how many persons
(a) 8 (b) 7
are there is the queue ?
(c) 6 (d) 5 (a) 45 (b) 46
23. Malay Pratap is on 13th position from the starting and on (c) 47 (d) 48
17th position from the end in his class. He is on 8th position 33. In a row of 21 girls, when monika was shifted by four place
from the starting and on 13th position from the end among towards the right, she became 12 th from the left end. What
the students who passed. How many students failed? was her earlier positions from the right end of the row ?
(a) 7 (b) 8 (a) 9th (b) 10th
(c) 9 (d) Cannot be determined (c) 11th (d) 14 th

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Time Sequence, Number & Ranking Test A-57

34. Gita is prettier than Sita but not as pretty as Rita. Then, 37. On one side of a street are even numbers and on the other
(a) Sita is not as pretty as Gita. side are odd numbers. No. 1 is exactly in front of No. 2. My
(b) Sita is prettier than Rita. House is No. 9. From my house , a man comes up from No.
(c) Rita is not as pretty as Gita. 2 and knocks at the door, five doors beyond the house
(d) Gita is prettier than Rita. infront of me. What is the No. of that house ?
35. Ram and Sham are ranked 13th and 14th respectively is a (a) 18 (b) 20
class of 23. What are their ranks from the last respectively? (c) 22 (d) 26
(a) 10 th : 11th (b) 11 th; 12 th 38. Five policemen are standing in a row facing south. Shekhar
(c) 11th ; 10 th (d) None of these is to the immediate right of Dhanush. Bala is between Basha
36. Five coaches P, L, R, M, O are in a row. R is to the right of M and Dhanush. David is at the extreme right end of the row.
and left of P. L is to the right of P and left of O. Which coach Who is standing in the middle of the row?
is in the middle?
(a) Bala (b) Basha
(a) P (b) L
(c) Shekhar (d) Dhanush
(c) R (d) O

ANSWER KEY

ww 1
2
(a)
(d)
6
7
(d)
(b)
11
12
(b)
(b)
16
17
(c)
(c)
21
22
(d)
(b)
26
27
(b)
(b)
31
32
(c)
(c)
36
37
(a)
(b)
3
4
5
(c)
(d)
(b) w.E
8
9
10
(b)
(a)
(d)
13
14
15
(b)
(b)
(a)
18
19
20
(c)
(c)
(a)
23
24
25
(c)
(a)
(d)
28
29
30
(b)
(b)
(c)
33
34
35
(d)
(a)
(c)
38 (d)

asy
En
1.
2.
(a)
(d) 8th 9th 14th gin
11. (b) If the first working day happened to be Tuesday then
8th, 15th, 22nd and 29th of the month will be Tuesday.

3.
Ravi Prabha Arjun
(c) Rajnish > Rajesh, Raman... (i)
eer
Hence, the last day of the month will be Wednesday
(since, number of days in the month is 30). Thus, the
Rajeev > Ramesh > Rajesh ... (ii)
Raman > Rajeev ... (iii)
Combining all, we get 12. ing
next casual leave will be on Thursday.
(b) (i) Submitted application form : Monday

4.
Rajnish > Raman > Rajeev > Ramesh > Rajesh
(d) 12 – 45 × 28 ÷ 7 + 15
= 12 – 45 × 4 + 15 = 27 – 180 = – 153
(ii) Holiday
(iii) Clearance from clerk
.ne
: Tuesday
: Wednesday

5.

6.
(b) New arrangement of numbers is as follows: 15698372
Hence, third number from right end is 3.
(d) We can’t find the proportion of those students out of
the total students who play only cricket. Similarly, we
13.
(iv) Clearance from senior clerk : Wednesday
(v) Submitted to the head clerk : Thursday
t
(b) Even if we cannot determine the exact sequence of the
weights of the children, we can conclude on the basis
can’t find the proportion of those students out of the of the information provided that D is the heaviest.
total students who play only football. But 5/6th of the 14. (b) The specified digits are 8, 2 and 9. Now, we know a
total strength play either cricket only or football only. perfect square number does not have 8 and 2 at unit’s
7. (b) In the original group of digits ‘7’ is fourth from the place. Therefore, we can make only two three-digit
right, which is interchanged with ‘9’. The new series is
numbers from it, i.e., 829 and 289. Among these two
2781359046.
8. (b) There are (25 – 11– 1 =) 13 boys between Akash and numbers, 289 is a perfect square number, i.e., square of
Nikhil. 17. Thus, unit’s digit is 7 and ten’s digit is 1.
9. (a) After interchanging the number becomes as follows: 15. (a) ------
8 01 6 43 5972 ----A----
Hence, the fourth digit from the right end is 5. DEA - - [It is not possible as D is not at the top.]
10. (d) The correct order of dolls according to descending
--- AED
order of their heights are:
M> P>N >O BCAED
Therefore, Anvi will purchase the doll M. Hence, C is second among them.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-58 Time Sequence, Number & Ranking Test

25. (d) D > B > C > E > A
16. (c) Top C 26. (b) Q > S, P > Q, R > Q
Age: As, Q > S, P > Q, R > Q
A Also, P is the oldest.
G P> R> Q>S
Richness : As, P > Q, S > P
Middle B Also R is he richest.
R> S> P>Q
E 27. (b) Failed Students
= [Total students] – [(Anmol’s position from upwards)
F + (Anmol’s position from downwards) – 1]
Bottom D = 45 – [(11 + 15) – 1] = 20
28. (b) After interchanging their positions, position of A from
D is at the bottom step of the ladder. left = 11
17. (c) Total students then positions of A form right = 9.
= [Rakesh’s position from upwards + Rakesh’s position The total no. of people in the row
from downwards] – 1 = (9 + 11) – 1 = 19.

18.
ww = [9 + 38] – 1 = 46
(c) Sarita’s place from downwards
Total Sarita’s place
1 = [45 – 11] + 1 = 35th
29. (b)

w.E
girls from upwards N

19. (c) Raman’s position from upwards A B C

15 3 4 15

Clearly, according to the given conditions, there are 15

asy
Raman’s
Total position 1 boys to the left of A , as well as to the right of C. Also, B
students
from down lies between A and C such that there are 3 boys between

En
A and B and 4 boys between B and C. So, number of
= [31 – 9] + 1 = 23rd boys in the row = (15 + 1 + 3 + 1 + 4 + 1 + 15) = 40.
20. (a) Total boys 30. (c) Let the number of boys be x.

Mahendra’s
place
Surendra’s
place +
Boys between gin Then, number of girls = 2x.
x + 2x = 60 or 3x = 60 or x = 20.
So, number of boys = 20 and number of girls = 40.
from left

= [17 + 18] + 8 = 43
from right them

eer
Number of students behind Kamal in rank (60 – 17)
= 43.

21. (d) Total students

= [First position of Ganesh + Second position of Rajan] ing
Number of girls ahead of Kamal in rank = 9.
Number of girls behind Kamal in rank = (40 – 9) = 31
Number of boys behind Kamal in rank

22. (b)
–1
= [12 + 20] – 1 = 31
Number of persons between Vijay and Jack
31
= (43 – 31) = 12.

.ne
(c) From statement (1) when we arrange them in order of
ascending heights.
= 48 – (14 + 17) = 17
Now, Mary lies in middle of these 17 persons i.e., at the
eighth position.
So, number of persons between Vijay and Mary = 7.
Siya > Priya > Tiya ....(i)
Similarly from statement (2)
Siya > Riya > Priya ....(ii)
Similarly from statement (3)
t
23. (c) Total students Riya > Tiya > Diya ....(iii)
= [Malay’s place from starting + Malay’s place from From (i), (ii) and (iii) if they are arranged in order of
end] –1 ascending heights.
= [13 + 17] – 1 = 29 Diya < Tiya < Priya < Riya < Siya
Number of passed students Option (c) states the descending order correctly and
= [Malay’s place from starting + Malay’s place from hence, should be the correct option.
end] –1 32. (c) A is 18th from front and C is 24th
= [8 + 13] – 1= 20 Number of persons between A and C = 6.
Number of failed students = 29 – 20 = 9 Since C is exactly in middle of A and B, so number of
24. (a) Position of Suman from right persons between C and B = 6.
17 6 6 15
Difference of First position
Ramesh’s position of Suman A C B
Number of persons in the queue
= [(15 – 9) + 6 ] = 12th = ( 17 + 1 + 6 + 1 + 6 + 1 + 15 ) = 47.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Time Sequence, Number & Ranking Test A-59

33. (d) The change of place by Monika can be shown as under. 37. (b) My Home
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 M 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21
Clearly, Monika's earlier position was 8th from the left Man from no.2
and 14th from the right end. 5 houses beyond my house.
34. (a) Rita > Gita > Sita 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 22
35. (c) Rank of Ram from the last = 23 – 13 + 1 = 11
Hence, 20 is the number of that house.
and Rank of Shyam from the last = 23 – 14 + 1 = 10 38. (d) Standing Arrangement : (Facing South)
36. (a) Right Left
End End
Hence, P coach is in the middle of the five coaches. David Shekhar Dhanush Bala Basha
Hence, Dhanush is standing at the middle of the row.

ww
w.E
asy
En
gin
eer
ing
.ne
t

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-60 Number Puzzles

CHAPTER

NUMBER PUZZLES 8
This question are based on different number. This type of problem (a) 195 (b) 61
having figure which follows a particular rule for their different (c) 99 (d) 120
number. We have then asked to find a missing number by using
Sol. (b) 110 + 30 – 75 = 65
same rule.
103 + 25 – 67 = 61
Direction:- (Sample problem)
97 + 82 – 80 = 99
EXAMPLE
diagram: ww 1. Find the missing number in the following

EXAMPLE 3. 24 29 21 41 .

7
11
35 13
w.E 11
4
9
22
82

4 13
asy 53 43 ?
(a) 37
(c) 38
(b) 39
(d) 33
En (a) 123 (b) 121

Sol. (a) 4 + 7 + 11 + 13 = 35
Similarly, 11 + 13 + 4 + 9 = 37.
gin(c) 63 (d) 33

2. eer
Sol. (a) 29 + 24 = 53
21 + 22 = 43
41 + 82 = 123

ing
EXAMPLE

110
25

65
75
?
67 EXAMPLE 4. 2 5 7
6 15 21
.ne
82
30 103 (a) 52
(c) 25
10 19 ?

(b) 48
(d) 28
t
80
99 Sol. (c) 2 × 3 + 4 = 10
5 × 3 + 4 = 19
7 × 3 + 4 = 25
97

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Number Puzzles A-61

DIRECTIONS: In the following questions find missing number 8. 8 9 10

1. 16 12 21 10
9 ? 5 4 3
28 ? 16
12 25 14
(a) 28 (b) 11
(c) 32 (d) 18
14 15 16 9.
(a) – 21 (b) 12 1
(c) 32 (d) 22
2. 1 2 3 2 10 12

ww
2 5 12 10 16 13
1 2 1 ? 10 24
4 30 2

3.
(a) 5
(c) 13
w.E (b) 11
(d) 8
3
?

33 17
9

asy 3

(a) 60 (b) 68 En
4.
(c) 55
2 7 9
(d) 65

gin 6 286 4

7
9
3
8
4
?
eer 15
126 168 216
(a) 8
(c) 6
(b) 3
(d) 36
4 ing
5. 169 64 81 30
.ne
625
1296
(a) 324
(c) 441
?
576
49
100
50
70
(b) 289
(d) 361
3 218 ? t
6. 1 2 3
12
4 5 6
7 8 9 (a) 6 (b) 7
(c) 9 (d) 12
27 38 ?
(a) 49 (b) 51 28 50
(c) 50 (d) 52 10. 2 3 4 5
7. 3 4 5
2 3 4
1 2 3 ?
3 5
14 29 ?
(a) 50 (b) 30 (a) 35 (b) 40
(c) 40 (d) 32 (c) 49 (d) 53

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-62 Number Puzzles

11.
3 3 1 2 3
16.
2 3 4
6 10 ?
1 12 5 3 20 7 (a) 18 (b) 24
(c) 14 (d) 16
17. 3 4 5
6 8 4 5 3
3 4 3 ?
48 60 105
(a) 2 (b) 6
? (c) 7 (d) 9
2 7
18.
? 5
6

ww
(a) 10
(c) 20
(b) 15
(d) 25
(a) 1
11 7

(b) 9
12. 21
11
3 ?
24
14
4
36
12
w.E 19.
(c) 12

594 198
(d) 17

77 112 108
(a) 2 (b) 4asy ? 66

13.
(c) 3
5 9 15
(d) 5

En (a) 22
(c) 11
(b) 33
(d) 44
16
49
29
89
?
147
gin
20. 6
8
15 20
4 5
(a) 45
(c) 51
(b) 48
(d) 54
3
51 65
5
eer
20
?
14.
7 9
17 8
21.
(a) 56
(c) 51
ing
(b) 120
(d) 44

40 54
7
.ne
4 5

10 21
6 3 ?

127
15

31
t
63
?

3 (a) 190 (b) 255

6 (c) 221 (d) 236
22.
(a) 60 (b) 62 36 25
(c) 64 (d) 66
? 27
2 3 1
33 23
1 2 1
15. 21 30
3 4 ?
(a) 5 (b) 2 (a) 35 (b) 32
(c) 1 (d) 4 (c) 22 (d) 19

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Number Puzzles A-63

23. 30.
12 16 18
4 7
16 16 20
5 1 64 3
5 7 ?
11 27 ? 8
197 263 356
8 2
(a) 9 (b) – 4
(c) 4 (d) – 8
24. (a) 0 (b) 8
(c) 125 (d) 216
5 7
31.
1
3 23 4 3 54 6
15 2 17
? 16
1 4 4 6
3 18 5
19
11

ww ? 40 2
(a) 13
(c) 20
(b) 14
(d) 21

(a) 4
w.E
(b) 1
9
32.
5
12
6 6
21
7 4
?
8

25.
(c) 2 (d) 3
The diagram below is a ‘magic square’ in which all rows
and columns and both diagonals add up to 34. Find xy asy (a) 14
4 5 10
(b) 22

1 8 13 12
En 33.
(c) 32

27 79 38
(d) 320

gin
14 93 67 16
4 x 16 y
15 63 37 42

(a)
(c)
77
45
(b) 60
(d) 63
3 eer 4 ?
26. 8
5
12
10 12
7 9
14 ?
(a) 5
A
ing
B
(b) 6
C

(a)
(c)
16
18
(b) 15
(d) 17 34.
(c) 8
4 8 0
(d) 9

.ne
27. 1 12 10
15 2 ?
8 5 3
5 0 6 7 1

A
7

(a) 0
(c) 11
4
B
6 11 ? 2
2
C
(b) 2
(d) 12
t
(a) 9 (b) 11
(c) 4 (d) 6 35. 101 43 48 34
28. 38 ?
6 9 15 15
35 56 184
8 12 20 A B
4 6 ? (a) 127 (b) 142
(a) 5 (b) 10 (c) 158 (d) 198
(c) 15 (d) 21 27 30 59 40
29 29
29. 36. 39 72 33 42 73 31 ? 79 10
72 24 6
96 16 12 45 43 43 44 39 20
108 ? 18 A B C
(a) 49 (b) 50
(a) 12 (b) 16
(c) 18 (d) 20 (c) 60 (d) 69

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-64 Number Puzzles

1 2 4 ? 2
37.
9 3
7 8 ?
44. 7 4
5 5
9 6 5 6 8 4
(a) 6 (b) 9 (a) 10 (b) 11
(c) 10 (d) 11 (c) 12 (d) 13
45. 4 9 2
38. Z ? S 3 5 7
R O ? 8 1 ?
? G C (a) 9 (b) 6
(a) WJK (b) KWT (c) 15 (d) 14
(c) WKJ (d) JKW 46. 7 6 6
8 6 ?
39. B G N 3 4 5

ww D J
G N
R
?
168
(a)
144
8
120
(b) 10

40.
(a) U
(c) W
w.E (b) V
(d) X 47.
(c)
8
3
5
5
7
6
5
(d) 4

2
1
3
4
2
1
0
4
3 asy 1
74
(a)
4
90
65
2
?
(b) 85
36 ? 91
En
48.
(c)
22
52
46 24
(d) 76

(a) 24
(c) 59
(b) 48
(d) 73
gin 27
32
58
68
31
?

41. 49
36
26 64 81
9
21 25 64
25
? 144
(a)
(c)
46
32
eer (b) 36
(d) 38
25
A
16
B
36
C
49.
260 132
ing
(a) 19
(c) 25
(b) 23
(d) 31
?
20 36
68
.ne
42.
3

6
39
5

3
4

5
51
7

4
3

5
?
5

4
50.
(a)
(c)
12
9
(b) 10
(d) 8
t
A B C 7 9 8
(a) 47 (b) 45 2 4 3
(c) 37 (d) 35 5 7 6
43. 16 32 ?
7
286 16
(a) 17 (b) 23
(c) 47 (d) 73

142 34 51. 3 9 2 8 4 7
? 7 4 ?
81 5 64 6 49 5
(a) 72 (b) 70
(c) 68 (d) 66 (a) 1 (b) 8
(c) 6 (d) 16

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Number Puzzles A-65

ANSWER KEY
1 (d) 7 (a) 13 (b) 19 (a) 25 (c) 31 (b) 37 (d) 43 (b) 49 (a)
2 (c) 8 (b) 14 (b) 20 (b) 26 (a) 32 (c) 38 (c) 44 (b) 50 (b)
3 (d) 9 (b) 15 (a) 21 (b) 27 (c) 33 (d) 39 (c) 45 (b) 51 (c)
4 (c) 10 (b) 16 (c) 22 (d) 28 (b) 34 (c) 40 (d) 46 (d)
5 (a) 11 (b) 17 (c) 23 (b) 29 (a) 35 (b) 41 (d) 47 (a)
6 (b) 12 (c) 18 (d) 24 (c) 30 (d) 36 (d) 42 (c) 48 (b)

1. (d) (16 + 12) 2 = 14 11. (b) (5 – 1) × (6 – 3) = 12

(21 + 9) 2 = 15 (7 – 3) × (8 – 3) = 20

2.
ww
(c)
(10 + x) 2 = 16
x = 22 12.
(7 – 2) × (6 – 3) = 15
(c) As, 3 × 7 = 21, 11 × 7 = 77
4 × 9 = 36, 12 × 9 = 108
1 2 3 2 10 12
2 5 12 10 16 13
1 2 1 ? 10 24
w.E Therefore,14 × 8 = 112
? × 8 = 24

4 9 16 25 36 49
asy
Hence, the missing term is 25 – (2 + 10) = 13.
13.
? 3
(b) 5 × 3 + 1 = 16
16 × 3 + 1 = 49
9 × 3 + 2 = 29
29 × 3 + 2 = 89
3. (d) 9 × 2 – 1 = 17
17 × 2 – 1 = 33
En 15 × 3 + 3 = 48
48 × 3 + 3 = 147

4.
33 × 2 – 1 = 65
(c) 2 × 7 × 9 = 126
7 × 3 × 8 = 168 gin
14. (b) (7 + 9 + 5 + 4) × 2 – 10 = 40
(17 + 8 + 3 + 6) × 2 – 14 = 54
(10 + 21 + 6 + 3) × 2 – 18 = 62
9 × 4 × x = 216
x=6
15.
eer
(a) 22 – 3 = 1
12 – 2 = – 1
5. (a) 169
625
64
x
81 30
49 50 x = 324
16.
32 – 4 = 5
(c) (1 + 2) × 2 = 6
(2 + 3) × 2 = 10
ing
1296 576 100 70
17.
(3 + 4) × 2 = 14
(c) 3 × 4 × 4 = 48 .ne
6.

7.
(b)

(a)
4 × 7 – 1 = 27
5 × 8 – 2 = 38
9 × 6 – 3 = 51
32 + 22 + 12 = 14 18.
4 × 5 × 3 = 60
4 × 3 × x = 105
x=7
(d) 5 + 2 = 7
t
42 + 32 + 22 = 29 7 + 4 = 11
52 + 42 + 32 = 50 11 + 6 = 17
8. (b) 8 × 5 – 12 = 28 19. (a) 594 198 = 3
9 × 4 – 25 = 11 198 66 = 3
10 × 3 – 14 = 16 66 x = 3
9. (b) 42 + 12 + 22 + 32 = 30 x = 22
62 + 32 + 42 + 15 = 286 20. (b) 6 × 8 + 3 = 51,
32 + 42 + x + 122 = 218 15 × 4 + 5 = 65,
169 + x = 218 20 × 5 + 20 = 120
21. (b) 7 × 2 + 1 = 15
x = 218 – 169 = 49
15 × 2 + 1 = 31
10. (b) 23 + 5 = 28
31 × 2 + 1 = 63
45 + 5 = 50 63 × 2 + 1 = 127
35 + 5 = 40 127 × 2 + 1 = 255

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-66 Number Puzzles

22. (d) 25 + 27 = 52 32. (c) The number inside the triangle is obtained by dividing
23 + 30 = 53 the product of the numbers outside of the triangle by
21 + 33 = 54 10. Thus,
36 + x = 55 In I triangle, (5 × 6 × 4) 10 = 12
x = 19 In II triangle, (6 × 7 × 5) 10 = 21
23. (b) 12 × 16 + 5 = 197 In III triangle, missing number
16 × 16 + 7 = 263 = (4 × 8 × 10) 10 = 32.
18 × 20 + x = 356 33. (d) In fig. (A), 93 – (27 + 63) = 3
x = –4 In fig, (B), 79 – (38 + 37) = 4
24. (c) 5 × 4 + 3 × 1 = 23 In fig. (C), missing number
7 × 6 + 3 × 4 = 54 = 67 – (16 + 42) = 9.
11 × 2 + 9 × x = 40 34. (c) The number inside the circle is equal to the difference
x=2 between the sum of the numbers at the extremities of
the horizontal diameter and the sum of numbers at the
25. (c) extremities of the vertical diameter.
1 8 13 12
In fig. (A), (5 + 6) – (7 + 4) = 0

ww 14 11
4
15 10
5
2
16
3
7
9
6
In fig. (B), (7 + 6) – (8 + 4) = 1.
In fig. (C) missing number

26. (a) w.E 35.

= (11 + 2) – (0 + 2) = 11
(b) In fig. (A),
(101 + 15) – (35 + 43) = 116 – 78 = 38.

asy 36.
In fig. (B), Missing number
= (48 + 184) – (56 + 34) = 232 – 90 = 142.
(d) The sum of numbers at the extremities of the three
27. (c) This is a multiplication magic square. The product of
each set of three numbers in any column or row is En line segments in each figure is same.
In fig. (A), 39 + 33 = 29 + 43 = 27 + 45 = 72
the constant 120.
3 5 gin In fig. (B), 42 + 31 = 29 + 44 = 30 + 43 = 73
Let the missing number in fig. (C) be x.

eer
28. (b) In the first row, 6 9, 6 15 Then, x + 10 = 59 + 20 = 40 + 39 = 79
2 2 or x = 69.
3
In the second row, 8 12 , 8 5 37. (d) When we arrange the digits on the vertices of every
2 2
In the third row, missing number
20 .

ing
triangle separately, starting from upper vertices,
we get numbers 196, 256 and 484 respectively.
= 4
5
2
10
Now,
196
2
7,
256
2
8
.ne
29. (a) In the first row, 72 ÷

In the second row, 96 ÷

24
2

16
= 72 ÷12 = 6

= 96 ÷ 8 = 12
38.
Hence,
484
2
11
t
(c) The letter in the second column is three steps behind
that in the first column, and the letter in the third
2
column is four steps behind that in the second
Let the missing number in the third row be x. Then, column. So, the missing letter in the first row will be
x x 108 three steps behind Z, which is W. The missing letter
108 18 6 x = 12. in the second row will be four steps behind O, which
2 2 18
is K. The missing letter in the third row will be three
30. (d) Clearly, (5 – 4)3 = 1;
steps ahead of G, which is J.
(7 – 3)3 = 64; (11 – 8)3 = 27.
39. (c) The letters in the first row follow the sequence + 5,
So, missing number = (8 – 2)3 = 63 = 216. + 7.
31. (b) The given figure contains numbers 1 to 6 in three The letters in the second row follow the sequence +
alternate segments, the smaller number being towards 6, + 8.
the outside and the numbers 14 to 19 in the remaining
In the third row, the first letter G moves 7 steps forward
three alternate segments with the smaller number
to give the second letter N. Clearly, the missing letter
towards the inside.
will be 9 steps ahead of N i.e. W.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Number Puzzles A-67

40. (d) Clearly, (1st row)3 + (2nd row)3 + (3rd row)3 = 4th row 46. (d) 7 8 3 168
So, in the first column, 6 4 4 144
23 + 13 + 33 = 8 + 1 + 27 = 36 6 x 5 120
In the third column,
30 x 120
03 + 43 + 33 = 0 + 64 + 27 = 91
120
In the second column, missing number = 43 + 23 + 13 x 4
30
= 64 + 8 +1 = 73
41. (d) In fig (A), 62 = 36, 82 = 64, 52 = 25, 72 = 49 and 6 + 8 +5 47. (a) 82 32 12 74
+ 7 = 26 54 72 42 90
In fig (B), 32 = 9, 52 = 25, 42 = 16, 92 = 81. and 3 + 5 + 4 2 2 2
6 5 2 65
+ 9 = 21
48. (b) 46 – 22 = 24
In fig (C), 52 = 25, 122 = 144, 62 = 36, 82 = 64.
58 – 27 = 31
So, missing number = 5 + 12 + 6 + 8 = 31.
68 – 32 = 36
42. (c) In fig (A), (3 × 3) + (6 × 5) = 39

ww In fig (B), (4× 4) + (5 × 7) = 51

In fig (C), missing number
49. (a) 12
8
20
16
36
32
68
64
132
128
260

43.
w.E
= (3 × 4) + (5 × 5) = 37
(b) Clearly, we have :
7 × 2 + 2 = 16; 16 ×2 + 2 = 34 and so on.
50. (b) 7 + 22 + 5 = 16
9 + 42 + 7 = 32
8 + 32 + 6 = 23

44.
so missing number = 34 ×2 + 2 = 70
asy
(b) The numbers in the right half form the series : 2, 3, 4, 5.
51. (c) 3+9–5=7
2+8–6=4

En
The numbers in the left half form the series : 5, 7, 9, 11. 4 + 7 –5 = 6

gin
eer
ing
.ne
t

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-68 Logical Sequence of Words

CHAPTER
LOGICAL SEQUENCE 9
OF WORDS
SEQUENCE OF WORDS : Sol. (a) Clearly illness occurs first. One then goes to a doctor
In this particular type of problems, certain inter-related words are and after consultation with him, undergoes treatment
given and numbered, followed by various sequences of the num- to finally attain recovery.
bers denoting them, as alternatives. The candidate is required to So, the correct order becomes 2, 3, 1, 4, 5... (a)
arrange these words in a logical sequence based on a common FORMATION OF WORDS :
property and then choose the correctly graded sequence from In these types of questions, certain words are given. The candidate
the given data
I.
ww
Sequence of occurrence of events or various stages in a
process
is required to observe them in the order in which they are asked.

EXAMPLE 2. Select the combination of numbers so that

w.E
letters arranged accordingly will form a meaningful word.
EXAMPLE 1. Arrange the following in a meaningful sequence R A C E T
1. Consultation 2. Illness 1 2 3 4 5
3. Doctor 4. Treatment (a) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 (b) 3, 2, 1, 4, 5
5. Recovery
(a) 2 3 1 4 5 asy
(b) 2 3 4 1 5
(c) 5, 2, 3, 4, 1 (d) 5, 1, 2, 3, 4
Sol. (d) Clearly, the given letters, when arranged in the order 5, 1, 2,
3, 4 from the word ‘TRACE’.
(c) 4 3 1 2 5 (d) 5 1 4 3 2

En
gin
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-12): Arrange the following in a logical order: 6. 1. eer
Amoeba 2. Oyster
1. 1. Birth
3. Funeral
5. Education
2. Death
4. Marriage
3.
(a)
(c)
Worm
1, 3, 2, 4
4, 3, 2, 1
ing 4.
(b)
(d)
Cow
1, 2, 3, 4
3, 2, 4, 1

2.
(a) 1, 3, 4, 5, 2
(c) 2, 3, 4, 5, 1
1. Police
(b) 1, 5, 4, 2, 3
(d) 4, 5, 3, 1, 2
2. Punishment
7. 1.
3.
Conference
Participate
2.
4. .ne
Registration
Invitation
3. Crime
5. Judgement
(a) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5
(c) 3, 1, 4, 5, 2
4. Justice

(b) 3, 1, 2, 4, 5
(d) 5, 4, 3, 2, 1 8.
5.
(a)
(c)
1.
Representative
1, 2, 4, 5, 3
4, 1, 5, 2, 3
Doctor
(b)
(d)
2.
1, 4, 5, 2, 3
4, 5, 1, 3, 2
Fever
t
3. 1. Foetus 2. Child 3. Prescribe 4. Diagnose
3. Baby 4. Adult
5. Medicine
5. Youth
(a) 1, 2, 4, 3, 5 (b) 1, 3, 2, 4, 5 (a) 2, 1, 3, 4, 5 (b) 1, 4, 3, 2, 5
(c) 2, 3, 5, 4, 1 (d) 5, 4, 2, 3, 1 (c) 2, 1, 4, 3, 5 (d) 2, 4, 3, 5, 1
4. 1. Probation 2. Interview 9. 1. Line 2. Angle
3. Selection 4. Appointment 3. Square 4. Triangle
5. Advertisement 6. Application (a) 2, 1, 4, 3 (b) 3, 4, 1, 2
(a) 5 6 2 3 4 1 (b) 5 6 3 2 4 1 (c) 4, 2, 1, 3 (d) 1, 2, 4, 3
(c) 5 6 4 2 3 1 (d) 6 5 4 2 3 1 10. 1. Childhood 2. Adulthood
5. 1. Ocean 2. Rivulet
3. Infancy 4. Adolescence
3. Sea 4. Glacier
5. River 5. Babyhood
(a) 5, 2, 3, 1, 4 (b) 4, 2, 5, 3, 1 (a) 4, 1, 3, 2, 5 (b) 3, 5, 1, 4, 2
(c) 5, 2, 3, 4, 1 (d) 4, 2, 1, 3, 5 (c) 2, 5, 1, 4, 3 (d) 5, 4, 2, 3, 1

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Logical Sequence of Words A-69

11. 1. Books 2. Words 23. INVESTIGATION

3. Letters 4. Sentences (a) INSTIGATION (b) GESTATION
5. Chapter 6. Pages (c) VEST (d) STIGMA
(a) 3, 2, 6, 5, 4, 1 (b) 3, 2, 5, 4, 6, 1 24. SANCTION
(c) 3, 2, 4, 5, 6, 1 (d) 3, 2, 4, 6, 5, 1 (a) ACTION (b) NATION
12. 1. Millenium 2. Diamond Jubilee (c) NOTION (d) NION
3. Silver Jubilee 4. Centenary 25. RESEARCH
5. Golden Jubilee (a) SEARCH (b) REACH
(a) 2, 3, 5, 4, 1 (b) 2, 5, 3, 1, 4 (c) HEAR (d) READ
(c) 3, 5, 2, 4, 1 (d) 2, 3, 5, 1, 4
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 13-16) : Arrange the following words as per DIRECTIONS (Qs. 26-30) : In each of the following questions, a
order in the dictionary group of letters is given which are numbered 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6.
13. 1. Noble 2. Nobilitary Below a re given four alternatives containing combinations of
these numbers. Select that combination of numbers so that letters
3. Noblesses 4. Nobility
arranged accordingly form a meaningful word.
5. Nobble
(a) 1, 4, 3, 2, 5 (b) 3, 4, 1, 2, 5 26. I N LA S G

ww
(c) 5, 2, 4, 1, 3 (d) 2, 4, 3, 5, 1 123456
14. 1. Pick 2. Pith (a) 6, 1, 3, 5, 4, 2 (b) 5, 1, 6, 2, 4, 3
3. Pile 4. Perk (c) 3, 4, 6, 1, 2, 5 (d) 2, 4, 3, 6, 1, 5
5. Pour
(a) 4, 1, 2, 3, 5
(c) 4, 3, 2, 1, 5
15. 1. Infricate
w.E (b) 4, 1, 3, 2, 5
(d) 5, 4, 3, 2, 1
2. Interview
27. T LPNAE
1 23 4 56
(a) 3, 2, 5, 4, 6, 1
(c) 4, 5, 3, 6, 2, 1
(b) 3, 2, 5, 4, 1, 6
(d) 4, 6, 1, 3, 5, 2
3. Intransigent
5. Intravenous
(a) 2, 4, 5, 3, 1
asy
4. Interrogation

(b) 5, 3, 1, 2, 4
28. RMN BUE
1 2 34 56
(a) 2, 6, 3, 4, 1, 5 (b) 4, 6, 3, 2, 1, 5
(c) 1, 4, 2, 3, 5
16. 1. Preposition
(d) 3, 5, 2, 1, 4
2. Preparatively En 29.
(c) 3, 5, 2, 4, 6, 1
E HRAS P
(d) 1, 5, 4, 2, 6, 3

3. Preposterous
5. Prepossess
4. Preponderate
gin 1 2 34 56
(a) 5, 2, 4, 6, 1, 3
(c) 2, 4, 6, 1, 3, 5
(b) 6, 2, 3, 4, 5, 1
(d) 3, 4, 2, 1, 6, 5
(a) 2, 4, 1, 5, 3
(c) 5, 4, 2, 3, 1
(b) 1, 5, 2, 4, 3
(d) 4, 2, 5, 1, 3
17. Arrange the following words in their descending order:
30. AMDENR
1 2345 6 eer
1. Weekly
3. Fortnightly
5. Annual
2. Bi-annual
4. Monthly
31.
(a) 2, 1, 3, 5, 4, 6
(c) 3, 4, 5, 2, 1, 6
ing (b) 6, 4, 2, 1, 5, 3
(d) 1, 6, 2, 4, 5, 3
If with the third, fourth, fifth, seventh and tenth letters of
(a) 1, 3, 4, 2, 5
(c) 4, 1, 2, 3, 5
(b) 2, 5, 4, 1, 3
(d) 5, 2, 4, 3, 1 .ne
the word ‘PERSONALITY’, a meaningful word is formed,
then first letter of the word is the answer. If no word is
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 18-25): From the given alternatives select
the word which cannot be formed using the letters of the given
word.
18. CARPENTER
32.
possible then X is the answer.
(a) O
(c) R
(b) T
(d) S
If by arranging the letters of the word NABMODINT, the
t
name of a game is formed, what are the first and the last
(a) NECTAR (b) CARPET letters of the word so formed?
(c) PAINTER (d) REPENT (a) B, T (b) B, N
19. TRIBUNAL (c) N, D (d) M, T
(a) LATIN (b) BRAIN 33. Which one of the given responses would be a meaningful
(c) URBAN (d) TRIBLE order of the following ?
20. ORGANISATION 1. apartment 2. town
(a) NATION (b) GRANT 3. street 4. building
(c) RECOGNISE (d) SATAN 5. complex
21. DEPARTMENT (a) 1, 5, 4, 3, 2 (b) 4, 5, 3, 2, 1
(a) ENTER (b) PERMIT (c) 2, 1, 3, 4, 5 (d) 1, 4, 5, 3, 2
(c) TEMPER (d) RENTED 34. If the following words are arranged in reverse dictionary
22. CONSTITUTIONAL order, which word comes second ?
(a) LOCATION (b) TUTION (a) Explosion (b) Express
(c) TALENT (d) CONSULT (c) Exploit (d) Expulse

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-70 Logical Sequence of Words

35. A group of alphabets are given with each being assigned a 1. Orange 2. Indigo 3. Red 4. Blue 5. Green 6. Yellow 7. Violet
number. These have to be unscrambled into a meaningful (a) 7, 2, 4, 5, 6, 1, 3 (b) 7, 2, 4, 6, 5, 1, 3
word and correct order of letters may be indicated from the (c) 7, 2, 6, 4, 5, 1, 3 (d) 7, 2, 6, 4, 1, 5, 3
given responses. 39. Arrange the following words as per order in the dictionary.
TMHREO
1. Forecast 2. Forget 3. Foreign 4. Forsook 5. Force
5 4321 0
(a) 3, 5, 1, 2, 4 (b) 5, 1, 3, 2, 4
(a) 025314 (b) 315402
(c) 405312 (d) 504231 (c) 5, 1, 3, 4, 2 (d) 5, 1, 2, 3, 4
36. From the given alternative words, select the word which 40. From the given alternatives select the word which can be
cannot be formed using the letters of the given word : formed using the letters given in the word.
TRIVANDRUM ULTRANATIONALISM
(a) RAIN (b) DRUM (a) ULTRAMONTANE (b) ULTRAMODERN
(c) TRAIN (d) DRUK (c) ULTRAIST (d) ULULATE
37. How many meaningful English words can be made with the 41. From the given alternatives select the word which cannot
letters ' OEHM ' using each letter only once in each word ? be formed using the letters of the given word.
(a) FOUR (b) THREE LEGALIZATION
(c) TWO (d) ONE
38.
ww
Which one of the given responses would be a meaningful
order of the following ?
(a) ALERT
(c) GALLANT
(b) ALEGATION
(d) NATAL

w.E ANSWER KEY

1
2
3
(b)
(c)
(b)
6
7
8
(b)
(a)
(c)
11
12
13
asy
(d)
(c)
(c)
16
17
18
(a)
(d)
(c)
21
22
23
(b)
(c)
(d)
26
27
28
(b)
(a)
(c)
31
32
33
(c)
(b)
(d)
36
37
38
(d)
(d)
(a)
41 (a)

4
5
(a)
(b)
9
10
(d)
(b)
14
15
(b)
(c)
19
20 En
(d)
(c)
24
25
(c)
(d)
29
30
(b)
(b)
34
35
(b)
(c)
39
40
(b)
(c)

gin
eer
1. (b) Clearly, the given words when arranged in the order of
various events as they occur in man’s life, term the
6. (b) 1. Amoeba
2. Oyster ing
sequence: Birth – Education – Marriage – Death –
Funeral.
So the correct order becomes 1 5 4 2 3
3. Worm
4. Cow
.ne
2.

3.
(c) The correct sequence
Crime – Police – Justice – Judgement – Punishment
So sequence will 3, 1, 4, 5, 2.
(b) The correct sequence is
7. (a) 1. Conference
2. Registration
4. Invitation
5. Representative
3. Participate
t
Foetus – Baby – Child – Adult – Youth 8. (c) Correct sequence is :
4. (a) The correct sequence is–
Advertisement – Application – Interview – Selection – Fever Doctor Diagnose Prescribe Medicine
Appointment – Probation. (2) (1) (4) (3) (5)
So, correct option is (a). 9. (d) Line < Angle < Triangle < Square
5. (b) Glacier 1, 2, 4, 3
10. (b) 3, 5, 1, 4, 2
Rivulet 11. (d) Letters Words Sentences Pages Chapter Book
(3) (2) (4) (6) (5) (1)
River 12. (c) Silver jublee - 25 yr.
Golden jublee - 50 yr.
Sea Diamond jublee - 75 yr.
Centenary - 100 yr
Ocean Millennium - 1000 yr.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Logical Sequence of Words A-71

13. (c) 5. Nobble 28. (c) NUMBER

2. Nobilitary 29. (b) PHRASE
4. Nobility 30. (b) REMAND
1. Noble 31. (c) The respective letters of the given word are R, S, O, A
3. Noblesses and T. The word formed is ROAST. So the first letter is
14. (b) Perk > Pick > Pile > Pith > Pour R.
15. (c) 1. Infricate 32. (b) The name of the game is BADMINTON.
4 Interrogation
2. Interview 33. (d) 2. Town
3. Street
3. Intransigent
5. Complex
5. Intravenous
4. Building
16. (a) 2. Preparatively
4. Preponderate 1. Apartment
1. Preposition
5. Prepossess
3. Preposterous
17. (d) Annual - 1 year Monthly - 30 days

18.
ww Weekly - 7 days
Fortnightly - 15 days.
Biannual - 6 month

(c) Painter cannot be made from the letters of the given 34. (b) Arrangement in Reverse dictionary order—

19. w.E
word as I letter is not mentioned in the given word.
(d) Trible cannot be made from the letters of the given
word as E letter is not mentioned in the given word.
Expulse
1
4 0 5 3 1 2
Express
2
Explosion
3
Exploit
4

20.

21. asy
(c) Recognise cannot be made from the letters of the given
word as C letter is not mentioned in the given word.
(b) Permit cannot be made from the letters of the given
35.

36.
(c)
M O T H E R
(d) DRUK cannot be formed using TRIVAN DROM as it

22.
En
word as I letter is not mentioned in the given word.
(c) Talent cannot be made from the letters of the given 37.
does not contain letter 'K'.
(d) Home, only one meaningful word is formed.

23.
word as E letter is not mentioned in the given word.
(d) STIGMA cannot be formed usin g word
'INVESTIGATION' because letter M is not in the given gin
38.

39.
(a) These all are colours of the rainbow.
Hence, meaningful order is VIBGYOR.
(b) Force Forecast Foreign Forget Forsook

24.
reference word.
(c) NOTION cannot be formed because two Os are not in
the reference word.
40.

eer
(c) By options,
(a) can not be formed as there is no ‘E’ in the given word.
(b) can not be formed as there is no ‘D’ in the given word.
25. (d) READ cannot be fomed as letter D is not in the reference
word. given word. ing
(d) can not be formed as there is no ‘E’ and only ‘U’ in the

26.
27.
(b) SIGNAL
(a) PLANET
41.

.ne
(a) ALERT can not be formed as there is no ‘R’ in the word
LEGALIZATION. Hence, (a) is the correct option.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-72 Clock and Calendar

CHAPTER
CLOCK AND
CALENDAR 10
CLOCK • In every 12 hours, the hands of clock are at right angles
22 times.
A clock has two hands : Hour hand and Minute hand.
• In every hour, the two hands are at right angles 2 times.
The minute hand (M.H.) is also called the long hand and the hour
• In every hour, the two hands are in opposite direction
hand (H.H.) is also called the short hand. once.
The clock has 12 hours numbered from 1 to 12. • In a day, the two hands are at right angles 44 times.
Also, the clock is divided into 60 equal minute divisions. Therefore, • If both the hands coincide, then they will again coincide

ww
each hour number is separated by five minute divisions. Therefore,
Important Points –
360
after 65
5
11
minutes. i.e. in correct clock, both hand

w.E
One minute division =

minute hand moves 6°.

60
= 6° apart. i.e. In one minute, the

One hour division = 6° × 5 = 30° apart. i.e. In one hour, the

coincide at an interval of 65
5
11
minutes.

5
hour hand moves 30° apart.
asy
Also, in one minute, the hour hand moves =
30 1
= apart.
• If the two hands coincide in time less than 65
11
minutes, then clock is too fast and if the two hands
60 2
En
Since, in one minute, minute hand moves 6° and hour hand
coincides in time more than 65
5
11
minutes, then the

moves
1
2
, therefore, in one minute, the minute hand gains
gin
NOTE :
clock is too slow.

5
1
2
more than hour hand.
eer
ANOTHER SHORT-CUT FORMULA FOR CLOCKS
11

In one hour, the minute hand gains 5

1
2
60 330 over the
Angle made by Hands = 30H

where H = Hour ing 2

M

hour hand. i.e. the minute hand gains 55 minutes divisions

over the hour hand.
M = minute

1. .ne
t
EXAMPLE
Relative position of the hands – At what time between 4 and 5 O’ Clock will the hands of a
The position of the M.H. relative to the H.H. is said to be the watch
same, whenever the M.H. is separated from the H.H. by the same (i) coincide, and
(ii) point in opposite directions.
number of minute divisions and is on same side (clockwise or
Sol.
anticlockwise) of the H.H.
(i) At 4 O’ clock, the hands are 20 minutes apart. Clearly the
Any relative position of the hands of a clock is repeated 11 times
minute hand must gain 20 minutes before two hands can be
in every 12 hours. coincident.
(a) When both hands are 15 minute spaces apart, they are at But the minute-hand gains 55 minutes in 60 minutes.
right angle. Let minute hand will gain x minute in 20 minutes.
(b) When they are 30 minute spaces apart, they point in opposite
directions. 55 60
So, =
(c) The hands are in the same straight line when they are 20 x
coincident or opposite to each other. 20 × 60 240 9
• In every hour, both the hand coincide once. x= = = 21 min.
55 11 11
• In a day, the hands are coinciding 22 times.
• In every 12 hours, the hands of clock coincide 11 times. 9
The hands will be together at 21 min past 4.
• In every 12 hours, the hands of clock are in opposite 11
direction 11 times.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Clock and Calendar A-73

(ii) Hands will be opposite to each other when there is a space But, they are together after 65 min.
of 30 minutes between them. This will happen when the
5 5
minute hand gains (20 + 30) = 50 minutes. Gain in 65 min 65 65 min .
11 11
50 × 60 6
Now, the minute hand gains 50 min in or 54 min. 5 60 24 10
55 11 Gain in 24 hours min 10 min .
11 65 143
6
The hands are opposite to each other at 54 min past 4. 10
11 The clock gains 10 minutes in 24 hours.
143
EXAMPLE 2. 5.
EXAMPLE
What is the angle between the hour hand and minute hand A man who went out between 5 or 6 and returned between 6
when it was 5 : 05 pm. and 7 found that the hands of the watch had exactly changed
Sol. 5.05 pm means hour hand was on 5 and minute hand was on place. When did he go out?
1, i.e. there will be 20 minutes gap.
Sol. Between 5 and 6 to 6 and 7, hands will change place after
Angle = 20 × 6° = 120° [ 1 minute = 6°] crossing each other one time. ie. they together will make 1 +
INCORRECT CLOCK 1 = 2 complete revolutions.
If a clock indicates 6 : 10, when the correct time is 6 : 00, it is

ww
said to be 10 minute too fast and if it indicates 5 : 50 when
the correct time is 6 : 00, it is said to be 10 minute too slow.
• Also, if both hands coincide at an interval x minutes
H.H. will move through 2

120
60
13
or
120
13
minute divisions.

and x

5
5
w.E
65 , then total time gained
11
Between 5 and 6
13
minute divisions.

At 5, minute hand is 25 minute divisions behind the hour-

hand.
65
11
x
x

asy
minutes and clock is said to be ‘fast’. Hence it will have to gain 25
120
13
minute divisions on the
• If both hands coincide at an interval x minutes and

x 65
5
En hour-hand
445
13
minute divisions on the hour hand.

gin
5 11 minutes 445 445 12
x 65 , then total time lost
11 x The minute hand gains minute divisions in
13 13 11
and clock is said to be ‘slow’. 5340 49
EXAMPLE 3.
My watch, which gains uniformly, is 2 min slow at noon on
minutes

eer
143
37
143
minutes

The required time of departure is 37

49

ing
min past 5.
Sunday, and is 4 minutes 48 seconds fast at 2 pm on the 143
following Sunday. When was it correct.
Sol. From Sunday noon to the following Sunday at 2 pm = 7 days CALENDAR
2 hours = 170 hours.
48 4 .ne
The solar year consists of 365 days, 5 hrs 48 minutes, 48 seconds.
In 47 BC, Julius Ceasar arranged a calendar known as the Julian
The watch gains 2 4
60
= 6 minutes in 170 hours.

The watch gains 2 minutes in

5

2
4
170 50 hours
1
calendar in which a year was taken as 365 days and in order to
4 t
get rid of the odd quarter of a day, an extra day was added once in
every fourth year and this was called as leap year or Bissextile.
6
5 Nowadays, the calendar, which is mostly used, is arranged by
Now, 50 hours = 2 days 2 hours Pope Gregory XII and known as Gregorian calendar.
2 days 2 hours from Sunday noon = 2 pm on Tuesday. In India, number of calendars were being used till recently. In
1952, the Government adopted the National Calendar based on
EXAMPLE 4. Saka era with Chaitra as its first month. In an ordinary year, Chaitra
The minute hand of a clock overtakes the hour hand at 1 falling on March 22 of Gregorian Calendar and in a leap year it
intervals of 65 minutes of the correct time. How much a day falls on March 21.
does the clock gain or lose?
Sol. In a correct clock, the minute hand gains 55 min. spaces
over the hour hand in 60 minutes. In an ordinary year,
To be together again, the minute hand must gain 60 minutes 1 year = 365 days = 52 weeks + 1 day
over the hour hand. In a leap year,
60 5 1 year = 366 days = 52 weeks + 2 days
55 min. are gained in 60 min 65 min .
55 11

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-74 Clock and Calendar

NOTE : First January 1 A.D. was Monday. So we must count EXAMPLE 7.
days from Sunday. How many times does the 29th day of the month occur in
100 years or one century contains 76 ordinary years and 24 400 consecutive years?
leap years.
Sol. In 400 consecutive years, there are 97 leap years. Hence,
[76 × 52 weeks + 76 odd days] in 400 consecutive years, February has the 29th day 97 times
+ [24 × 52 weeks + 24 × 2 odd days] and the remaining eleven months have the 29th day
= (76 + 24) × 52 weeks + (76 + 48) odd days 400 × 1100 = 4400 times
= 100 × 52 weeks + 124 odd days The 29th day of the month occurs (4400 + 97) or 4497
= 100 × 52 weeks + (17 × 7 + 5) odd days times.
= (100 × 52 + 17) weeks + 5 odd days
EXAMPLE 8.
100 years contain 5 odd days.
Today is 5th February. The day of the week is Tuesday. This
Similarly, 200 years contain 3 odd days,
is a leap year. What will be the day of the week on this date
300 years contain 1 odd days, after 5 years?
400 years contain 0 odd days. Sol. This is a leap year. So, next 3 years will give one odd day
Year whose non-zero numbers are multiple of 4 contains no each. Then leap year gives 2 odd days and then again next

ww
odd days; like 800, 1200, 1600 etc.
The number of odd days in months
The month with 31 days contains (4 × 7 + 3) i.e. 3 odd days
year give 1 odd day.
Therefore (3 + 2 + 1) = 6 odd days will be there.
Hence the day of the week will be 6 odd days beyond

NOTE :
w.E
and the month with 30 days contains (4 × 7 + 2) i.e. 2 odd
days.
Tuesday, i.e., it will be Monday.

EXAMPLE 9.
What day of the week was 20th June 1837 ?

year gives one odd day. asy

• February in an ordinary year gives no odd days, but in a leap Sol. 20th June 1837 means 1836 complete years + first 5 months
of the year 1837 + 20 days of June.
1600 years give no odd days.
• Day of the week related to ODD days –
No. of Days 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 En 200 years give 3 odd days.
36 years give (36 + 9) or 3 odd days.
Days Sun Mon Tues Wed Thur Fri Sat
gin 1836 years give 6 odd days.
From 1st January to 20th June there are 3 odd days.
Odd days :
EXAMPLE 6.
What day of the week was 15th August 1949?
Sol. 15th August 1949 means
January
February : 0
March eer
:3

:3
1948 complete years + first 7 months of the year 1949

1600 years give no odd days.

+ 15 days of August.
April
May
June
:2
:3
:6
ing
300 years give 1 odd day.
48 years give {48 + 12} = 60 = 4 odd days.
---------
17
.ne
Therefore, the total number of odd days = (6 + 3) or 2 odd
[ For ordinary years 48 odd days and for leap year 1
more day (48 ÷ 4) = 12 odd days; 60 = 7 × 8 + 4]
From 1st January to 15th August 1949
Odd days :
days.
This means that the 20th of June fell on the 2 nd day
commencing from Monday. Therefore, the required day was
Tuesday.
t
January – 3
EXAMPLE 10.
Feburary – 0
Prove that the calender for 1990 will same for 2001 also.
March – 3
Sol. It is clear that the calender for 1990 will serve for 2001 if first
April – 2 January of both the years is the same weekdays. For that the
May – 3 number of odd days between 31st December 1989 and 31st
June – 2 December 2000 must be zero. Odd days are as given below.
July – 3 Year 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994
August – 1 Odd days 1 1 (Leap) 1 1
17 3 odd days. 2
15th August 1949 1 + 4 + 3 = 8 = 1 odd day. 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000
This means that 15th Aug. fell on 1st day. Therefore, the 1 (Leap) 1 1 1 (Leap)
required day was Monday. 2 2
Total number of odd days = 14 days = 2 weeks + odd days.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Clock and Calendar A-75

1. If the two hands in a clock are 3 minutes divisions apart, 12. A watch which gains uniformly is 2 minutes low at noon on
then the angle between them is Monday and is 4 min 48 sec. fast at 2 p.m. on the following
(a) 3° (b) 18° (c) 24° (d) 60° Monday. When was it correct?
2. At what approximate time between 4 and 5 am will the (a) 2 p.m. on Tuesday (b) 2 p.m. on Wednesday
hands of a clock be at right angle? (c) 3 p.m. on Thursday (d) 1 p.m. on Friday
(a) 4 : 40 am (b) 4 : 38 am 13. If a clock strikes 12 in 33 seconds, it will strike 6 in how many
(c) 4 : 35 am (d) 4 : 39 am seconds?
3. What will be the acute angle between hands of a clock
33
at 2 : 30? (a) (b) 15 (c) 1 2 (d) 2 2
(a) 105° (b) 115° (c) 95° (d) 135° 2
4. In 16 minutes, the minute hand gains over the hour 14. A watch which gains 5 seconds in 3 minutes was set right at
hand by 7 a.m. In the afternoon of the same day, when the watch

ww
(a) 16° (b) 80° (c) 88° (d) 96° indicated quarter past 4 O’clock, the true time is
5. A clock is set right at 1 p.m. If it gains one minute in an hour, 7
then what is the true time when the clock indicates 6 p.m. in (a) 4 p.m. (b) 59 minutes past 3
12
the same day?

(a) 55
5
61 w.E
minutes past 5 (b) 5 minutes past 6
15.
(c) 58
7
11
minutes past 3 (d) 2
3
11
minutes past 4
At what time between 8 and 9 o’clock will the hands of a

6.
(c) 5 minutes to 6 (d) 59
asy
1
64
minutes past 5

Two clocks were set right at noon on Sunday. One

watch be in straight line but not together?
11 10

En (a) 10 min. past 8 (b) 10 min. past 8

gains 2 min and the other loses 3 min in 24 hours. 10 11
What will be the true time when the first clock
10 10

7.
indicates 3 pm on Wednesday?
(a) 2:38 pm (b) 2:54 pm (c) 2:23 pm (d) 2:48 pm
At what time between 9’O clock and 10’O clock will the gin
16.
(c) 11
11
min. past 8 (d) 12
11
min. past 8
At what time between 5.30 and 6 will the hands of a clock be
hands of a clock point in the opposite directions?
4 4
(a) 16 minutes past 9 (b) 16 minutes past 8
11 11 (a) 43
5 eer
at right angles?

min. past 5
7
(b) 43 min. past 5
5
(c) 55 minutes past 7 (d) 55 minutes to 8
61
5
61 17.
11
(c) 40 min. past 5
ing 11
(d) 45 min. past 5
Find the angle between the hour hand and the minute hand
8. A clock gains 15 minutes per day. It is set right at 12 noon.
What time will it show at 4.00 am, the next day?
(a) 4 : 10 am (b) 4 : 45 am
of a clock when the time is 3.25.

1 1 .ne
9.
(c) 4 : 20 am (d) 5 : 00 am
Find the exact time between 7 am and 8 am when the two
hands of a watch meet ?
(a) 7 hrs 35 min (b) 7 hrs 36.99 min
18.
(a) 45° (b) 37
2
(c) 47
2
(d) 46°

How much does a watch lose per day, if its hands coincide
every 64 minutes?
t
(c) 7 hrs 38.18 min (d) 7 hrs 42.6 min 8 5
(a) 32 min. (b) 36 min.
10. In a watch, the minute hand crosses the hour hand for the 11 11
third time exactly after every 3 hrs., 18 min., 15 seconds of (c) 90 min. (d) 96 min.
watch time. What is the time gained or lost by this watch in 19. An accurate clock shows 8 O’clock in the morning. Through
one day? how many degrees will the hour hand rotate when the clock
(a) 14 min. 10 seconds lost shows 2 O’clock in the afternoon?
(b) 13 min. 50 seconds lost (a) 144° (b) 150° (c) 168° (d) 180°
(c) 13min. 20 seconds gained 20. A clock is set right at 5 a.m. The clock loses 16 min. in 24
(d) 14 min. 40 seconds gained hours. What will be the true time when the clock indicates
11. At what time between 3 and 4’O clock, the hands of a clock 10 p.m. on the 4th day ?
coincide? (a) 11 p.m. (b) 10 p.m. (c) 9 p.m. (d) 8 p.m.
4 5 21. The reflex angle between the hands of a clock at 10:25 is?
(a) 16 minutes past 3 (b) 15 minutes past 3
11 61
1º 1º
5 4 (a) 180º (b) 192 (c) 195º (d) 197
(c) 15 minutes to 2 (d) 16 minutes to 4 2 2
60 11

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-76 Clock and Calendar

22. A clock gains 5 minutes. in 24 hours. It was set right at 10 26. If 09/12/2001 happens to be Sunday, then 09/12/1971 would
a.m. on Monday. What will be the true time when the clock have been at
indicates 10:30 a.m. on the next Sunday ? (a) Wednesday (b) Tuesday
(a) 10 a.m. (c) Saturday (d) Thursday
(b) 11 a.m. 27. Find the day of the week on 16th July, 1776.
(c) 25 minutes past 10 a.m. (a) Tuesday (b) Wednesday
(d) 5 minutes to 11 a.m. (c) Monday (d) Thursday
23. At what angle the hands of a clock are inclined at 15 minutes 28. On January 12, 1980, it was Saturday. The day of the week
on January 12, 1979 was –
past 5 ?
(a) Saturday (b) Friday
1 1 1 (c) Sunday (d) Thursday
(a) 72 (b) 64° (c) 58 (d) 67
2 2 2 29. The year next to 1991 having the same calendar as that of
24. What will be the day of the week on 1st January, 2010 ? 1990 is –
(a) 1998 (b) 2001 (c) 2002 (d) 2003
(a) Friday (b) Saturday (c) Sunday (d) Monday
30. Today is Monday. After 61 days it will be :
25. The calendar for the year 2005 is the same as for the year : (a) Wednesday (b) Saturday
(a) 2010 (b) 2011 (c) 2012 (d) 2013 (c) Tuesday (d) Thursday

1
ww(b) 5 (a) 9 (c)
ANSWER KEY
13 (b) 17 (c) 21 (d) 25 (c) 29 (c)
2
3
(b)
(a)
6
7 w.E (b)
(a)
10
11
(b)
(a)
14
15
(a)
(b)
18
19
(a)
(d)
22
23
(a)
(d)
26
27
(d)
(a)
30 (b)

4 (c) 8 (a) 12

asy(b) 16 (b) 20 (a) 24 (c) 28 (b)

En
1. (b) In a clock, each minute makes 6°
3 minutes will make 6 × 3 = 18°
gin
5. (a) Time interval indicated by incorrect clock
= 6 p.m – 1 p.m = 5 hrs.
2. (b) Here H × 30 = 4 × 30 = 120°.
(Since initially the hour hand is at 4. H = 4). eer
Time gained by incorrect clock in one hour
= + 1 min =
1
hr..
Required angle A = 90° and since, H × 30 > A° so,
there will be two timings.
2 Using the formula, ing 60
True time interval

.ne
Required time T = (H × 30 ± A) minutes past H. Time interval in incorrect clock
11 1
2 1 + hour gained in 1 hour by incorrect clock
One timing =

Or 4 : 38 approx.
11
(4 × 30 + 90) minutes past 4

2
= 38 minutes past 4.
11
True time interval
5 1

5 60
1
1
60
56
t
3. (a) At 2'O Clock, Minute Hand will be 10 × 6 = 60° True time interval 4
61 61
behind the Hour Hand.
56
1 True time = 1 p.m. + 4 hrs.
In 30 minutes, Minute Hand will gain 5 × 30 61
2
= 150 + 15 = 165° 56 56
= 5 p.m. + hrs. = 5 p.m. + × 60 min.
Angle between Hour Hand and Minute Hand 61 61
= 165 – 60 = 105° 5
4. (c) In 1 hour, the minute h and gains 330º over the = 55 minutes past 5.
61
hour hand.
i.e. in 60 minute, the minute hand gains 330º over 6. (b) T i m e fr om n oon on S u n d a y t o 3 pm on
the hour hand. Wednesday = 75 hours.
In 16 minutes, the minute hand gains over the 24 hours 2 minutes of the first clock
= 24 hours of the correct one.
330º
hour hand by 16º 88º 1 hour of the first clock = 24 × (30/721) hours
60 of correct one.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Clock and Calendar A-77

75 ours of the first clock 4

= 24 × 30 × (75/721) hours of correct one The watch gains 2 4 min .
5
= 54000/721 hours = 74 hours 53.7 min.
Hence the answer is 2:54 pm. 34
or min in 170 hrs.
7. (a) At 9’O clock, the Minute Hand is ahead of Hour Hand 5
by 45 minutes. The hands will be opposite to each 34
Now, min are gained in 170 hrs.
other when there is a space of 30 minutes between 5
them.
This will happen when the Minute Hand gains 15 5
2 min are gained in 170 2 hrs 50 hrs.
minutes’ space over Hour Hand. 34
Time taken by Minutes Hand to gain 15 minutes Watch is correct 2 days 2 hrs. after 12 p.m. on
Monday i.e. it will be correct at 2 p.m. on Wednesday.
1 15 4 4 13. (b) In order to strike 12, there are 11 intervals of equal time
15 1 15 15 1 16 minutes.
11 11 11 11 33
= = 3 seconds each
4 11
Hence the Hands are opposite to each other at 16 Therefore, to strike 6 it has 5 equal intervals, it requires
11
5 × 3 = 15 sec.
minutes past 9.
8.
ww
(a) The clock gains 15 min in 24 hours.
Therefore, in 16 hours, it will gain 10 minutes.
Hence, the time shown by the clock will be 4.10 am.
14. (a) Time from 7 a.m. to quarter past 4
= 9 hours 15 min = 555 min

Now,
37
min of this watch = 3 min of the correct watch.
9.

10.
w.E
(c) 55 min spaces are gained in 60 min
35 min spaces will be gained in 38.18 min
Answer = 7 hrs + 38.18 min
(b) In a watch than is running correct the minute hand
12

555 min of this watch =

3 12
37
555 min

asy
should cross the hour hand once in every 65
5
11
min.
=
3 12 555
37 60
hrs. 9 hrs of the correct watch.

So they should ideally cross 3 times once in

720 2160 En 15.
Correct time is 9 hours after 7 a.m. i.e., 4 p.m.
(b) At 8 o’clock, the hands of the watch are 20 min. spaces
apart.
3
11 11
min = 196.36 minutes.
But in the watch under consideration, they meet after gin To be in straight line but not together they will be 30
min. space apart.
Minute hand will have to gain 10 min. spaces
every 3hr, 18 min and 15 seconds,

i.e. 3 60 18
15 793
min. eer
55 min. spaces are gained in 60 min.
10 min. spaces will be gained in
60 4
Thus, our watch is actually losing time (as it is slower
than the normal watch). Hence when our watch elapsed
60
55
10

ing
50 min or 10 min .
11

1440
196.36
198.25
= 1426.27.
16.
Required time = 10
10
11
min. past 8
.ne
(b) At 5 O’clock, the hands are 25 min. spaces apart.
Hence the amount of time lost by our watch in one day
1440 ~ 1426.27 13.73 i.e. 13 min an d 50s
(approx).
To be at right angles and that too between 5.30 and 6,
the minute hand has to gain (25 + 15) = 40 min. spaces
55 min. spaces are gained in 60 min.
60 7
t
11. (a) Since, in one hour, two hands of a clock coincide only 40 min. spaces are gained in 40 min . 43 min .
once, so, there will be value. 55 11
7
2 Required time = 43 min past 5
Required time T = (H 30 A ) minutes past H. 11
11
17. (c) Angle traced by the hour hand in 12 hours = 360°
Here H = initial position of hour hand = 3
41
(Since 3 O’clock) Angle traced by it in 3 hrs 25 min. i.e. hrs
A° = required angle = 0° (Since it coincides) 12
2 360 41 1
T= (3 30 0) minutes past 3 102 .
11 12 12 2

4 360
= 16 minutes past 3. Angle traced by it in 25 min. 25 150 .
11 60
12. (b) Time from 12 p.m. on Monday to 2 p.m. on the following
Required angle 1 1
Monday = 7 days 2 hours = 170 hours. 150 102 47 .
2 2

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-78 Clock and Calendar

18. (a) 55 min spaces are covered in 60 min 23. (d) At 15 minutes past 5, the minute hand is at 3 and hour
60 hand slightly advanced from 5. Angle between their
60 min spaces are covered in 60 min 3rd and 5th position.
55 Angle through which hour hand shifts in 15 minutes is
5 1 1
65 min 15 7
11 2 2
5 16
Loss in 64 min 65 64 min. 1 1
11 11 Required angle = 60 7 67
2 2
Loss in 24 hrs 16 1 8 24. (c) 2000 years have 2 odd days.
24 60 min 32 min .
11 64 11 Year 20 01 20 02 20 03 20 04 20 05 20 06 20 07 20 08 20 09
19. (d) Angle traced by the hour hand in 6 hours Odd days 1 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 1
= 11 odd days = 4 odd days.
360 1st January, 2010 has 1 odd day. Total number of odd
6 180
12 days = (2 + 4 + 1) = 7 = 0.
20. (a) Time from 5 a.m. on a day to 10 p.m. on 4th day is 89 1st January, 2010 will be Sunday.

ww hours.
Now, 23 hrs 44 min of this clock are the same as 24
hours of the correct clock.
25. (c) Count the number of days from 2005 onwards to get 0
odd day.
Year 2005 2006 2007 2008 2010 2011

w.E
i.e., 356 hrs. of this clock = 24 hrs. of correct clock.
15
Odd days
= 7 or 0 odd day.
1 1 1 2 1 1

Calendar for the year 2005 is the same as that for the
year 2012.
89 hrs. of this clock =
clock
24 15
356
asy
89 hrs. of correct 26. (d) 09/12/2001—— Sunday
No. of days between 9/ 12/ 71 & 9 / 12/ 2001

So, the correct time is 11 p.m.

En
= 90 hrs of correct clock.
we know every year has 1 odd days
we know leap year has 2 odd days
Here, No. of normal years = 22
21. (d) Angle traced by hour hand in
125
12
hrs.
gin And no. of leap years = 8
So odd days = 22 + 16 = 38 i.e. 3odd days
(remainder when 38 is divided by 7, i.e. 3)
360 125 º
12 12
312
1º
2 27. (a) eer
Hence it was a Thursday
16th July, 1776 mean (1775 years + 6 months + 16 days)
Angle traced by minute hand in 25 min.
360
25
º
150º ing
Now, 1600 years have 0 odd days.
100 years have 5 odd days
75 years contain 18 leap years and 57 ordinary years
12

Reflex angle 360

1
312150
º
197
1º
.ne
and therefore (36 + 57) or 93 or 2 odd days.
1775 years given 0 + 5 + 2 = 7 and so 0 odd days.
Also number of days from 1st Jan. 1776 to 16th July,
22.
1
Sunday = 144 hours.
2
2 2
(a) Time between 10 a.m. on Monday to 10:30 a.m. on
1776
Jan. Feb. March April May June July
31 + 29 + 31 + 30 + 31 + 30 + 16
= 198 days = 28 weeks + 2 days = 2 odd days
t
Total number of odd days = 0 + 2 = 2.
1
24 hours of incorrect clock = 24 hours of correct Hence the day on 16th July, 1776 was ‘Tuesday’.
2 28. (b) The year 1979 being an ordinary year, it has 1 odd day.
time. So, the day on 12th January 1980 is one day beyond
1 on the day on 12th January, 1979.
144 hours of incorrect clock = x hours of correct But, January 12, 1980 being Saturday.
2
time. January 12, 1979 was Friday.
29. (c) We go on counting the odd days from 1991 onwards
1 till the sum is divisible by 7. The number of such days
144 24
2 are 14 upto the year 2001. So, the calendar for 1991 will
x= = 144 hours i.e.,
1 be repeated in the year 2002.
24
2 30. (b) Each day of the week is repeated after 7 days. So, after
The true time is 10 a.m. on Sunday. 63 days, it will be Monday.
After 61 days, it will be Saturday.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Venn Diagrams A-79

CHAPTER

VENN DIAGRAMS 11
Venn diagrams are pictorial way of represent the set of article. Engineer Doctor
There are different regions which needs proper understanding
for solving problems based on given Venn diagrams. 2
1 5
TYPE- I
Ex:–
Case - I: 7
6 4
P Q

ww IA IIAB IB Farmer
3

w.E
Two articles:
1 Engineer
2 Doctor
3 Farmer
here IA represents only A
IB represents only B
IIAB represents A and B asy 4
5
Doctor who is farmer also
Engineer who is doctor also

En 6
7
Engineer who is farmer also
Person who is Engineer, doctor and farmer.

For example : 1
3
2

gin
EXAMPLE 1. In the following venn diagram identify the
number which denotes Doctor who know both swimming and

– represents student passed in English

dancing.

eer
– represents student passed in Reasoning.
1 – represents student passed in English only.
2 – represents student passed in Reasoning only ing
3 – represents student passed in both English Reasoning
both.
7 5
.ne
Case: - II Three articles

P Q

2
1
6 4
2
t
1 5

7 swimmers
6 4
doctors
3
dancers
R
(a) 5 (b) 3
1 – represents P only (c) 4 (d) 6
2 – represents Q only
3 – represents R only Sol. (c) Area 4 which is common to and
4 – represents Q and R (not P)
represents the required condition.
5 – represents P and Q (not R)
6 – represents P and R (not Q)
7 – represents P, Q and R

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-80 Venn Diagrams

TYPE – II Note 5:- If three group of things are related to each other.
Note 1- When one class of items is completely included in the
another class of item and is represented by the given diagram.
I II
II

I III

Ex:- Graduate, Engineer and Doctor

Graduate may be Engineer and Doctor.
eg:- I – Mango Note 6: When two group of items are completely unrelated to
II – Fruit each other while they are partly related with third group of item
Here all mango are fruit. and is shown in.
Note 2: If two classes of item are completely different from each
other but they all are completely included in third class then the
relationship is represent of the diagram.

ww III
I II III

I II
w.E Ex:- Cloth, Red, Flowers.
Some cloth are Red and also some Flowers are red.

Note 7:- When group of items are completely different from each
eg: I – represent potato
II – represent onion
III – represent vegetable
asy other

En
Note 3 : If two group of items having some common relationship
and both of them are all included in third class then the
I II

relationship is represented by the diagram.

III
gin III

I II
eer
Red, Yellow, Black

Ex:-Brother, Father, Male.

These are all different colour.

EXAMPLE ing
2. Diagrammatic representation of the following:

I Brother
II Father
(1) Women, Doctors, Anchors
(2) Tall men, Black haired people, Indians
(3) Mars, Solar System, Universe .ne
III Male
Some Brother may be Father and all are male.

Note 4: When one class of item is completely included in another

group while third is not related to both of them then such condition
(4) Girls, Boys, Students
(5) Children, Men, Women
Sol.
(1) D W
t
are diagrammatically represented by D Doctor
W Women
A Anchors
II A
Some women are doctors and some are anchors. Among
I these women, some are both doctors and anchors.
III (2) T B
T Tall men
B Black haired people
I Indians
Ex:- Cricketer, player and farmer
I – Cricketer I
II – Player Some Indians are tall men. Some Indians have black hair.
III – Farmer Among these Indians, some Indians are tall men with black
hair.
All cricketers are players but farmers not.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Venn Diagrams A-81

(3) U
S
M U Universe
S Solar System 1
M Mars 3 6
2 4 5
Universe contains Solar System and Solar System contains 7
Mars.
(4) S Give the answers of the following questions :
(1) Which region represents young, uneducated and employed
G B
G Girls persons?
B Boys
S Students (2) Which region represents educated, employed and young
persons?
(3) Which region represents young, educated and unemployed
Girls and boys are students.
(5)
ww C (4)
persons?
Which region represents young, uneducated and
unemployed persons?
W M
w.E C
W
M
Children
Women
Men
Sol.
(1) Region – 4, because this region is common to all three.

Children, Women and Men are three different groups.

asy (2) Region – 2, because this region is common between young
persons and employed persons but not with uneducated.
Some times venn diagram can be represented by different
types of geometrical figures.
En (3) Region – 1, because this region contains only young
persons not a part of uneducated region and employed

EXAMPLE 3. ‘Triangle’ represents young persons, ‘circle’

represents uneducated persons and ‘rectangle’ represents gin
(4)
region.
Region – 3, because this region is common between young
persons and uneducated persons but not included in
employed persons.

eer
employed region.

ing
.ne
1. Which one of the following Venn diagrams represents the
best relationship between Snake, Lizard, Reptiles?
(a) (b)
t
(a) (b)
(c) (d)

3. Which of the following diagram represents the relationship

among sun, moon and stars?

(c) (d)

2. Which diagram correctly represents the relationship

between Human beings, Teachers, Graduates? (a) (b) (c) (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-82 Venn Diagrams

4. Which of the following diagram represents correct
relationship Judge, Thief, Criminal?
(a) (b)

(a) (b)
(c) (d)

10. Which of the diagram represents the given statements:-

Some of the players are tennis players, some tennis players
(c) (d) are hockey players. No Cricket player is a hockey players?

5. Which diagram correctly represent the relationship between

politician, poets and women? (a) (b)

ww
(a) (b)
(c) (d)

(c) w.E (d)

Directions (Qs. 11-20) : In each of these questions, three words
are related in some way. The relationship among the words in
question can best represents by one of the five diagram.
6.
asy
Which of the following four diagram represent correctly
the relationship between musician, instrumentalists,
violinists?

En (a) (b)

(a) (b)
gin (c) (d)

(c) (d)
11.
12. eer
Cabinet, Home Minister, Minister.
Professors, Researchers, Scientists.

7. Choose the diagram which represent the relationship among

the following :- Capsules, Antibiotics, Injection.
13.
14.
15.
ing
Men, Rodents, Living beings.
Parents, Mothers, Fathers.
Nitrogen, Ice, Air.

(a) (b)
16.
17.
Musicians, Singers, Women
Elephants, Carnivore, Tiger. .ne
(c) (d)
18.
19.
20.
21.
Rings, Ornaments, Diamond Rings.
Indoor games, Chess, Table tennis.
Fish, Herring, Animal living in water
Which one of the following diagrams represents the
t
relationship among Delhi, Lucknow, Uttar Pradesh?

8. Selects the figures which represents the relationship (a) (b)

between athletes, football players and cricket-players.

(c) (d)
(a) (b) 22. Which one of the following diagrams represents the correct
relationship among day, week, year?

(a) (b)
(c) (d)

9. Which of the following diagram represents the country, (c) (d)

states and District?

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Venn Diagrams A-83

23. Which one of the following diagrams best depicts the 28. Which are the numbers that makes their presence felt in
relationship among Homan Society - Youth Club. Political only one of the geometric figures.
Party and Youths ?

(a) (b) 6 1
2
(c) (d) 3 8 7 9
24. Which one of the following diagramsre represent correct
relationship among pigeon, birds, dogs ? 4

(a) 4, 6, 7 (b) 1, 2, 9
(c) 3, 7, 9 (d) 2, 3, 8
(1) (2) (3) (4) 29. In the following venn diagram identify the better which
(a) 1 (b) 2 denotes players who are also doctors but not artist.
(c) 3 (d) 4 A Player
25. In the given figure in a garden, square represent the area

ww
where jackfruit trees are grown, circle represent mango
trees and triangle represent coconut trees. Which number
represent the common area in which all types of trees are
C
D
B

E
G
Doctor
grown.
w.E 8 2
1
F

9
7 3

asy
5
H

(a) 4 (b) 3
En (a) B + E
Artist
(b) E
26.
(c) 7 (d) 8
In the following venn diagram, Identify the politicians from
urban areas who are corrupt. gin
30.
(c) B (d) A
In the given figure, the circle represents boys, triangle
represents players and square represents rurals. What

1
Rural people

eer
portion represents rural sports boys.

ing
2

3 4 B C
5 A
Politician 7 8 9 Urban people D
E F .ne
12

Corrupt people
11

31.
(a) E
(c) D

School children
(b) F
(d) B t
(a) 4 (b) 8 a
(c) 9 (d) 10 b
27 In the following figure, the boys who are cricketer and sober
d c
are indicated by which number ? f
Cricketer
Artist
e
10
7 Sober
g
6
Singers
2 9 Boys Above diagram represents school children, artist and
Girls 4 1 singers. Study the diagram and identify the region. Which
8 represents those school children who are artists not singers.
(a) a (b) b
(a) 6 (b) 5
(c) f (d) e
(c) 4 (d) 2

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-84 Venn Diagrams

32. 39. Who among the following is a male urban oriented and also
1 3
2 a civil servant but not educated?
5 (a) 13 (b) 12
10 11 4 6
(c) 6 (d) 10
9
7 Directions (Qs. 40-43) : In the figure below there are three
8 intersecting circles each represents certain section of people
different region are marked a.g. Read the statement in each of the
– Girls following questions and choose the letter of the region which
– Athletics correctly represent the statements.
– Boys A B
– Disciplined f
a b
The boys who are athletic and are disciplined are indicated Chinese Painter
by which numbers. c
(a) 1 (b) 4 d e
(c) 6 (d) 10
g Musicians

ww
Directions (Qs. 33-39) : The following question are based on
the diagram given below.

40.
C
Chinese who are painters but not musicians?

8
w.E
12
3 10

6
7

13
(a) b
(c) d
(b) c
(d) g
41. Painter who are neither Chinese nor musician?

4
asy
14
(a) b
(c) f
(b) c
(d) g
42. Chinese who are musicians but not painters?
9 11
5
En (a) d
(c) b
(b) c
(d) a

Rectangle represents males gin

43. Chinese who are painters as well as musicians?
(a) a
(c) c
(b) b
(d) d
Triangle represents educated
Circle represents urban
Square represents civil servants
diagram :
eer
Directions (Q s. 44-47) : Refer to the followin g Venn

33. Who among the following is an educated male who is not

an urban resident?
(a) 4 (b) 5
ing
HISTORY

16

34.
(c) 11 (d) 9
Who among the following is neither a civil servant nor 14 13 12 .ne GEOGRAPHY

35.
educated but is urban and not a male?
(a) 2
(c) 6
(b) 3
(d) 10
Who among the following is a female urban resident and
MATHEMATICS
9 18 20

15
13
18

16
9
t
also a civil servant?
19 SCIENCE
(a) 6 (b) 7
(c) 10 (d) 13
36. Who among the following is an educated male who hails 44. The number of students who took any three of the above
from urban? subjects was
(a) 4 (b) 7 (a) 62 (b) 63
(c) 10 (d) 13 (c) 64 (d) 66
37. Who among the following is uneducated and also an urban 45. The number of students in total, who took History or
male? Mathematics or Science, was
(a) 2 (b) 3 (a) 183 (b) 190
(c) 11 (d) 12 (c) 424 (d) 430
38. Who among the following is only a civil servant but neither 46. The number of students who took both History and
a male or urban oriented and uneducated? Geography among other subjects was
(a) 7 (b) 8 (a) 62 (b) 63
(c) 9 (d) 14 (c) 65 (d) 66

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Venn Diagrams A-85

47. Which subject was taken by the largest number of students?

(a) Mathematics (b) Science
(a) (b)
(c) Geography (d) History
48. Identify the diagram that best represents the relationship
among classes given below :
Food, Curd, Spoons (c) (d)

ANSWER KEY
1 (d) 7 (c) 13 (c) 19 (b) 25 (b) 31 (b) 37 (d) 43 (c)
2 (a) 8 (b) 14 (c) 20 (c) 26 (c) 32 (b) 38 (a) 44 (a)
3 (d) 9 (c) 15 (d) 21 (c) 27 (d) 33 (c) 39 (c) 45 (a)
4 (c) 10 (c) 16 (a) 22 (a) 28 (b) 34 (b) 40 (a) 46 (b)
5 (d) 11 (b) 17 (d) 23 (b 29 (c) 35 (c) 41 (c) 47 (b)
6 (a) 12 (a) 18 (b) 24 (a) 30 (c) 36 (a) 42 (a) 48 (d)

ww
1.
w.E
(d) Snake is different from Lizard but both are reptiles.

Snake
Reptiles
asy Instrumentalists

Lizard
En 6. (a)
Violinists

2. (a) Some teachers may be graduates and vice-versa all

teachers and all graduates are human beings.
gin Musicians

Teacher Graduate
Human being
7.
eer
(c) Capsules are different from injection but both are uses
as antibiotics.
8.

ing
(b) Some athletes may be football players and vice-versa.
Some athletes may be cricket players and vice-versa.
Some athletes may be both football players and cricket
3. (d) Sun is stars. Moon is a satellite.
Star
players.

.ne
Some cricket players may be football players and vice-
versa.

Sun
Moon
9. (c)
States

District
t
Country
4. (c) Judge is different from both the thief and criminal.

Judge Thief
10. (c) Hockey
Criminal
5. (d) Some politician may be poets and vice-versa. Tennis
Cricket
Some politician may be women and vice-versa.
11. (b) Home minister is a minister, minister is part of cabinet.
No poets can be women as women poets is called
12. (a) Some professor may be scientist or researcher.
poetess.
13. (c) Men, Rodents are entirely differents, but both are living
beings.
Poets Politician Women 14. (c) Mother and Father are entirely different but both are
parents.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-86 Venn Diagrams

15. (d) Nitrogen is air but ice is different.
16. (a) All three items are partly related. 29. (c) Area common to and .
17. (d) Tiger is a carnivore, while elephant is not. 30. (c) Area common to , and
18. (b) Herring is type of fish, fish belongs to the class of
water animals. 33. (c) Area common to and
19. (b) All diamonds rings are rings, all rings are ornaments. 34. (b) circle only
20. (c) Chess and table tennis are differents but both are indoor 35. (c) Area not common to rectangle but common to square
games. and circle.
36. (a) Area common to Rectangle, Circle, Triangle
37. (d) Area common to Rectangle and Circle.
38. (a) Only area of square.
21. (c) 39. (c) Area common to rectangle, square and circle.
40-43

Delhi is separate state while Lucknow is part of Uttar Athletes Football players

ww
Pradesh.

22. (a) Year

Cricket players

w.E
Week

Day 40. (a) Required region is one which is common to circle A

and B.

asy 41.
42.
43.
(c) Area that contain only B.
(a) Area common to A and C.
(c) Common area of A, B and C
Youths
En 44. (a) The required set of students is denoted by region
common to any three circle only
23. (b) Political
Party
Youth club
gin
45.
Required number = (13 + 13 + 18 + 18) = 62.
(a) The required set of students is denoted by regions
lying inside the circles representing History,

Birds
46. eer
Mathematics and Science. Required number = (9 +
14 + 18 + 15 + 16 + 13 + 13 + 20 + 18 + 13 + 16 + 19) = 183.
(b) The required set of students is denoted by the regions

ing
Pigeon Dogs
24. (a)
common to the circles representing History and
25. (b) 3 represents the area common to all types. Geography.

26. (c) Required area common to , , .

47. (b) Number of students who took History
.ne
Required number = (20 + 13 + 12 + 18) = 63.

= (16 + 12 + 18 + 20 + 18 + 14 + 13) = 111.

27. (d) Regioins
Persons
Boys
1 2 4 6 7 8 9 10
Number of students who took Geography
= (9 + 16 + 13 + 20 + 13 + 12 + 18) = 101.
Number of students who took science
= (19 + 15 + 18 + 20 + 18 + 16 + 13) = 119.
t
Girls Number of students who took mathematics
= (9 + 14 + 13 + 20 + 13 + 15 + 18) = 102.
Sober
Cricketer Food
Region 2 presents the boys who are cricketer and sober. 48. (d) Curd Spoons
28. (b) 1 represent only Circle.
2 represent only Rectangle.
9 represent only another Rectangle.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Syllogism A-87

CHAPTER

SYLLOGISM 12
Syllogism is a Greek word that does mean ‘inference’ or
‘deduction’. The problems of syllogism are based on two parts : Categorical proposition
1. Proposition / Propositions
2. Conclusion / Conclusions drawn from given proposition/
propositions Universal Particular

WHAT IS A PROPOSITION?

(i) ww
Just consider the sentences given below:

“All lions are pigs ”

Positive Negative Positive Negative

(ii)
Subject
w.E
Predicate
All M are P No M are P Some M are P Some M are not P
(A type) (E type) (I type) (O type)
Therefore, it is clear, that universal propositions either completely
“No cat

Subject
is rat ”

Predicate asy include the subject (A type) or completely exclude it (E type). On

the other hand, particular propositions either only partly include
the subject (I type) or only partly exclude the subject (O type).

(iii) En Now we can summarise the four types of propositions to be used

while solving the problems of syllogism :
Format Type

gin All M are P

No M are P
Some M are P
– A
– E
– I
(iv)
eer
Some M are not P – O

All the sentences mentioned above give a relation between subject

Venn Diagram:

ing
All A, E, I and O type of propositions can also be represented in
pictorial way and this method is known as Venn diagram.
and predicate. Here, it is clear from the sentences that a subject is
the part of a sentence something is said about, while a predicate
is the term in a sentence which is related to the subject.
(i) Representation of “All M are P” (A type):

P .ne
Now, let us define the proposition :
A proposition is a sentence that makes a statement giving a relation
between two terms. It has three parts :
(a) the subject
(b) the predicate
M
t
Here, the whole circle denoting M (all M) lies inside the
(c) the relation between subject and predicate circle denoting P. The other possibility is as picture given
WHAT ISA CATEGORICAL PROPOSITION? below :
Let us see the sentences given below :
“All M are P” M, P
“No M are P”
“Some M are P”
“Some M are not P” (ii) Representation of “No M are P” (E type):
What we notice in all above-Mentioned sentences that they are
condition free. These type of sentences are called Categorical M P
Propositions. In other words a categorical proposition has no
condition attached with it and it makes direct assertion. It is Here, the circle denoting M and P do not intersect at all and
different from non-categorical proposition which is in the format therefore, truely represents
“If M then P” “No M are P”
Types of categorical proposition: (iii) Representation of “Some M are P” (I type):
It can be understood by the diagram given below : This representation will be in two ways :

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-88 Syllogism
Either (a): Or :
M
M P
P
Here it is clear from the picture that shaded part of M is Some M are P
some part of P and shaded part of P is some part of M. Thus [All P are M]
“Some M are P”. Similarly, unshaded part of M is not P and
Some M are not P (O type):
unshaded part of P is not M. Thus it represents “Some M
are not P”. Either:
Or (b):
M M P
P
Some M are not P
Here, only shaded part of M is P also. Thus we can say [Some M are P]
“Some M are P.” Or:
(iv) Representation of “Some M are not P” (O type):

ww
This representation will be in three ways :
Either (a):
M
P

w.E M P

Here, unshaded part of M is not a part of P. Thus it represents

Some M are not P
[All P are M]
How to identify hidden propositions ?
(i) A type: Apart from ‘all’ it starts with every, each and any.

Or (b) : asy
“Some M are not P.” But the shaded part represents “Some
M are P”. EXAMPLE 1.
Every girl is beautiful.

P
En [All girls are beautiful.]
Each of them is healthy.

M
gin [All (of them) are healthy.]
Any one could kill the lion.
[All can kill the lion.]

Here, shaded part of M is not a part of P. Thus it represents

“Some M are not P” and the circle denoting P represents eer
Further, let us see the sentences given below :

He should be amended Bharat Ratna

“All P are M”.
Or (c):
Subject ing Predicate
M P

It is clear from this pictorial representation that this

Amitabh Bacchan is a great actor. .ne
represents “Some M are not P” and “No M are P” as well.
Now we can make a summary of Venn diagram:
All M are P (A type):
Subject Predicate
t
Thus, a positive sentence with a particular person as its
subject is A type.
P
M, P Also, a sentence in the following format is A type :
and
M definite exception
[Possibility]
No M are P (E type): “All girls except Reeta are healthy.”

M P (ii) E type: Apart from ‘no’ this type of propositions starts from
‘no one’, ‘none’, ‘not a single’ etc.
Some M are P (I type): EXAMPLE 2.
Either:
No one (student) is studious.
[No student is studious]
M P None of the girl is beautiful.
[No girl is beautiful]
Some M are P Not a single girl is healthy.
[Some M are not P] [No girl is healthy].

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Syllogism A-89

Further, let us see the sentences given below : EXAMPLE 4.

He does not deserve Bharat Ratna All girls are not beautiful.
[Some girls are not beautiful]
Every boy is not present.
Subject Predicate [Some boys are not present.]
Further, let us see the following sentences :
Amitabh Bacchan is not a great actor. Poor are usually not healthy.
[Some poor are not healthy]
Almost all the girls are not beautiful.
Subject Predicate [Some girls are not beautiful.]
Thus, a negative sentence with a particular person as its subject Most of the garments are not handmade.
is E type proposition. [Some of the garments are not handmade.]
Also, sentences in following formats are E type : Girls are not frequently short tempered.
definite exception [Some girls are not short tempered].
Now, it is clear from the above mentioned examples that negative
propositions with words such as ‘almost’, ‘frequently’, ‘most’,
“No student except Reena has failed” ‘mostly’, ‘a few’, generally, etc. are to be reduced to the O–type

ww
“Is there any truth left in the world”
[No truth is left in the world.]
(iii) I type: Apart from some it also starts with words such as
propositions.
Again, positive propositions starting with words like ‘few’,
‘scarcely’, ‘rarely’, ‘little’, ‘seldom’ etc. are said to be O–type.

EXAMPLE 3.
w.E
often, frequently, almost, generally, mostly, a few, most etc.

Almost all the girls are beautiful.

EXAMPLE 5.
Seldom are women jealous.
[Some women are not jealous]
Few girls are beautiful.
[Some girls are beautiful].
Most of the garments are handmade.
[Some of the garments are handmade]. asy [Some girls are beautiful]
Rarely is a wealthy person worried.
[Some wealthy person are not worried.]
Usually girls are beautiful.
[Some girls are beautiful.]
A few money are left in my wallet. En Also, see the following formates :

No definite exception as name of

[Some money are left in my wallet].
Further, let us see the sentences given below :
Few girls are not studious.
gin girls are not given.

[Some girls are studious.]

Rarely is a girl not beautiful.
No girls except
eer
three are beautiful.
[Some girls are not beautiful.]
[Some girls are beautiful].
Seldom are women not housewife.
[Some women are housewife]. ing
No definite exception as name of
women are not given.
It is clear from the above examples that negative sentences
begining with words like ‘few’, ‘rarely’, ‘seldom’, etc. (Also
‘hardly’, ‘scarcely’, ‘little’ etc.) are to be reduced to I type. No women except a few are housewife. .ne
Just see the other formates given below :

Not a definite exception as name of

girls are not given. IDENTIFYING EXCLUSIVE PROPOSITIONS :
t
Therefore, a negative proposition with an indefinite exception, is
reduced to O type.

Such propositions start with ‘only’, ‘alone’, ‘none else but’, ‘none
but’ etc. and they can be reduced to either A or E or I format.
All girls except a few are beautiful. EXAMPLE 6.
[Some girls are beautiful] Only graduates are Probationary Officers.
No graduate is Probationary Officer (E type)
Not a definite exception as name of All Probationary Officers are graduates. (A type)
girls are not given. Some graduates are Probationary Officers (I type)
General format of sentences given in the examinations :
All M are P (A type)
All girls except 5 have passed No M are P (E type)
Some M are P (I type)
[Some girls have passed] Some M are not P (O type)
Therefore, a positive proposition with an indefinite exception NOTE : General format given above are frequently asked formats
is reduced to I type. in the examinations. But students must be ready for other hidden
(iv) O type : Apart from “Some ....... not’ this type of statements formates of A, E, I and O types of propositions as problems in
start with words like ‘all’, ‘every’, ‘any’, ‘each’, etc. hidden formates can also be given in question papers.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-90 Syllogism
Conversion of propositions : Conclusion Table
Before solving the problems of syllogism it is must to know the I Proposition II Proposition Conclusion
conversion rules of all A, E, O, and I types of propositions : A A A
Conversion of A type : A E E
Subject Predicate E A (O)R
E I (O)R
“All M are P ” (A type) I A I
I E O
After conversion it becomes. Note :
Subject Predicate (a) Apart from above 6 pairs of propositions, no other pair will
give any conclusion.
“Some P are M ” (I type) (b) The conclusion drawn out of two propositions is itself a
Therefore, it is clear that A type of propositions get converted proposition and its subject is the subject of the Ist statement
into I type. while its predicate is the predicate of the 2nd statement.
Conversion of E type : The common term get disappeared.
Subject Predicate (c) (O)R does mean that the conclusion is O type but is in
reverse order. In this case, the subject of the inference or

ww “No M are P
After conversion it becomes
”(E type)
conclusion is the predicate of the 2nd proposition and the
predicate of the conclusion is the subject of the Ist sentence
or statement.

w.E
Subject Predicate

“ No P are M ” (E type)
(d) The conclusion table gives correct conclusions or inference
if and only if the two propositions are aligned properly.
WHAT IS ALIGNING ?

Therefore, E get converted into E. “sss”

Conversion of I type : asy Let us see the following examples :
EXAMPLE 7.

En
Statements :
Subject Predicate
I. All girls are beautiful.
“Some M
After conversion it becomes
are P ” (I type)
gin II. Some girls are Indian.

Subject Predicate
EXAMPLE 8.
Statements :
eer
“Some P are M ” (I type)
Therefore, I get converted into I.
I.

II.
No pen is chair..

Some tables are pen .ing

.ne
Conversion of O type :
O type of proposition can’t be converted. EXAMPLE 9.
Note : In each conversion, subject becomes predicate and Statements :
predicate become subject.
In fact, conversion is an immediate inference that is drawn from a
single proposition while inference drawn from two propositions
are called mediate inference.
Now we can make a short table of conversion to remember.
I.

II.
Some women are men .

No men is chair..
t
Table of conversion : In all the above mentioned example, we notice that in two
Type of proposition Get converted into statements of every example, there is a common term. In
A . ............................. I example 7 the word ‘girl’ is common; in example 8 the word
E . ............................. E ‘pen’ is common while in example 9 the word ‘men’ is
I . ............................. I common.
O . ............................. Never get converted Now, the aligning of the two statements (propositions) does
Rule to draw conclusion : mean that the pair of statements must be written in such a
After knowing conversion of propositions, we must learn the way that the common term is the predicate of the 1st sentence
rules to draw conclusions. In problems of syllogism, conclusions and the subject of the 2nd.
are drawn either from single propositions or from two proposition Just think over the following examples :
or from both. But a conclusion from single proposition is just a Statements :
conversion of that proposition while to get conclusion from two
propositions a certain table is used that tells us what type of I. Some girls are cute .
conclusion (in form of proposition) we get out of two propositions.
To understand it, let us see the following conclusion table : II. All cute are tall.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Syllogism A-91

Here, the common term cute is the predicate of the I EXAMPLE 10.
statement and subject of the 2nd statement. Therefore, the
Statements :
two statements (I & II) are properly aligned.
But see another example. I. All rats are cats.
Statements : II. All rats are men.
When aligned it takes the form as
I. Some bats are chairs.
I. Some cats are rats [I type]
II. Some cats are bats .
Here, the sentences are not aligned as the predicate of the II. All rats are men [A type]
1st statement is not the subject of the 2nd. Now we use the conclusion table given in this chapter that
Then how to align it ? In such type of cases we change the says
order of sentences. In another words we put I sentence in I + A = I type of conclusion.
place of II and II in place of I : Therefore, the drawn conclusion must be
II. Some cats are bats . “Some cats are men”
It is clear that the conclusion drawn “Some cats are men” is
I. Some bats are chairs. a mediate inference as it is the result of two propositions.

ww
Let us consider another pair of statements.
I. All bats are chair.
II. All bats are cats.
But in actual problem immediate inferences are also given
in conclusion part and that format is given below :
EXAMPLE 11.

in two ways :
w.E
Then how to align it ? In fact, in such cases we do alignment

(a) by converting statement I as

Statements :
I. All rats are cats.
II. All rats are men.
I.

II.
Some chair are bats .

All bats are cats. asy Conclusion :

(i) Some cats are men.
(ii) Some men are cats.
and
(b) by changing the order of the sentences and then En (iii) Some rats are cats.
(iv) Some cats are rats.
converting the statement II.
Now 1st change the order as :
II. All bats are cats. gin(v) Some rats are men.
(vi) Some men are rats.
Answer options :
I. All bats are chair.
Again we do conversion for II and the aligned pair
takes the form as eer
(a) only (iii) follows
(b) only (i), (ii) and (iii) follow

II. Some cats are bats .

(c) only (iv) follows
(d) all follow
(e) none of these ing
I. All bats are chair..
Therefore, as per the requirement and nature of the
Here, the correct option is (d).
.ne
Conclusion (i) follows because it is the mediate inference of
sentence the alignment is done.
(i) only by changing the order of sentences.
or
(ii) only by converting of the sentences.
or
statements I & II.
Conclusion (ii) is the conversion of conclusion (i).
t
Conclusion (iii) is the immediate inference (conversion) of
statement I while conclusion (iv) is the conversion of
conclusion (iii).
(iii) By changing the order of the statements and then Conclusion (v) is the immediate inference (conversion) of
converting one of the sentences. statement II while conclusion (vi) is the conversion of
IEA Rule : conclusion (v).
Alignment must be done in IEA order. It does mean that if the two Further, in some problems complementary pairs are also
statements are I & E then the conversion must be done for I and seen in the conclusion part in the forms of sentence given
for E & I it will be done for E.
below :
After discussing all the minute things about this chapter, now we
have come at the position of solving the problems of syllogism. (i) Some cats are rats.
This chapter suggests two methods: I-O pair
(ii) Some cats are not rats.
(1) By Analytical Method
(2) By Venn Diagram (i) All cats are rats.
A-O pair
(1) Analytical method : (ii) Some cats are not rats.
This method has two main steps :
(a) Aligning the pair of sentences. (i) Some cats are rats.
I-E pair
(b) Using conclusion table to draw conclusion. (ii) No cats are rats.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-92 Syllogism
Apart from I-O, A-O and I-E pair the two sentences must EXAMPLE 13.
have same subject and predicate as are the above mentioned
Statements :
pairs. For these pairs we write the form
A. All chairs are books. B. All books are ties.
Either (i) or (ii) follows
Conclusions :
For example, see the following format :
I. Some ties are books. II. Some ties are chairs.
EXAMPLE 12. 1st Step :
Statements :
I. Some dogs are cats. II. Some cats are rats.
b c t b
Conclusions :
(i) Some cats are dogs.
(ii) Some rats are cats.
1A 1B
(iii) All cats are rats.
(iv) Some dogs are rats.
(v) Some dogs are not rats. c, b b, t
Answer options :

ww
(a) All follow.
(b) Only (i) follows.
(c) Only (ii) and (iii) follow.
2A 2B
Here, 1A and 2A are representations for statement A while

w.E
(d) Either (iv) or (v) and (i) & (ii) follow.
Here, option (d) is correct because conclusion (i) is the
immediate inference (conversion) of statement I while
1B and 2B are representations for statement B. In these
representations
b = books

asy
conclusion (ii) is the immediate inference of II. Conclusion
(iv) & (v) make complementary pair of I-O type.
Conclusion (iii) is not correct because I and II are I type of
c = chairs
t = ties
2nd step :

En
statements and I + I does not give any conclusion. Further,
A type of conclusion can not be find from the immediate
Let us combine all the possible pairs of this pictorial
representations :
inferences (conversion) of I type of statements as I & II are.
Now, the complete process of solving syllogism problems
can be summaried as below :
gin b c t
b c t

(a) 1st step is aligning the sentences.

(b) 2nd step is using conclusion table. eer
(1A + 1B) (1A + 2B)
(c) 3rd step is checking immediate inferences.
(d) 4th step is checking through the conversion of
immediate inferences & mediate inferences. t
ing
(e) Checking the complementary pairs.
(2) Venn diagram method for solving problems :
c, b c, b t

.ne
Students will have to adopt three steps to solve the
syllogism problems through Venn diagram method :
(a) 1st step is sketching all possible pictorial
representation for the statements separately.
(2A + 1B)
3rd step :
(2A + 2B)
t
When we interpret the pictures in step II, we find that all the
pictures support both the conclusions. Therefore,
(b) 2nd step is combining possible pairs of these conclusion I :
representations of all the statements into one. “Some ties are books” and
(c) 3rd and final step is making interpretation of this conclusion II.
combined figure. Conclusions are true if they are “Some ties are chairs”
supported by all the combined figures in 2nd step. both are true.
Now let us solve a problem. Important Note : In the Venn diagram method, any conclusion
given with any problem will be true if and only if it is supported
by all the combined pictorial representations through 2nd step.
If any pictorial representation contradicts the given conclusion,
it will be put in the category of incorrect or wrong conclusion.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Syllogism A-93

DIRECTIONS (Qs.1): In each of the questions below are given (c) Only either I or II and III follow
three statements followed by four conclusions numbered I, II, III (d) None of these
and IV. You have to take the given statements to be true even if 5. Statements:
they seem to be at variance with commonly known facts. Read all Some shirts are coats.
the conclusions and then decide which of the given conclusions All coats are jackets.
logically follows from the given statements disregarding Some jackets are trousers.
commonly known facts. Conclusions:
1. Statements: I. Some shirts are jackets.
Some boxes are trees. II. Some jackets are shirts.
Some trees are horses. III. All trousers are jackets.
All horses are fruits. IV. Some trousers are jackets.
Conclusions: (a) All follow

ww
I. Some fruits are boxes.
II. Some fruits are trees.
III. Some horses are boxes
(b) Only I, II and III follow
(c) Only I, II and IV follow
(d) Only II, III and IV follow

(a) None follows

w.E
IV No fruits are boxes.

(b) Only either II or IV follows

6. Statements:
All bikes are scooters. .
All scooters are scooties.
All scooties are mopeds.

2. Statements: asy
(c) Only either I or IV and II follow
(d) Only either I or III and IV follow
Conclusions:
I. All mopeds are scooties.
II. All scooties are scooters.
All flowers are buses.
Some buses are cats.
All cats are tigers. En III. All scooters are bikes.
IV. All bikes are mopeds.
Conclusions:
I. Some tigers are buses. gin
7.
(a) None follows (b) All follow
(c) Only III and IV follow (d) Only IV follows
Statements:
II. Some tigers are flowers.
III. Some cats are flowers.
IV. Some buses are tigers. eer
Some pots are buckets.
Some buckets are bags.
(a) None follows (b) Only I and II follow
(c) Only III and IV follow (d) Only I and IV follow
Some bags are purses.
Conclusions:
ing
I. Some purses are buckets.
3. Statements:
No man is sky.
No sky is road.
II. Some bags are pots.
III. Some purses are pots.
IV. Some pots are bags. .ne
Some men are roads.
Conclusions:
I. No road is man.
II. No road is sky.
8.
(a) All follow (b) None follows
t
(c) Only I and III follow (d) Only II and IV follow
Statements:
All biscuits are chocolates.
III. Some skies are men.
Some chocolates are breads.
IV. All roads are men.
All breads are pastries.
(a) None follows (b) Only I follows Conclusions:
(c) Only I and III follow (d) None of these I. Some biscuits are pastries.
4. Statements: II. Some pastries are chocolates.
All windows are doors. III. Some biscuits are not pastries.
No door is a lock. IV. All pastries are breads.
Some locks are keys. (a) Only I and II follow
Conclusions: (b) Only I, lI and III follow
I. Some locks are doors. (c) Only either I or III and II follow
II. Some locks are not doors. (d) Only either I or III and IV follow
III. Some keys are not doors. 9. Statements:
IV. All doors are windows. All birds are fruits.
(a) All follow. Some fruits are towers.
(b) Only either I or II follows All towers are windows.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-94 Syllogism
Conclusions: 14. Statements:
I. Some birds are towers. Some candles are houses.
II. Some windows are birds. Some houses are trains.
III. Some windows are fruits. Some trains are roads.
IV. Some towers are birds. Conclusions:
(a) None follows (b) Only I and II follow I. Some roads are candles.
II. Some trains are candles.
(c) Only II and III follow (d) Only III follows
III. Some roads are houses.
10. Statements: IV. Some candles are roads.
Some buses are trains. (a) None follows (b) All follow
No train is a dog. (c) Only I and II follow (d) Only II and III follow
All dogs are parrots. 15. Statements:
Conclusions: No tree is fruit.
I. No bus is a parrot. All fruits are stones.
II. Some parrots are trains. All stones are rains.
III. Some parrots are buses. Conclusions:
IV. No dog is a bus. I. No stone is tree.
II. No rain is tree.

ww
(a) Only either I or III follows
(b) Only II follows
(c) Only IV follows
III. Some rains are fruits.
IV. Some rains are trees.
(a) None follows

11. Statements:
w.E
(d) Only I and III follow

Some cups are flowers.

(b) Only either II or IV and III follow
(c) Only either II or III and I follow
(d) All follow
Some flowers are boxes.
All boxes are tigers.
Conclusions: asy 16. Statements:
All books are stars.
Some stars are windows.
I. Some tigers are cups.
II. Some tigers are flowers.
III. Some boxes are cups. En All windows are hills.
Conclusions:
I. Some windows are books.
IV. No tiger is a flower.
(a) None follows gin II. Some hills are stars.
III. Some hills are books.
IV. Some stars are books.
(b) Only either II or IV follows
(c) Only III follows
(d) None of these 17. eer
(a) None follows
(c) All follows
Statements:
(b) Only I and III follow
(d) Only II and IV follow

12. Statements:
All glasses are roads.
Some cats are rats.
All rats are bats. ing
No road is a stick.
Some sticks are pens.
Conclusions:
Some bats are jungles.
Conclusions:
I. Some jungles are cats. .ne
I. Some glasses are sticks.
II. Some pens are sticks.
III. Some roads are sticks.
IV. No glass is a stick.
II. Some bats are cats.
III. Some jungles are rats.
IV. No jungles is cat.
(a) None follows
(b) Only III follows
t
(a) None follows
(c) Only either I or IV and III follow
(b) Only I or IV and II follow
(d) Only either I or IV and II follow
(c) Only either I or III or II follows 18. Statements:
(d) None of these All flowers are clouds.
13. Statements: No cloud is sky.
All buses are trains. All skies are tigers.
All trains are rickshaws. Conclusions:
All rickshaws are cycles. I. Some clouds are flowers.
Conclusions: II. All clouds are flowers.
I. All cycles are buses. III. Some tigers are skies.
II. All rickshaws are buses. IV. All tigers are skies.
III. All buses are rickshaws. (a) Only II and IV follow
IV. All trains are cycles. (b) Only either I or II follows
(a) All follow (b) None follows (c) Only either III or IV follows
(c) Only I and II follow (d) None of these (d) None of these

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Syllogism A-95

19. Statements: III. Some papers are plates.

Some spectacles are boxes. IV. Some books are records.
No bat is a ball. (a) Only I follows (b) Only II and III follow
Some boxes are balls. (c) Only I and Ill follow (d) Only IV follows
Conclusions: 24. Statements:
I. Some boxes are not bats. Some bricks are trees.
All trees are pens.
II. Some bats are spectacles.
All pens are boats.
III. No bat is a box.
Conclusions:
IV. No ball is a spectacle.
I. Some boats are bricks.
(a) Only I follows (b) Only I and III follow II. Some pens are bricks.
(c) Only II and III follow (d) Only IV follows III. Some trees are bricks.
20. Statements: IV. Some bricks are boats.
All fans are tubelights. (a) None follows (b) All follow
No pen is a bulb. (c) Only I and II follow (d) Only III and IV follow
Some bulbs are fans. 25. Statements:

ww
Conclusions:
I. Some pens are tubelights.
All cups are tables.
No table is water.
Some waters are clothes.

w.E
II. No pens are tubelights.
III. Some tubelights are fans.
IV. All tubelights are fans.
Conclusions:
I. No cloth is cup.
II. No cloth is table.
(a) Only I and II follow
(b) Only I, II and III follow
(c) Either I or II and III follow
asy III. Some clothes are waters.
IV. Some waters are cups.

21.
(d) Only III and IV follow
Statements: En 26.
(a) None follows
(c) Only III follows
Statements:
(b)
(d)
All follow
Only I and II follow

Some fruits are vegetables.

All liquids are drinks. gin Some flowers are rods.
Some rods are doors.
All drinks are fruits.
Conclusions: eer
Some doors are houses.
Conclusions:
I. Some houses are flowers.
I. Some drinks are vegetables.
II. Some fruits are liquids.
III. All liquids are fruits.
ing
II. Some doors are flowers.
III. Some flowers are doors.

IV. No liquids are vegetables.

(a) Only I and II follow (b) Only II and III follow
IV. No house is flower.
(a) Only I and IV follow
.ne
22.
(c) Only III and IV follow (d) Only I, II and III follow
Statements:
All shirts are trousers.
Some socks are shoes.
27.
(b) Only II and III follow
(c) Only either I or II follows
(d) Only either I or IV follows
Statements:
t
All shoes are shirts. All trucks are vans.
Conclusions: All vans are cars.
I. Some socks are shirts. All cars are trains.
II. Some socks are trousers. Conclusions:
III. All shoes are trousers. I. All trains are trucks.
IV. All shoes are socks. II. All cars are trucks.
(a) Only I and II follow (b) Only I or II or III follows III. All trucks are trains.
(c) Only II and IV follow (d) None of these IV. All vans are trains.
23. Statements: (a) All follow (b) Only I and II follow
Some books are papers. (c) Only II and III follow (d) None of these
All plates are records. 28. Statements:
Some records are books. No table is fruit.
Conclusions: No fruit is window.
I. Some plates are books. All windows are chairs.
II. Some records are papers.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-96 Syllogism
Conclusions: 31. Statements:
I. No window is table. All leaders are good team workers.
II. No chair is fruit. All good team workers are good orators.
III. No chair is table. Conclusions:
IV. All chairs are windows. I. Some good team workers are leaders.
(a) None follows (b) All follow II. All good orators are leaders.
(c) Only I and II follow (d) Only III and IV follow 32. Statements:
29. Statements: All terrorists are human.
I. Some towers are windows. All humans are bad.
II. All windows are houses. Conclusions:
III. Some houses are temples. I. All terrorists are bad.
Conclusions: II. No human can be a terrorist.
I. Some towers are temples. 33. Statements:
II. Some houses are towers. Some teachers are followers.
(a) Only conclusion I follows. Some followers are famous.
(b) Only conclusion II follows. Conclusions:

ww
(c) Both conclusions I & II follow.
(d) Neither conclusion I nor II follows.
I. Some teachers are famous.
II. Some followers are teachers.

w.E
30. Statement : 34. Statements:
I. The rich must live more simply. Some books are pens.
II. All poor people are simple. No pen is pencil.
Conclusions : Conclusions:
I. Rich people waste money.
II. Poor people save money. asy I. Some books are pencils.
II. No book is pencil.
(a) Only I follows.
(c) Neither I nor follow.
En
(b) Only II follows.
(d) Both I and II follow.
35. Statements:
Some dedicated souls are angels.

gin
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 31-35) : In each questions belows are given All social workers are angels.
two statements followed by two conclusions. You have to take Conclusions:
the given statements to be true even if they seem to be at variance I. Some dedicated souls are social workers.
with commonly known facts. Read all the conclusions and then
decide which of the given statements disregarding commonly 36. eer
II. Some social workers are dedicated souls.
(1) All roses in sita's garden are red.
know facts. Given Answer.
Give answer (a) If only conclusion I follows.
Give answer (b) if only conclusion II follows.
ing
(2) All marigold flowers in Sita's garden are orange.
(3) All flowers in Sita's garden are either red or orange.
If lst two statements are true, the third is
Give answer (c) if either I or II follows.
Give answer (d) if neither I nor II follows.
(a) True
(c) Uncertain .ne
(b) False
(d) Vague

ANSWER KEY
1 (c) 5 (c) 9 (d) 13 (d) 17 (d) 21 (b) 25 (c) 29 (b) 33 (b)
2 (d) 6 (d) 10 (a) 14 (a) 18 (d) 22 (d) 26 (d) 30 (c) 34 (c)
3 (d) 7 (b) 11 (d) 15 (b) 19 (a) 23 (d) 27 (d) 31 (a) 35 (d)
4 (d) 8 (c) 12 (d) 16 (d) 20 (c) 24 (b) 28 (a) 32 (a) 36 (c)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Syllogism A-97

1. (c) Conclusion II follows from conversion of the Venn-Diagram Representation:

conclusion obtained from statement (b) and statement
(c) [ I + A = I]. Conclusion I, III and IV do not follow
Pots Buckets Bags Purses
because statement (a) + statement (b) gives no
conclusion. But the conclusion I and IV make a
complementary pair IE-type. Hence, either of the two Conclusions:
follows. I. False
2. (d) Conclusion IV follows from statement (b) and statement II. False
(c). [ I +A = 1]. Conclusion I follows from conversion III. False
of conclusion IV. Statement (a) and statement (b) give IV. False
no conclusion [ A + I = no conclusion ]. Therefore, 8. (c) Some chocolates are breads + All breads are pastries
conclusion II and III do not follow. Some chocolates are pastries on conversion
3.

ww
(d) Only II follows. Statement (a) + statement (b) gives no
conclusion [ E + E = no conclusion]. Hence, I does
not follow. Note that I does not follow from statement
Some pastries are chocolates. Hence, II follows. 1st
statement + Some chocolates are pastries gives no
conclusion. Hence, I and III do not follow but they

w.E
(c) either. Conclusion II follows from conversion of
statement (b). Conclusion III does not follow from
statement (a). Conclusion IV does not follow from
make a complementary (1-O) pair. Hence, either I or III
follows. IV does not follow from the last statement.
OR

4.
statement (c).

asy
(d) No door is a lock ® on conversion ® No lock is a
door ® implication ® Some locks are not doors.
Venn-Diagram Representation:

En
Hence, II follows and I does not. No door is a lock +
Some locks are keys = Some keys are not doors. Hence,
III follows. IV does not follow from the first statement.
5. (c) First + second statement gives conclusion I.
Conclusion II follows as conversion of conclusion I. gin
6.
Third statement, on conversion, gives conclusion IV
but not conclusion III.
(d) I does not follow from the last statement, on conversion. eer
Conclusions:

II does not follow from the second statement, on

conversion. III does not follow from the first statement,
I False

ing
II. True –Either (Complementary
on conversion. 1st + 2nd + 3rd statement gives
conclusion IV.
OR
III. False
IV. False
.ne
pair) I–O type

Venn-Diagram Representation:

Mopeds
Scooties
9. (d)
(A)
t
Some fruits are towers (I) + All towers are windows
Some fruits are windows (I) ( I + A = I). Now,,
conversion of “Some fruits are windows” gives
conclusion III.
Scooters OR
Bikes
Venn-Diagram Representation:

Windows
Fruits

Birds Towers

Conclusions:
I. False
II. False Conclusions:
III. False I. False
IV. True II. False
7. (b) As all the statements are I-type, no conclusion is III. True
possible from their combinations. Hence, none follows. IV. False

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-98 Syllogism
10. (a) Conclusions I and III make a complementary pair. Conversion of “Some stars are hills” gives conclusion
Hence, either I or III follows. Conclusion II does not II. Conclusion III does not follow because statement
follow since “No train is a dog” (E) + “All dogs are (a) + statement (b) gives no conclusion. Conclusion
parrots” (A) gives the conclusion “Some parrots are IV follows from statement (a).
not trains” [ E + A O ]. Conclusion IV does not 17. (d) Statement (a) + Statement (b) gives the conclusion
follow because “Some buses are trains” + “No train is “Some cats are bats” [ I + A = I]. “Some cats are
a dog” gives the conclusion “Some buses are not bats” on conversion “Some bats are cats”.
dogs” [ I + E = O]. Hence, conclusion II follows. Conclusion III does not
11. (d) “Some flowers are boxes” (I) + “All boxes are tigers” follow because statement (b) + Statement (c) gives no
(A) gives conclusion “Some flowers are tigers” (I) conclusion [ A + I = no conclusion]. Conclusions I
[ I + A = I]. On conversion, we get “some tigers are and IV do not follow because statement (b) + statement
flowers”. Hence, conclusion II follows but IV does not (c) gives no conclusions. But conclusions I and IV
follow. “Some cups are flowers” (I) + “Some flowers make a complementary pair (IE-type). Hence, either I
are boxes” (I) gives no conclusion [ I + I= No or II follows.
conclusion]. Hence, III does not follow. No relation is OR
given between tigers and cups and hence, I does not Venn-Diagram Representation:

12.
13.
ww follow.
(d) Only II and IV follows.
(d) 1st + 2nd statements gives conclusion III. 2nd + 3rd Jungles
Bats

Rats Cats

14.
w.E
statements gives conclusion IV. I and II do not follow.
(a) Statement (a) + Statement (b) gives no conclusion
[ I + I = no conclusion]. Hence, conclusion II does Conclusions:

asy
not follow. Conclusions I and IV do not follow because
no conclusion can be obtained regarding candles and
trains. Statement (b) + Statement (c) gives no
I. False
II. True
III. False
–Either Complementary

III does not follow.

En
conclusion [ I + I = no conclusion]. Hence, conclusion
18.
IV. False pair (IE type)
(d) Only I and III follow. Conclusions I and III follow from
15. (b) Statement (a) + Statement (b) gives the conclusion
“Some stones are not trees.” [ E + A = O ]. Hence,
conclusion I does not follow. Statement (b) + Statement gin statement (a) and statement (c) respectively [on
conversion]. But conclusions II and IV do not follow

eer
because A-type statement can’t be converted into A-
(c) gives the conclusion “All fruits are rains”. On type.
conversions it gives conclusion III. Now, statement 19. (a) Some boxes are balls + No ball is a bat (conversion of
(a) + “All fruits are rains” gives the conclusion “Some
rains are not trees” [ E + A = O ]. Conclusions II
and IV do not follow but these two conclusions make ing
2nd statement) = Some boxes are not bats [I + E = O].
Hence, I follows and III does not. Now, some spectacles
are boxes and conclusion I give no conclusion. Hence,
a complementary pair (El-type). Hence, either
conclusion II or conclusion IV follows. 20.
II and IV do not follow.
.ne
(c) Some bulbs are fans + All fans are tubelights = Some

t
OR bulbs are tubelights ... (a) [I + A = I]. Now, statement (b)
Venn-Diagram Representation: + (a) gives: .Some tubelights are not pens. Hence,
conclusions I and II can’t be established. III follows
Rains from first statement on conversion. But IV does not.
Stones But I and II make a complementary pair [I – E pair].
Tree
Hence, either I or II follows.
Fruits
OR
Venn-Diagram Representation:

Tubelights
Conclusions: Fans Pen
Bulbs
I. False
II. False
– Either Complementary
III. True
pair (EI type) Conclusions:
IV. False
16. (d) Statement (a) + Statement (b) gives no conclusion I. False –Either Complementary
[ A + I = no conclusion]. Hence, conclusion I does II. False pair (I-E pair)
not follow. Statement (b) + Statement (c) gives the III. True
conclusion “Some stars are hills” [ I + A = I]. IV. False

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Syllogism A-99

21. (b) conversion, gives: Some trains are trucks. Hence I does
not follow. The last two statements gives conclusion
Fruits IV.
Drinks 28. (a) 1st + 2nd statement gives no conclusion. Hence I does
not follow. 2nd + last statement gives: Some chairs are
Liquids Vegetables
not fruits. Hence II does not follow. III does not follow
from combining all. IV does not follow from the last
statement, on conversion.
29. (b)
Conclusions:
I. False
II. True
III. True
IV. False
22. (d)
Trousers

ww Shirts

Shoes Socks

Conclusions:
w.E By looking at above venn diagram, we can concluded
that only conclusions II follow.
I. True
II. False asy 31. (a) Conclusion I is the conversion of first statement, hence
I follows. But II does not follow because A + A = A i.e.
All leaders are good orators but not vice versa.
III. True
IV. False
En 32.
33.
(a) A + A = A; i.e. All terrorists are human.
(b) I does not follow. But II follows because it is conversion
23. (d) Only IV follows from statement (c) on conversion.

Records
gin of the first statement.

Plates
Books

Papers
34. Books

eer
Pens Pencil

Conclusions:
I. False
Conclusions:
I. False
ing
II. False
II. False
III. False 35. (d)
Angles
.ne
24. (b)
IV. True. Conversion of III Statement
III follows from the first statement, on conversion. 1st
statement + 2nd statement gives: Some bricks are
pens...(A) on conversion Some pens are bricks.
Social
Workers
Dedicated
souls
t
Hence II follows. (A) + 3rd statement gives conclusion Conclusions:
IV, which on conversion, give conclusion I. I. False –Either Complementary
25. (c) III follows from the last statement, on conversion. 1st II. False pair (I-E pair)
statement + 2nd statement gives: No cup is water ... 36. (c) Uncertain
(A). Hence IV does not follow from A, on conversion.
Red
(A) + last statement gives: Some clothes are not cups.
Hence, I does not follow. 2nd statement + last statement Statement 1: Roses True ( )
gives: Some clothes are not tables. Hence II does not
follow.
26. (d) As all the statements are I-type, hence no conclusion
follows from their combinations. But I and IV make a Yellow
complementary pair, hence either I or IV follows.
27. (d) 1st statement + 2nd statement gives: All trucks are Statement 2: marigold True ( )

cars ... (A). Hence II does not follow, on conversion.

(A) + last statement gives conclusion III. III, on

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-100 Mathematical Operation

CHAPTER
MATHEMATICAL 13
OPERATION
Under this type of problem, usually mathematical symbol are EXAMPLE 3. Select correct combination of mathematical sign
converted into another form by either interchanging the symbol to replace ‘*’ sign to balance the equation.
or using different symbol in place of usual symbol and then 9 * 4 * 22 * 14
calculate the equation according to the given condition. (a) × = – (b) × – =
EXAMPLE 1. If ‘+’ stands for division, ‘×’ stands for addition, (c) = – × (d) – × =
Sol. (b) 9 * 4 * 22 * 14
‘–’ stands for multiplication, and ‘ ’ stands for subtraction, then
9 × 4 – 22 = 14

ww
which of the following equation is correct?
(a) 36 × 6 + 7 2 – 6 = 20
(b) 36 + 6 – 3 × 5 3 = 24
EXAMPLE 4. means is ‘bigger than’
means is ‘smaller than’

Sol. (d) 36 × 6 3 + 5 – 3
w.E
(c) 36 6 + 3 × 5 – 3 = 45
(d) 36 – 6 + 3 × 5 3 = 74 ×
=
means is ‘equal to’
means ‘plus’
means ‘minus’

EXAMPLE
36 × 2 + 5 – 3 = 74

asy
2. If P denotes ‘+’, Q denotes ‘–’, R denotes ‘×’
If a
(a) d
c and b× d
a
c, then
(b) a d
(a) 16 R 12 P 49 S 7 Q 9 = 200
En
and S denotes ‘ ’ then, which of the following statement is correct?
(c) b c
Sol. (d) a > c and b + d = c
(d) d a

gin
(b) 32 S 8 R 9 = 160 Q 12 R 12
(c) 8 R 8 P 8 S 8 Q = 57 a > b + d and this is true only if, d < a.
(d) 36 R 4 S 8 Q 7 P 4 = 10 d a
Sol. (c) 8 R 8 P 8 S 8 Q
=8×8+8 8–8
EXAMPLE
eer
5. Given interchange : sign ‘+’ and ‘–’and numbers
5 and 8. Which of the following is correct?
8
=8×8+ –8
8
= 64 + 1 – 8 = 57
(a) 82 – 35 + 55 = 2
(c) 85 – 38 + 85 = 132
Sol. (a) 52 + 38 – 88 = 2 ing (b) 82 – 35 + 55 = 102
(d) 52 – 35 + 55 = 72

.ne
1. If ‘+’ means ‘–’ ‘–’ means ‘×’ ‘ ’ means ‘+’ and ‘×’ means ‘ ’, 5.
t
Find out the correct answer for the unsolved equation on
then the basis of the given equations.
10 × 5 3 – 2 + 3 = ? If 6 * 5 = 91, 8 * 7 = 169, 10 * 7 = 211, then11 * 10 = ?
(a) 331 (b) 993 (c) 678 (d) 845
53
(a) 5 (b) 21 (c) (d) 18 6. If ‘–’ stands for division, ‘+’ for multiplication ‘ ’for
3 subtraction and ‘×’ for addition. Which one of the following
2. If ‘+’ means ‘ ’ , ‘–’ means ‘×’, ‘ ’ means ‘+’ and ‘×’ means equation is correct?
‘–’, then 63 × 24 + 8 4 + 2 – 3 = ? (a) 6 20 × 12 + 7 – 1 = 70 (b) 6 + 20 – 20 7 × 1 = 62
(a) 54 (b) 66 (c) 186 (d) 48 (c) 6 – 20 12 × 7 + 1 = 57 (d) 6 + 20 – 20 7 – 1 = 38
3. Which one of the following is correct? 7. In an imaginary mathematical operation ‘+’ means
6 * 4 * 9 * 15 multiplication, ‘×’ means subtraction, ‘ ’means addition and
(a) ×, = , – (b) ×, –, = (c) =, ×, – (d) –, ×, = ‘–’ means division. All other rules in mathematical operation
4. If > = , = ×, < = +, = –, + = <, × = =, – = > are the same as in the existing system.
(a) 6 > 2 > 3 8 4 + 13 (b) 6 2 < 3 > 8 < 4 – 13 Which one of the following gives the result of
(c) 6 2 < 3 8 > 4 × 13 (d) 6 > 2 3 < 8 4 + 13 175 – 25 5 + 20 × 3 + 10 = ?
(a) 160 (b) 2370 (c) 7 7 (d) 240

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Mathematical Operation A-101

8. If L stands for +, M stands for –, N stands for ×, P stands for 21. If ‘+’ means ‘×’ ; ‘–’ means ‘÷’ ; ‘ ×’ means ‘–’ and ‘÷’ means
, then 14 N 10 L 42 P 2 M 8 = ? ‘+’ then 9 + 8 ÷ 8 – 4 × 9 = ?
(a) 153 (b) 216 (c) 248 (d) 251 (a) 26 (b) 17 (c) 65 (d) 11
9. It being given that: > denotes +, < denotes –, + denotes , – 22. If ‘÷’ means ‘+’ ; ‘–’ means ‘×’ ; ‘+’ means ‘÷’ and ‘×’ means
denotes =, = denotes ‘less than’ and × denotes ‘greater ‘–’ then 20 ÷ 12 × 4 + 8 – 6 = ?
than’. Find which of the following is a correct statement.
2
(a) 3 + 2 > 4 = 9 + 3 < 2 (b) 3 > 2 > 4 = 18 + 3 < 1 (a) 8 (b) 29 (c) 32 (d) 26
(c) 3 > 2 < 4 × 8 + 4 < 2 (d) 3 + 2 < 4 × 9 + 3 < 3 3
10. If ‘–’ stand for addition, ‘+’ stands for subtraction, ‘÷’ stands 23. If stands for ‘addition’ stands for ‘subtraction’
for multiplication and ‘×’ stands for division, then which
stands for ‘division ; stands for’ multiplication' stands
one of the following equations is correct?
(a) 25 × 5 ÷ 20 – 27 + 7 = 120 for equal to' then which of the following alternatives is
(b) 25 + 5 × 20 – 27 ÷ 7 = 128 correct?
(c) 25 + 5 – 20 + 27 × 7 = 95 (a) 7 43 6 1 4
(d) 25 – 5 + 20 × 27 ÷ 7 = 100 (b) 3 6 2 3 6 5
11. If ‘×’ stands for ‘addition’, ‘<’ for substraction, + for division,
> for multiplication, – for ‘equal to’, for ‘greater than’ and (c) 5 7 3 2 5

ww
‘=’ for ‘less than’, then state which of the following is true?
(a) 3 × 4 > 2 – 9 + 3 < 3
(c) 5 > 2 + 2 = 10 < 4 × 8
(b) 5 × 3 < 7 8 + 4 × 1
(d) 3 × 2 < 4 16 > 2 + 4
24.
(d) 2 5 6 2 6
If ‘×’ Stands for ‘ addition’ ‘<’ for subtraction’ ‘+’ for division'
> for multiplication’ ‘–’ for equal to’ ‘+’ for ‘ greater than’

w.E
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 12 - 15): In an imaginary language, the digits
0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8 and 9 are substituted by a, b, c, d, e, f, g, h,
i and j. And 10 is written as ba.
and '=' for ' less than' state which of the following is true. ?
(a) 3 × 4 > 2 – 9 + 3 < 3
(c) 5 > 2 + 2 = 10 < 4 × 8
(b) 5 × 3 < 7 8 + 4 × 1
(d) 3 × 2 < 4 16 > 2 + 4
12. (cd + ef) × bc is equal to
(a) 684 (b) 816
13. dc × f – (bf – d) × d is equal to asy
(c) 916 (d) 1564
25. If means + – means ÷ × means – and + means × then
36 x 4 8x 4
=?
(a) abb (b) abe
14. baf + fg – (ca × h/be) is equal to
(c) bce
En
(d) bcf 4 8 x 2 16 1
(a) 0 (b) 8 (c) 12 (d) 16
(a) 141 (b) 145
15. baf bf × d is equal to
(a) df (b) cb
(c) 151

(c) be
(d) 161

(d) d gin
26. If × means +, – means × , ÷ means + and + means – then
(3 – 15 ÷ 19) × 8 + 6 = ?
(a) – 1 (b) 2 (c) 4 (d) 8
16. In the following question, some relationship have been
expressed through symbols which are
× = greater than = not less than
27.

(a) 64 eer
If + means , – means ×, × means +, means –, then
90 + 18 – 6 × 30 4 = ?
(b) 65 (c) 56 (d) 48
÷ = less than
+ = equal to
= not greater than
= not equal to,
28.
ing
Given below are numbers in the first line and symbols in the
second line. Numbers and symbols are code for each other.
then A B × C implies
(a) B C (b) A ÷ C (c) A C
17. If the given interchanges namely : signs + and ÷ and
(d) B C
Choose the correct code for given symbols.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
+ – × .ne
numbers 2 and 4 are made in signs and numbers, which one
of the following four equations would be correct ?
(a) 2 + 4 ÷ 3 = 3
(c) 4 ÷ 2 + 3 = 4
(b) 4 + 2 ÷ 6 = 1.5
(d) 2 + 4 ÷ 6 = 8.
Which number can be decoded from the following :

(a) 5 8 6 3 7
(c) 5 7 8 6 3
×
(b) 5 6 8 7 3
(d) 5 8 3 6 7
t
18. If L denotes ×, M denotes ÷ , P denotes + and Q denotes
29. If '–' stands for '+', '+' stands for '×', '×' stands for '–' then
–, than 8 P 36 M 6 Q 6 M 2 L 3 = ?
which one of the following is not correct ?
13 1 1 (a) 22 + 7 – 3 × 9 = 148 (b) 33 × 5 – 10 + 20 = 228
(a) (b) – (c) 14 (d) 5
6 6 2 (c) 7 + 28 –3 × 52 = 127 (d) 44 – 9 + 6 × 11 = 87
19. If × stands for ‘addition’, < for ‘substraction’, + stands for 30. Some equations are solved on the basis of a certain system.
‘division’, > for ‘multiplication’, –, stands for ‘equal to’, Find the correct answer for the unsolved equation on that
for ‘greater than’ and = stands for ‘less than’, state which basis.
of the following is true ? 5 * 6 = 35, 8 * 44 = 28, 6 * 8 = ?
(a) 3 × 2 < 4 16 > 2 + 4 (b) 5 > 2 + 2 = 10 < 4 × 2 (a) 46 (b) 34 (c) 23 (d) 38
(c) 3 × 4 > 2 – 9 + 3 < 3 (d) 5 × 3 < 7 8 + 4 × 1 31. Select the correct combination of mathematical signs to
20. If ‘20 – 10’ means 200, ‘8 ÷ 4’ means 12, ‘6 × 2’ means 4 and replace * signs and to balance the following equation.
‘12 + 3’ means 4, then 12 * 3 * 4 = 6 * 8 * 8
100 – 10 × 1000 ÷ 1000 + 100 × 10 = ? (a) +, ×, –, × (b) ×, +, –, ×
(a) 1090 (b) 0 (c) 1900 (d) 20 (c) ×, +, ×, – (d) ×, –, ×, +

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-102 Mathematical Operation

32. Which of the following interchange of signs would the (a) + × = (b) + ×=
equation correct ? (c) + × – = (d) × =
6 × 4+2=16 34. Select the correct combination of mathematical sings to
(a) + and ×, 2 & 4 (b) +and ×, 4 & 6 replace * sings and to balance the following equation :
(c) + and ×, 2 & 6 (d) +and ×, 3 & 4 8 *5 * 10 * 2 * 25
33. Select the correct combination of mathematical sings to (a) + × = (b) + – =
replace the * sings and to balance the following equation : (c) × + = × (d) × – = ×
(45*3*6)*6*15

ANSWER KEY
1 (a) 6 (a) 11 (c) 16 (a) 21 (c) 26 (b) 31 (c)
2 (b) 7 (c) 12 (b) 17 (d) 22 (b) 27 (c) 32 (b)
3 (b) 8 (a) 13 (c) 18 (d) 23 (d) 28 (a) 33 (d)
4 (c) 9 (c) 14 (c) 19 (b) 24 (c) 29 (c) 34 (c)
5 (a) 10 (a) 15 (b) 20 (b) 25 (a) 30 (a)

ww
w.E
– – asy 7. (c) , –

En
1. (a) ,–
10 × 5 3 – 2 + 3 = ? Given expression 175 – 25 5 + 20 × 3 + 10
or,
or,
? = 10 5 + 3 × 2 – 3
?= 2+6–3 =5
gin After conversion 175 25 + 5 × 20 – 3 × 10
= 7 + 100 – 30
= 77
2. (b)
–
–
8.
eer
(a) Using the proper signs, we get
Given expression = 14 × 10 + 42 2 – 8

or,
or,
63 × 24 + 8 4 + 2 – 3 = ?
? = 63 – 24 8 + 4 2 × 3
? = 63 – 3 + 2 × 3
9. ing = 140 + 21 – 8
= 153
(c) Using proper notations, we have:

3.
or,
(b)
? = 66
6 × 4 – 9 = 15 .ne
(a) Given statement is 3 2 + 4 < 9 3 – 2 or
11
2
< 1 not true

4. (c)

6 × 2 + 3 – 8 4 = 13
(b) 3 + 2 + 4 < 18 3 – 1 or 9 < 5, which is not true.
(c) 3 + 2 – 4 > 8 4 – 2 or 1 > 0, which is true

(d) 3 2 – 4 > 9 3 – 3 or
5
2
t
> 0, which is not true.
6 × 2 + 3 – 2 = 13
10. (a) Solve by options, we can check all the options one by
12 + 3 – 2 = 13
one.
15 – 2 = 13
25 5 × 20 + 27 – 7 5 × 20 + 27 – 7 100 + 27 – 7
5. (a) 6 × 5 = 30, 30 × 3 + 1 = 91, 8 × 7 = 56, 56 × 3 + 1 =
120 = 120
169, 10 × 7 = 70, 70 × 3 + 1 = 211
11. (c) Using the proper notations in (c), we get the statement
Similarly 11 × 10 = 110, 110 × 3 + 1 = 331
as:-
6. (a) – , 5 × 2 2 < 10 – 4 + 8
or, 5 × 1 < 18 – 4
–,
or 5 < 12 which is true.
Option (a) : 6 20 × 12 + 7 – 1 = 70 12. (b) Using the correct symbols, we have
L.H.S. = 6 – 20 + 12 × 7 1 Given expression = (23 + 45) × 12 = 68 × 12 = 816.
= 6 – 20 + 84 13. (c) Given expression = 32 × 5 – (15 – 3) × 3
= 90 – 20 = 70 R. H.S. = 160 – 12 × 3
= 160 – 36 = 124 = bce

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Mathematical Operation A-103

14. (c) Given expression = 105 + 56 – (20 × 7/14) 29. (c) By options –
= 105 + 56 – 10 (a) 22 × 7 + 3 – 9 = 148
= 151 154 + 3 – 9
15. (b) Given expression = 105 15 × 3 157 – 9 = 148 (correct)
= 7 × 3 = 21 = cb (b) 33 – 5 + 10 × 20 = 228
16. (a) A B × C 33 – 5 + 200
A B;B×C 200 + 33 – 5
A B; B> C 233 – 5 = 228 (correct)
Hence, option (a) implies the given equation. (c) 7 × 28 + 3 – 52 = 127
17. (d) Interchanging (+ and ÷) and (2 and 4), we get :
196 + 3 – 52
(1) 4 ÷ 2 + 3 = 3 or 5 = 3, which is false
199 – 52 = 147 (incorrect)
(2) 2 ÷ 4 + 6 = 1.5 or 6.5 = 1.5, which is false.
(d) 44 + 9 × 6 – 11 = 87
10 44 + 54 – 11
(3) 2 + 4 ÷ 3 = 4 or = 4, which is false.
3 98 – 11 = 87 (correct)
(4) 4 ÷ 2 + 6 = 8 or 8 = 8, which is true. 5 * 6/2 = 3 5
18. (d) Using the correct symbols, we have: 30. (a)

19. ww
(b)
Given expression = 8 + 36 ÷ 6 – 6 ÷ 2 × 3
=8+6–3×3=5
Using the proper notations in (2), we get the statement
8 * 4/2 = 2 8

20. (b)
w.E
as 5 × 2 ÷ 2 < 10 – 4 + 2 or 5 < 8 , which is true.
Since, 20 × 10 = 200, therefore, – means ×
8 + 4 = 12, therefore, ÷ means +.
6 – 2 = 4, therefore, × means – .
31. (c)
(a)
6 * 8/2 = 4 6

By options,
12 + 3 × 4 = 6 – 8 × 8

Now, given expression asy

and 12 ÷ 3 = 4, therefore, + means ÷.

= 100 × 10 – 1000 + 1000 ÷ 100 – 10

12 + 12 = 6 – 64
24 = 58 (incorrect)

21. (c)
= 100 0 – 1000 + 10 – 10 = 0
9 × 8 + 8 ÷ 4 – 9 = 65 En (b)
58 > 24
12 × 3 + 4 = 6 – 8 × 8
36 + 4 = 6 – 64
22.
23.
(b)
(d)
20 + 12 – 4 ÷ 8 × 6 = 29
Using the proper notations in (4) we get the statement
as 2 × 5 – 6 + 2 = 6 or 10 – 6 + 2 = 6 or 6 = 6, which is gin 40 = 58 (incorrect)
58 > 48

24. (c)
true.
Using the proper notations in (3), we get the statement
(c)

eer
12 × 3 + 4 = 6 × 8 – 8
36 + 4 = 48 – 8
40 = 40 (correct)

25. (a)
as 5 × 2 2 < 10 – 4 + 8 or 5 × 1 < 18 – 4 or 5 < 14,
which is true.
Using the correct symbols, we have
(d)
36 – 4 = 48 + 8 ing
12 × 3 – 4 = 6 × 8 + 8

Given expression

=
36 4 8 4
=
32 8 4
=
4 4
= 0.
32 = 56 (incorrect)
56 > 32
32. (b) 4 6 2 16 .ne
26.
4 8 2 16 1 32 32 1
(b) Using the correct symbols, we have
0 1

Given expression = (3 × 15 + 19) ÷ 8 – 6

= 64 ÷ 8 – 6 = 8 – 6 = 2.
33. (d) (45 3 × 6) 6 = 15
34. (c) 8 × 5 + 10 = 2 × 25
50 = 50
t
27. (c) 90 18 × 6 + 30 – 4 = 56
28. (a) #

Decoded as 5 8 6 3 7

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-104 Arithmetical Reasoning

CHAPTER
ARITHMETICAL 14
REASONING
Arithmetical Reasoning tests the ability to solve basic arithmetic EXAMPLE 3.
problems encountered in everyday life. These problems require
basic mathematical skills like addition, subtraction, multiplication, A student got twice as many sums wrong as he got right. If
division etc. The tests include operations with whole numbers, he attempted 48 sums in all, how many did he solve correctly?
rational numbers, ratio and proportion, interest and percentage, (a) 12 (b) 16
and measurement. Arithmetical reasoning is one factor that helps (c) 18 (d) 24
characterize mathematics comprehension, and it also assesses

EXAMPLE ww
logical thinking.

1.
Sol. (b) Suppose the boy got x sums right and 2x sums wrong.
Then, x + 2x = 48, 3x = 48, x = 16.

w.E
The total of the ages of Amar, Akbar and Anthony is 80
years. What was the total of their ages three years ago ?
(a) 71 years (b) 72 years
EXAMPLE 4.
In a group of cows and hens, the number of legs are 14 more
than twice the number of heads. The number of cows is
(c) 74 years (d) 77 years
asy
Sol. (a) Required sum = (80 – 3 x 3) years = (80 – 9) years
(a) 5
(c) 10
(b) 7
(d) 12

2.
= 71 years.
En Sol. (b) Let the number of cows be x and the number of hens
be y.
EXAMPLE
Two bus tickets from city A to B and three tickets from city
A to C cost Rs. 77 but three tickets from city A to B and two gin Then, 4x + 2y = 2 (x + y) + 14, 4x + 2y = 2x + 2y + 14,
2x = 14, x = 7.

tickets from city A to C cost Rs. 73. What are the fares for
cities B and C from A ?
EXAMPLE

eer
5.
Rani, Reeta , Sukhada, Jane and Radhika are friends. Reeta
is 18 years of her age, Radhika is younger to Reeta, Rani is
(a) `4, `23
(c) `15, `14
(b) `13, `17
(d) `17, `13
ing
in between Radhika and Sukhada while Reeta is in Between
Jane and Radhika. If there be a difference of two years
Sol. (b) Let Rs. x be the fare of city B from city A and Rs. y be
the fare of city C from city A. old is Sukhada?
.ne
between the ages of girls from eldest to the youngest, how

t
Then, 2x + 3y = 77 ...(i) (a) 10 years (b) 12 years
and 3x + 2y = 73 ...(ii) (c) 14 years (d) 16 years
Multiplying (i) by 3 and (ii) by 2 and subtracting, we get: Sol. (b) Arranging them on the basis of their ages,
5y = 85 or y = 17. Jane>Reeta>Radhika>Rani>Sukhada
Putting y = 17 in (i), we get: x = 13. If Reeta is 18 years old then Sukhada is 12 years

1. The 30 members of a club decided to play a badminton 2. A tailor had a number of shirt pieces to cut from a roll of
singles tournament. Every time a member loses a game he is fabric. He cut each roll of equal length into 10 pieces. He cut
out of the tournament. There are no ties. What is the at the rate of 45 cuts a minute. How many rolls would be cut
minimum number of matches that must be played to in 24 minutes?
determine the winner? (a) 32 rolls (b) 54 rolls
(a) 15 (b) 29 (c) 108 rolls (d) 120 rolls
(c) 61 (d) None of these

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Arithmetical Reasoning A-105

3. In a class of 60 students, the number of boys and girls 12. I have a few sweets to be distributed. If I keep 2, 3 or 4 in a
participating in the annual sports is in the ratio 3 : 2 pack, I am left with one sweet. If I keep 5 in a pack, I am left
respectively. The number of girls not participating in the with none. What is the minimum number of sweets I have to
sports is 5 more than the number of boys not participating pack and distribute ?
in the sports. If the number of boys participating in the (a) 25 (b) 37 (c) 54 (d) 65
sports is 15, then how many girls are there in the class? 13. Mr. X, a mathematician, defines a number as 'connected
(a) 20 (b) 25 with 6 if it is divisible by 6 or if the sum of its digits is 6, or
(c) 30 (d) Data inadequate if 6 is one of the digits of the number. Other numbers are all
4. At a dinner party every two guests used a bowl of rice 'not connected with 6'. As per this definition, the number of
between them, every three guests used a bowl of daal integers from 1 to 60 (both inclusive) which are not
between them and every four used a bowl of meat between connected with 6 is
them. There were altogether 65 dishes. How many guests (a) 18 (b) 22 (c) 42 (d) 43
were present at the party ? 14. A player holds 13 cards of four suits, of which seven are
(a) 60 (b) 65 black and six are red. There are twice as many diamonds as
(c) 90 (d) None of these spades and twice as many hearts as diamonds. How many
5. In a family, each daughter has the same number of brothers clubs does he hold ?

ww
as she has sisters and each son has twice as many sisters
as he has brothers. How many sons are there in the family?
(a) 2 (b) 3 (c) 4 (d) 5
15.
(a) 4 (b) 5 (c) 6 (d) 7
Nitin's age was equal to square of some number last year
and the following year it would be cube of a number. If
6.

w.E
In a garden, there are 10 rows and 12 columns of mango
trees. The distance between the two trees is 2 metres and a
distance of one metre is left from all sides of the boundary
again Nitin's age has to be equal to the cube of some number,
then for how long he will have to wait?
(a) 10 years (b) 38 years

asy
of the garden. The length of the garden is (c) 39 years (d) 64 years
(a) 20 m (b) 22 m (c) 24 m (d) 26 m 16. At the end of a business conference the ten people present
7. In a family, the father took 1/4 of the cake and he had 3 times all shake hands with each other once. How many

of family members is
En
as much as each of the other members had. The total number handshakes will there be altogether ?
(a) 20 (b) 45 (c) 55 (d) 90

8.
(a) 3 (b) 7 (c) 10 (d) 12
In three coloured boxes - Red, Green and Blue, 108 balls are
placed. There are twice as many balls in the green and red gin
17. Anand, David , Karim and Mano are fans of games. Each
has a different favourite game among hockey, chess, cricket
and football. David doesn't watch cricket and hockey
boxes combined as there are in the blue box and twice as
many in the blue box as there are in the red box. How many
balls are there in the green box ? eer
matches. Anand doesn't like hockey, chess and cricket.
Mano doesn't watch cricket. Which is favourite game of
Karim?
(a) 18
(c) 45
(b) 36
(d) None of these 18. ing
(a) chess (b) cricket (c) football (d) hockey
David gets onthe elevator at the 11th floor of a building and
9. A, B, C, D and E play a game of cards. A says to B, "If you
give me 3 cards, you will have as many as I have at this
moment while if D takes 5 cards from you, he will have as .ne
rides up at the rate of 57 floors per minute. At the same time.
Albert gets on an elevator at the 51st floor of the same
building and rides down at the rate of 63 floors per minute.
many as E has." A and C together have twice as many cards
as E has. B and D together also have the same number of
cards as A and C taken together. If together they have 150
cards, how many cards has C got ? 19.
If they continue travelling at these rates, then at which
floor will their paths cross?
(a) 19 (b) 28 (c) 30 (d) 37
A fibres 5 shots to B’s 3 but A kills only once in 3 shots
t
(a) 28 (b) 29 (c) 31 (d) 35 while B kills once in 2 shots. When B has missed 27 times,
10. A man wears socks of two colours - Black and brown. He A has killed
has altogether 20 black socks and 20 brown socks in a (a) 30 birds (b) 60 birds
drawer. Supposing he has to take out the socks in the dark, (c) 72 birds (d) 90 birds
how many must he take out to be sure that he has a matching 20. First bunch of bananas has (1/4) again as many bananas as
pair ? a second bunch. If the second bunch has 3 bananas less
(a) 3 (b) 20 than the first bunch, then the number of bananas in the first
(c) 39 (d) None of these bunch is
11. Nithya is Sam’s Sister. Mogan is Sam’s Father. Selvan is (a) 9 (b) 10 (c) 12 (d) 15
Rajan’s Son. Rajan is Mogan’s Brother. How is Nithya 21. A boy’s age is one fourth of his father’s age. The sum of the
related to Selvan? boy’s age and his father’s age is 35. What will be father’s
(a) Daughter (b) Sister age after 8 years?
(c) Cousin (d) Wife (a) 15 (b) 28 (c) 35 (d) 36

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-106 Arithmetical Reasoning

22. If 1 candle in box number 1 is placed in box number 2, then 23. A boat moves from a jetty towards East. After sailing for 9
box-2 has twice the number of candles that box 1 has. nautical miles, she turns towards right and covers another
If 1 candle from box-2 is placed in box-1, the box-2 and box- 12 nautical miles. If she wants to go back to the jetty, what
1 have the same number of candles. is the shortest distance now from her present position ?
How many candles were there in box-1 and box-2 ? (a) 21 nautical miles (b) 20 nautical miles
Box--1 Box-2 Box-1 Box-2
(c) 18 nautical miles (d) 15 nautical miles
(a) 5:3 (b) 7:5
(c) 6:4 (d) 5:7

ANSWER KEY
1 (b) 4 (a) 7 (c) 10 (a) 13 (d) 16 (b) 19 (a) 22 (d
2 (d) 5 (b) 8 (d) 11 (c) 14 (c) 17 (b) 20 (d) 23 (d)
3 (c) 6 (c) 9 (a) 12 (a) 15 (b) 18 (c) 21 (d)

ww
1. w.E
(b) Clearly, every member except one (i.e. the winner) must
lose one game to decide the winner. Thus, minimum
Then, we have :
d – 1 = s and 2 (s – 1) = d.

2.
number of matches to be played = 30 – 1 = 29.
asy
(d) Number of cuts made to cut a roll into 10 pieces = 9.
Therefore required number of rolls = (45 × 24)/9 = 120.
6.
Solving these two equations, we get: d = 4, s = 3.
(c) Each row contains 12 plants.
There are 11 gapes between the two corner trees
3. (c) Let the number of boys and girls participating in sports
be 3x and 2x respectively.
En (11 × 2) metres and 1 metre on each side is left.
Therefore Length = (22 + 2) m = 24 m.
Then, 3x = 15 or x = 5.
So, number of girls participating in sports = 2x = 10.
Number of students not participating in sports
7.

gin (c) Let there be (x + 1) members. Then,

1
Father’s share = , share of each other member
4
= 60 – (15 + 10) = 35.
Let number of boys not participating in sports be y.
Then, number of girls not participating in sports
=
3
4x
.
eer
= (35 – y).
Therefore (35 – y) = y + 5 3
3
4x
1
4 ing
4x 36 x 9

.ne
y = 15. Hence, total number of family member = 10.
So, number of girls not participating in sports 8. (d) Let R, G and B represent the number of balls in red,
= (35 – 15) = 20. green and blue boxes respectively.

4.
Hence, total number of girls in the class
= (10 + 20) = 30.
(a) Let the number of guests be x. Then number of bowls
x x
Then, R + G + B = 108
G + R = 2B
B = 2R
...(i)
...(ii)
...(iii)
t
From (ii) and (iii), we have G + R = 2 × 2R = 4R or G = 3R.
of rice = ; number of bowls of dal = ; number of Putting G = 3R and B = 2R in (i), we get:
2 3
R + 3R + 2R = 108 6R = 108 R = 18.
x Therefore Number of balls in green box = G = 3R
bowls of meat = .
4 = (3 × 18) = 54.
9. (a) Clearly, we have :
x x x
65 A=B–3 ...(i)
2 3 4 D + 5=E ...(ii)
6x 4x 3x A + C = 2E ...(iii)
65 13x 65 12 B + D = A + C = 2E ...(iv)
12
A+B + C + D + E=150 ...(v)
65 12 From (iii), (iv) and (v), we get: 5E = 150 or E = 30.
x 60 Putting E = 30 in (ii), we get: D = 25.
13
Putting E = 30 and D = 25 in (iv), we get: B = 35.
5. (b) Let d and s represent the number of daughters and
Putting B = 35 in (i), we get: A = 32.
sons respectively.
Putting A = 32 and E = 30 in (iii), we get: C = 28.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Arithmetical Reasoning A-107

10. (a) Since there are socks of only two colours, so two out 1
of any three socks must always be of the same colour. Number of floors covered by David in min
3
11. (c) Nithya is Sam’s Sister and Mogan is Sam’s Father
Nithya is Mogan’s Daughter. 1
= 57 19 .
Selvan is Rajan’s Son and Rajan is Mogan’s 3
Brother So, their paths cross at (11 + 19)th i.e., 30th floor.
Selvan is Mogan’s Nephew. 19. (a) Let the total number of shots be x. then,
So, Nithya is Selvan’s Cousin. 5 3
12. (a) Clearly, the required number would be such that it leaves Shots fired by A = x ; Shots fired by B = x
8 8
a remainder of 1 when divided by 2, 3 or 4 and no
1 5 5x
remainder when divided by 5. Such a number is 25. Killing shots by A = of x = ;
13. (d) Numbers from 1 to 60, which are divisible by 6 are : 3 8 24
6,12,18, 24, 30, 36,42, 48, 54, 60.There are 10 such 1 3 3x
numbers. Shots missed by B = of x = .
2 8 16
Numbers from 1 to 60, the sum of whose digits is 6 are
3x 27 16
: 6, 15, 24, 33, 42, 51, 60. 27 or x 144
There are 7 such numbers of which 4 are common to 16 3

wwthe above ones. So, there are 3such uncommon

numbers.
Numbers from 1 to 60, which have 6 as one of the
20.
5x
Birds killed by A =
24
5
24
144 30

(d) Let the number of bananas in the second bunch be x

w.E
digits are 6, 16, 26, 36, 46, 56, 60.
Clearly, there are 4 such uncommon numbers.
So, numbers 'not connected with 6'
= 60 – (10 + 3 + 4) = 43.
Then, number of bananas in the first bunch

=x+ x
1
4
5
4
x

14. (c)
asy
Clearly, the black cards are either clubs or spades while
the red cards are either diamonds or hearts.
Let the number of spades be x. Then, number of clubs
5
So, x x 3
4
5x – 4x = 12 x = 12

= (7 – x).
Number of diamonds = 2 x number of spades = 2x;
En Number of bananas in the first bunch
= 5 12 15
Number of hearts = 2 x number of diamonds = 4x.
Total number of cards = x + 2x + 4x + 7 – x – 6x + 7.
Therefore 6x + 7 = 13 6x = 6 x – 1. gin
21.
4
(d) Let father’s age is x yr.
x
Hence, number of clubs = (7 – x) = 6.
15. (b) Clearly, we have to first find two numbers whose dif-
ference is 2 and of which the smaller one is a perfect x eer
Son’s age is
x
35
4
yr..

x = 28 yr..
square and the bigger one a perfect cube.
Such numbers are 25 and 27.
22.
4

ing
Father’s age after 8 year is 36 years.
(d) Going by options; Box 1 Box 2

.ne
Thus, Nitin is now 26 years old. Since the next perfect
cube after 27 is 64, 5 : 7
so required time period = (64 – 26) years = 38 years. If 1 cande in box number is placed in box number 2
16. (b) Clearly, total number of handshakes = (9+ 8 + 7 + 6 + 5

17. (b)
+ 4 + 3 + 2+1) = 45.
then
Box 1 Box 2
4 : 8 t
Therefore, Box 2 has twice the number of candles than
box 1.
Games
Person Hockey Chess
If 1 candle from box 2 is palced in box-1
Cricket Football
Box 1 Box 2
Then- Hence, Both boxer have the
6 : 6:
Anand × × ×
same numbers of candles.
David × × × 23. (d) The shortest distance
Karim × × × Starting point 9 nm
AB2 BC2
Mano × × × A B
92 122
18. (c) Suppose their paths cross after x minutes. 225 12 nm
1 = 15 neutical miles
Then, 11 + 57x = 51 – 63 x 120 x = 10 x=
3 C
Ending point

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-108 Matrix Based Reasoning

CHAPTER
MATRIX BASED
REASONING 15
In this type of questions two matrices are given. In each matrix 3. LANKA
there are 25 cells and these cells contain two classes of alphabets.
The columns and rows of matrix I are numbered from 0 to 4 and (a) 97, 43, 59, 55, 01 (b) 97, 21, 58, 87, 01
that of matrix II from 5 to 9. A letter from these matrices can be (c) 69, 31, 76, 75, 01 (d) 78, 32, 89, 86, 12
represented first by its row number and next by its column number.
For example. ‘A’ Can be represented by 32 or 43. 4. LIKE

ww Matrix I (a) 57, 14, 76, 10

(c) 78, 33, 87, 03

(b) 78, 00, 67, 03

(d) 85, 00, 75, 40

0
1
0
I
E w.E
1
A
U
2
U
O
3
E
A
4
O
I
5. RULE

(a) 95, 02, 58, 30 (b) 79, 24, 85, 98

2
3
O
E
A
U
I
A
asy
E
O
U
I
6.
(b) 66, 11, 78, 41

KRONE
(d) 79, 11, 86, 30

4 E I O

Matrix II
A U

En (a) 87, 79, 03, 89, 23 (b) 75, 97, 20, 89, 23

5 6 7 8 9
gin
(c) 87, 56, 04, 76, 23 (d) 58, 88, 12, 59, 10

5
6
K
M
R
R
L
K
M
N
N
L
eerAnswers with Explanation

For questions 1 to 6 -
7
8
9
K
M
N
N
L
R
M
K
L
L
R
K M
R
N A 01, 13, 21, 32, 43
ing
EXAMPLE
E

I
03, 10, 23, 30, 40

00, 14, 22, 34, 41 .ne

Directions: In each of the following questions find out the correct
set of number pairs for the given word from the two matrices
given above.
O

U
04, 12, 20, 33, 42

02, 11, 24, 31, 44

t
1. MONK
K 55, 67, 75, 87, 98
(a) 58, 33, 67, 98 (b) 65, 02, 59, 67
L 57, 69, 78, 86, 97
(c) 65, 04, 89, 75 (d) 65, 20, 89, 68
M 58, 65, 77, 85, 99
2. NAIL N 59, 68, 76, 89, 95
(a) 95, 01, 00, 77 (b) 89, 21, 33, 97 R 56, 66, 79, 88, 96
(c) 95, 32, 14, 86 (d) 95, 21, 34, 68 1. (c) 2. (c) 3. (a) 4. (b) 5. (d) 6. (c)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Matrix Based Reasoning A-109

DIRECTIONS : (Qs. 1-24) For following questions, two matrices Matrix II

are given below. In each matrix there are 25 cells and these cells 5 6 7 8 9
contain two classes of alphabets. The columns and rows of matrix.
5 W R T E Y
I are numbered from 0 to 4 and that of matrix II from 5 to 9. A letter
from these matrices can be represented first by its now number 6 R W Y T E
and next by its column number. Identify one set of number pairs 7 E Y W R T
out of (a), (b), (c) and (d) which represents the number. 8 Y T E W R
Matrix I 9 T E R Y W
6. DAILY
0 1 2 3 4
(a) 10, 31, 21, 42, 85 (b) 22, 43, 00, 32, 67
0 A P O R E (c) 41, 14, 13, 24, 98 (d) 34, 44, 21, 01, 76

ww
1 R E P O A 7. RATE
2 O A E P R (a) 89, 20, 96, 69 (b) 65, 03, 86, 96
(c) 78, 14, 95, 58 (d) 56, 31, 58, 87
3 E O R A P
8. CIAT
4 P
w.ER A

Matrix II
E O

9.
(a) 11, 21, 31, 87
(c) 23, 34, 43, 95
WEAR
(b) 32, 44, 20, 68
(d) 04, 14, 02, 57

5
5
F N
6
M
7
asy
8
S
9
T
(a) 77, 87, 32, 89
(c) 88, 69, 21, 65
10. DWART
(b) 99, 78, 14, 56
(d) 66, 87, 31, 97

6
7
T
M
M
S
F
T
N
F
S
N
En (a) 10, 77, 32, 89, 68
(c) 34, 99, 43, 66, 79
(b) 22, 88, 02, 89, 57
(d) 41, 66, 20, 78, 88
8
9
N
S T
F S
N
T
M
M
F gin
For (Qs. 11-15) matrices are given below.

0
Matrix I
1 2 3 4
1. MORT
(a) 66, 21, 32, 77 (b) 75, 44, 02, 65
0
1 eer E
H
H
O E
J O
A
A
J

2.
(c) 57, 13, 03, 88
FASE
(a) 67, 33, 95, 43
(d) 68, 31, 41, 96

(b) 56, 21, 59, 11

2
3
O
J
J
A ing A
O
E
H
H
E

3.
(c) 86, 42, 77, 22
SERAF
(d) 99, 00, 87, 31 4 A E H
Matrix II
J

.ne O

4.
(a) 69, 04, 10, 21, 88
(c) 76, 43, 24, 32, 99
PANT
(a) 12, 33, 69, 77
(b) 87, 04, 24, 42, 78
(d) 58, 30, 32, 44, 67

(b) 23, 43, 79, 88

5
6
7
5
L
T
S
6
F
K
L
7
S
L
F
8
K
S
T
9
T
F
K
t
(c) 01, 21, 56, 66 (d) 01, 21, 85, 77
5. TORN 8 K S T F L
(a) 96, 13, 24, 69 (b) 77, 31, 42, 85 9 F T K L S
(c) 65, 20, 32, 79 (d) 88, 02, 11, 56 11. JOLE
For (Qs. 6 - 10) matrices are given below. (a) 21, 44, 89, 34 (b) 30, 11, 68, 41
Matrix I (c) 14, 33, 98, 23 (d) 43, 20, 76, 13
12. FATH
0 1 2 3 4 (a) 69, 13, 79, 24 (b) 95, 31, 99, 12
0 I L A D C (c) 88, 21, 87, 42 (d) 77, 22, 96, 33
1 D C I L A 13. KHOLE
(a) 66, 24, 20, 76, 24 (b) 85, 10, 32, 67, 41
2 A I D C L (c) 97, 33, 12, 89, 34 (d) 79, 43, 03, 98, 12
3 L A C I D 14. FEAST
4 C D L A I (a) 77, 00, 14, 86, 96 (b) 56, 12, 22, 69 65
(c) 69, 23, 31, 75, 87 (d) 88, 33, 40, 99, 59

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-110 Matrix Based Reasoning

15. LOHA Matrix II
(a) 98, 20, 42, 04 (b) 76, 32, 01, 41
(c) 67, 12, 24, 31 (d) 55, 03, 11, 22
For (Qs. 16-20) matrices are given below. 5 6 7 8 9
Matrix I
0 1 2 3 4 5 H K L I N
0 A S U E O
6 I N H K L
1 U O E S A
2 S A O U E 7 K L I N H
3 E U A O S
4 O E S A U 8 L I N H K
Matrix II
9 N H K L I
5 6 7 8 9
5 C R T P N

ww 6
7
8
N
P
T
C
N
P C
R
P
T
N
R
R
T
C 22.
(a) 24, 21, 99, 57, 01
(c) 33, 57, 99, 57, 01
Matrix I
(b) 12, 79, 99, 57, 01
(d) 41, 79, 99, 57, 11
Matrix II

16. TUNE
9 R

(a) 68, 31, 79, 41

w.E
T N C P

(b) 85, 10, 97, 22 0

0
R
1
H
2
E
3
L
4
I 5
5
B
6
S
7
N
8
A
9
D

17.
(c) 79, 23, 86, 30
CROPS
(a) 89, 95, 11, 75, 20
asy
(d) 96, 42, 65, 12

(b) 67, 77, 32, 87, 34

1
2
3
I
H
E
E
L
R
L
R
I
R
I
H
H
E
L
6
7
8
D
A
S
N
B
D
B
D
A
S
N
B
A
S
N

18.
(c) 76, 88, 40, 67, 13
SENT
(d) 98, 56, 04, 58, 43
En 4 L I H E R 9 N A S D B

19.
(a) 20, 31, 86, 79
(c) 13, 03, 66, 85
PART
(b) 34, 24, 59, 89
(d) 42, 12, 78, 96
gin (a) 58, 02, 13, 01
(c) 68, 20, 13, 32
(b) 85, 42, 31, 14
(d) 85, 02, 44, 30

20.
(a) 75, 21, 89, 96
(c) 87, 00, 95, 69
SPENT
(b) 66, 14, 88, 57
(d) 99, 43, 78, 85
23.

eer
A word is represented by only one set of numbers as given
in any one of the alternatives. The sets of numbers given in
the alternatives are represented by two classes of alphabets
(a) 13, 66, 25, 86, 96
(c) 34, 87, 41, 59, 85
(b) 20, 75, 30, 98, 57
(d) 42, 58, 03, 65, 78 ing
as in two matrices given below. The columns and rows of
Matrix I are numbered from 0 to 4 and that of Matrix II are
numbered from 5 to 9. A letter from these matrices can be
21. A word is represented by only one set of numbers as given
in any one of the alternatives. The sets of numbers given in
the alternatives are represented by two classes of alphabets .ne
represented first by its row and next by its column, e.g., 'F'
can be represented by 30, 22, etc. and 'N' can be represented
as in two matrices given below. The columns and rows of
Matrix I are numbered from 0 to 4 and that of Matrix II are
numbered from 5 to 9. A letter from these matrices can be
represented first by its row and next by its column, e.g., 'G'
can be represented by 04, 40 etc. and 'K' can be represented
by 97, 89, etc. Similarly, you have to identify the set for the
given word.
"DAKU"
Matrix-I Matrix-II
t
by 56, 75 etc. Similarly, you have to identify the set for the
word 'CHILD'.
Matrix I 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
4 A F K P U 9 D I N S X
0 1 2 3 4
3 F K A U P 8 X S I D N
0 C D E F G 2 P U F K A 7 N X S I D
1 F G C D E 1 K P U A F 6 S D X N I
0 U A P F K 5 I N D X S
2 D E F G C

3 E F G C D (a) 95, 40, 04, 42 (b) 24, 95, 20, 27

(c) 88, 24, 10, 34 (d) 57, 13, 23, 21
4 G C D E F

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Matrix Based Reasoning A-111

24. A word is represented by one set of numbers as given in Matrix II

any one of the alternatives. The sets of numbers given in
the alternatives are represented by two classes of alphabets 5 6 7 8 9
as in two matrices given below. The columns and rows of 9 D I N S X
Matrix I are numbered from 0 to 4 and that of Matrix II are
numbered from 5 to 9. A letter from these matrices can be 8 X S I D N
represented first by its row and next by its column e.g., 'A' 7 N X S I D
can be represented by 40, 01, 13, 32, and 'N' can be
represented by 56, 68, 89 etc. Similarly, you have to identify 6 S D X N I
the set for the word given below : 5 I N D X S
SIX-KIDS
Matrix I (a) 86, 87, 99 — 40, 41, 86, 64
(b) 98, 96, 85 — 42, 78, 88, 77
0 1 2 3 4 (c) 77, 69, 76 — 22, 95, 28, 31
4 A F K P U (d) 65, 55, 67 — 05, 25, 91, 40
3 F K A U P
2 P U F K A

ww
1
0
K P U A F
U A P F K

1 (c)
w.E
4 (d) 7 (c)
ANSWER KEY
10 (b) 13 (b) 16 (c) 19 (b) 22 (c)
2
3
(a)
(b)
5
6
(c)
(a)
8
9
asy(b)
(d)
11
12
(a)
(d)
14
15
(c)
(a)
17
18
(a)
(d)
20
21
(c)
(b)
23
24
(d)
(b)

En
gin
Solutions for 1 to 5
A
P
00, 14, 21, 33, 42
01, 12, 23, 34, 40
L
F
S eer
55, 67, 76, 89, 98
56, 69, 77, 88, 95
57, 68, 75, 86, 99
O
R
E
02, 13, 20, 31, 44
03, 10, 24, 32, 41
04, 11, 22, 30, 43
K
T
11. (a)
58, 66, 79, 85, 97
59, 65, 78, 87, 96
12. (d)
ing
13. (b) 14. (c) 15. (a)
F
N
M
55, 67, 78, 86, 99
56, 68, 79, 85, 97
57, 66, 75, 89, 98
Solutions for 16 to 20
A 00, 14, 21, 32, 43
.ne
S
T
1. (c)
58, 69, 76, 87, 95
59, 65, 77, 88, 96
2. (a)
Solutions for 6 to 10
3. (b) 4. (d) 5. (c)
S
U
E
O
C
01, 13, 20, 34, 42
02, 10, 23, 31, 44
03, 12, 24, 30, 41
04, 11, 22, 33, 40
55, 67, 76, 89, 98
t
I 00, 12, 21, 33, 44 R 56, 69, 77, 88, 95
L 01, 13, 24, 30, 42 T 57, 68, 79, 85, 96
A 02, 14, 20, 31, 43 P 58, 66, 75, 87, 99
D 03, 10, 22, 34, 41 N 59, 65, 78, 86, 97
C 04, 11, 23, 32, 40 16. (c) 17. (a) 18. (d) 19. (b) 20. (c)
W 55, 66, 77, 88, 99 21. (b) C = 00, 12, 24, 33, 41
R 56, 65, 78, 89, 97 H = 55, 67, 79, 88, 96
T 57, 68, 79, 86, 95 I = 58, 65, 77, 86, 99
E 58, 69, 75, 87, 96 L = 57, 69, 76, 85, 98
Y 59, 67, 76, 85, 98 D = 01, 13, 20, 34, 42
6. (a) 7. (c) 8. (b) 9. (d) 10. (b) CHILD = 12, 79, 99, 57, 01
Solutions for 11 to 15 22. (c) S 56, 68, 79, 85, 97
E 00, 12, 23, 34, 41 H 01, 14, 20, 33, 42
H 01, 10, 24, 33, 42 R 00, 13, 22, 31, 44
J 02, 14, 21, 30, 43 I 04, 10, 23, 32, 41
O 03, 11, 20, 32, 44 24. (b)
A 04, 13, 22, 31, 40

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-112 Statement & Conclusions

CHAPTER
STATEMENT &
CONCLUSIONS 16
In this type of questions, a statement is given followed by two II. The price of the cooking gas will
conclusions. We have to find out which of these conclusions increase at least by 33% from the next
definitely follows from the given statement. month.
What is a ‘conclusion’? Sol. (d) I does not follow because a govt’s policy is not
‘Conclusion’ means a fact that can be truly inferred from the determined merely by people’s needs.
contents of a given sentence. II does not follow. Let the present price be x
DIRECTIONS (for Examples 1 to 3) : In each of the following x

ww
questions, a statement is given followed by two conclusions I
and II. Give answer :
(a) if only conclusion I follows;
Price if subsidy is removed =
0.67
Hence increase in price will be around 49%
1.49x

DIRECTIONS (for Examples 4 to 5) : In each of the following

w.E
(b) if only conclusion II follows;
(c) if either I or II follows;
(d) if neither I nor II follows;
questions, a statement is given followed by two conclusions I and
II. Give answer :
(a) if only conclusion I follows;
EXAMPLE 1.
asy
Statement : The oceans are a storehouse of practically
(b) if only conclusion II follows;
(c) if either I or II follows;
(d) if both I and II follow.
every mineral including uranium. But like most other

three gms per 1000 tonnes of water. En

minerals, it is found in extremely low concentration – about EXAMPLE 4.

Conclusions : I. The oceans are a cheap source of

uranium.
II. The oceans harbour radiation hazards.
gin
Statement : Interest rate will be fixed on the basis of
our bank’s rate prevailing on the date of
deposit and refixed every quarter
Sol. (d) I can not be concluded as most of the minerals are
available in similar concentration levels in oceans. II is eer thereafter.
Conclusions : I. It is left to the depositors to guard their

EXAMPLE
out of context of the statement.
2. ing
interest.
II. The bank’s interest rates are subject
Statement : Today, out of the world population of several
thousand million, the majority of men have to live under
government which refuse them personal liberty and the right .ne
to change on a day-to-day basis
depending on market position.
Sol. (b) I does not follow because the statement is silent about
to dissent.
Conclusions : I. People are indifferent to personal liberty
and the right to dissent.
II. People desire personal liberty and the
the depositors. II follows from the
t
phrase “bank’s rate prevailing on the
date of deposit” which means the rates
right to dissent. are subject to day-to-day changes.
Sol. (b) It is mentioned in the statement that most people are
EXAMPLE 5.
forced to live under Governments which refuse them
personal liberty and right to dissent. This means that Statement : The government of country X has recently
they are not indifferent to these rights but have a desire announced several concessions and
for them. So, only II follows. offered attractive package tours for
foreign visitors.
EXAMPLE 3. Conclusions : I. Now, more number of foreign tourists
Statement : It has been decided by the Government to will visit the country.
withdraw 33% of the subsidy on cooking gas from the II. The government of country X seems
beginning of next month—A spokesman of the Government. to be serious in attracting tourists.
Conclusions : I. People no more desire or need such Sol.
subsidy from government as they can
(d) Clearly, the government has taken the step to attract
afford increased price of the cooking
more tourists. So, both I and II follow.
gas.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Statement & Conclusions A-113

Directions (Q. 1-19): In each questions below is given a statement 6. Statement: Mrs X is nominated for one of the two posts of
followed by two conclusions numbered I and II. You have to which one post is reserved by the Managing Committee for
assume everything in the statement to be true, then consider the the female of other religious minority community and the
two conclusions together and decide which of them logically other for the female of scheduled Castes or Scheduled
follows beyond a reasonable doubt from the information given in Tribes.
the statement. Give answer Conclusions:
(a) if only conclusion I follows. I. Mrs X is the member of religious minority community.
(b) if only conclusion II follows. II. Mrs X is the member of Scheduled Castes or Scheduled
(c) if either I or II follows. Tribes.
(d) if neither I nor Il follows 7. Statement: We do not need today in India extraordinary
1. Statement: Many people and media alleged that Mr. X, the specialists but those trained ordinary doctors who are
opposition leader, met the Chief Minister yesterday to seek dedicated to their profession.

ww
certain favours, an allegation which was strongly rejected
by Mr X.
Conclusions:
Conclusions:
I. We should promote medical profession with dedicated
ordinary doctors rather than promoting high

w.E
I. Mr X did meet the Chief Minister yesterday to seek
certain favours.
II. Mr X did not meet the Chief Minister to seek certain
favours.
specialised medical education.
II. Extraordinary specialists are not dedicated to their
profession.
2.
asy
Statement: ‘Our approach of fund management is based on
science as much as on common sense and discipline because
our goal is consistent performance in the long term. –
8. Statement: People in metropolitan city ‘X’ have welcomed
the recent Supreme Court order banning the registration of
private vehicles that do not conform to Euro II emission
Advertisement of a mutual fund company.
Conclusions:
En norms with immediate effect for metropolitan city ‘Y’ only.
Conclusions:
I. Only the approach of science of investment can lead
to high gains in short-term investment.
II. It is not necessary to go for long-term investment when gin I. City ‘X’ has quite lower level of vehicular pollution
than city ‘Y’.
II. Public vehicles do not contribute to the vehicular

3.
low-return short-term investment is available.
Statement: ‘We follow some of the best and effective
teaching learning practices used by leading institutes all
9. eer
pollution.
Statement: The government of State ‘A’ has sought a
over the world.’ — A statement of a Professor of MN
Institute.
Conclusions:
ing
waiver of outstanding Central loans of ` 4,000 crores and a
moratorium on repayment pending the waiver.
Conclusions:
I. The MN Institute is one of the leading institutes of the
world. repayment of its loans.
.ne
I. Unlike other states, State ‘A’ has no desire to make

II. State ‘A”s financial condition does not appear to be

4.
II. Whatever is being followed by world’s leading
institutes will definitely be good and useful.
Statement: The minister questioned the utility of the space
research programme and suggested its replacement by other
10.
satisfactory.
Statements: t
I. Man can find ultimate reality by dedication to God
through meditation.
areas of felt national needs.
Conclusions: II. Meditation is the process to enrich the peace of mind.
I. Exploring the space does not contribute to critical Conclusions:
national needs. I. Meditation is the process to realize the God.
II. Research should be oriented to national needs. II. Meditation does not help to find out the Mukti of Soul.
5. Statement: The laws and statutes framed by the Government III. Perfect dedication to God is essential to realize the
for the purpose of providing equal treatment to every existence of ultimate reality.
citizens, on implementation perpetuate corrupt working (a) Only conclusion I follows
system. (b) Only conclusion II & III follow.
Conclusions: (c) Only conclusion I and III follow.
I. The laws and statutes should be framed but they (d) All conclusions follow.
should not be implemented to avoid corrupt working 11. Statement : The eligibility for admission to the course is
system. minimum second class master’s degree. However, the
II. There should be obvious method to investigate corrupt candidates who have appeared for the final year examination
working system. of master’s degree can also apply.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-114 Statement & Conclusions

Conclusions: 19. Statements :
I. All candidates who have yet to get their master’s (1) Due to contamination of water, large number of people
degree will be there in the list of selected candidates. were admitted to hospital.
II. All candidates having obtained second class master’s
(2) The symptoms were of Typhoid.
degree will be there in the list of selected candidates.
12. Statement: The government-run company had asked its (a) Only conclusion I is true
employees to declare their income and assets but it has (b) Only conclusion II is true
been strongly resisted by employees union and no employee (c) Both conclusions I and II are true
is going to declare his income. (d) Both conclusions I and II are false
Conclusions: Conclusions : I. Contamination of water may lead to
I. The employees of this company do not seem to have Typhoid.
any additional undisclosed income besides their salary.
II. Typhoid is a contagious disease.
II. The employees’ union wants all senior officers to
declare their income first. 20. Statements :
13. Statement: Good health is a luxury in country ‘P’ where rate (1) 60% of the government employees went on strike.
of death is very high compared to other nations of that (2) Mr. Gopal is a government employee.
region. Conclusions : I. Mr. Gopal went on strike.

ww
Conclusions:
I. People in country ‘P’ cannot afford to have many
luxuries of life.
II. Good health is a gift of nature.
II. Mr. Gopal did not participate in the
strike.
(a) Only conclusion I follows

14.
w.E
Statement: Company “Y” will improve the manufacturing
facilities for the production of shaving kits as a result of
which capacity would increase and cost would be reduced.
21.
(b) Only conclusion II follows
(c) Both conclusions I and II follow
(d) Either conclusion I and II follows
Statements: Video libraries are flourishing very much these
A spokesperson of the Company “Y”
Conclusions :
asy
I. The products of Company “Y” will compete the market
days.
Conclusions:

En
I. People in general have got a less video craze.
norms in the quality and cost factor.
II. It is much cheaper to see as many movies as one likes
II. There will be demand of shaving kits of Company “Y”.
on videos rather than going to the cinema hall.
15. Statement: Population increase coupled with depleting
resources is going to be the scenario of many developing
countries in days to come. gin
22. If all players play to their full potential, we will win the
match. We have won the match.
Conclusions:
Conclusions :
I. The population of developing countries with not
continue to increase in future. eer
I. All players played to their full potential.
II. Some players did not play to their full potential.
II. It will be very difficult for the governments of
developing countries to provide its people decent
quality of life.
23.

ing
Statements: Leaders, who raise much hue and cry about
the use of Hindi, generally send their children to English
medium schools.
16. Statement: An advertisement / Interest rate will be fixed
on the basis of our bank’s rate prevailing on the date of
Conclusions:
.ne
I. India lacks good Hindi medium schools.
deposit and refixed every quarter thereafter.
Conclusions:
I. It is left to the depositors to guard their interest.
II. The bank’s interest rates are subject to change on a
day-to-day basis depending on market position.
24.
practising.
t
II. There is a world of difference between preaching and

Statements: The best evidence of India's glorious past is

the growing popularity of Ayurvedic medicines in the West.
Conclusions:
17. Statement: In order to enforce discipline on transport I. Ayurvedic medicines are not popular in India.
operators, the state government has decided to impose a II. Allopathic medicines are more popular in India.
fine of ` 5,000 for the first excess tonne loaded in transport 25. Statements: Company X has marketed the product. Go
vehicle and ` 1,000 for each subsequent tonne. ahead; purchase it if price and quality are your
Conclusions :
considerations.
I. People will follow some discipline when severe fine is
Conclusions:
imposed.
I. The product must be good in appearance.
II. The state government has failed to understand the
problem of transport operators. II. The price of the product must be reasonable.
18. Statement: Book your flat before 15th June and avail 26. Statements: Only good singers are invited in the conference.
interest free loan from the builders. An advertisement No one without sweet voice is a good singer.
Conclusions: Conclusions:
I. No flat will be booked afterwards. I. All invited singers in the conference have sweet voice.
II. After 15th June, no loan will be provided. II. Those singers who do not have sweet voice are aslo
invited in the conference.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Statement & Conclusions A-115

27. Statements: All those political prisoners were released on Conclusions:

bail who had gone to jail for reasons other than political I. The residents in these wards should economise on
dharnas. Bail was not granted to persons involved in water on Friday.
murders. II. The residents in these wards should not store some
Conclusions: water on the previous day.
I. No political - prisoner had committed murder. 30. Statements: Company X has a record of manufacturing
II. Some politicians were not arrested. cameras of quality and the latest design so that you do not
28. Statements: Modern man influences his destiny by the spoil even a single shot irrespective of the weather
choice he makes unlike in the past. conditions.
Conclusions: Conclusions:
I. Earlier there were fewer options available to man. I. No other company except X is reputed in the camera
II. There was no desire in the past to influence the destiny. industry.
29. Statements: Water supply in wards A and B of the city will II. Anyone can take an acceptable shot with camera X.
be affected by about 50% on Friday because repairing work
of the main lines is to be carried out.

ww
w.E
asy
En
gin
eer
ing
.ne
t

ANSWER KEY
1 (c) 4 (d) 7 (a) 10 (c) 13 (a) 16 (b) 19 (d) 22 (a) 25 (b) 28 (a)
2 (d) 5 (d) 8 (d) 11 (d) 14 (a) 17 (a) 20 (d) 23 (c) 26 (a) 29 (a)
3 (d) 6 (c) 9 (b) 12 (d) 15 (b) 18 (d) 21 (b) 24 (d) 27 (a) 30 (b)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-116 Statement & Conclusions

3. (d) II may be an assumption which the professor is booking will continue even afterwards. And even loans
assuming before passing his statement. Hence, II does will be given, though on interest.
not follow. I may or may not be possible. Hence, I does 21. (b) II provide suitable explanations to the given statement,
not follow. so II follows.
8. (d) I does not follow. It is probable that city ‘X’ welcomed 22. (a) The statement asserts that match can be won only if
the order with the expectation that the order would all the players play to their full potential. So, only I
soon be extended in some manner to city ‘X’ as well. II follows while II does not.
also does not follow. That public vehicles have been 23. (c) Clearly, either I or II could be the reason for the
left out of the order is probably due to other reasons. situation expressed in the statement.
For example, causing inconvenience to the commuters. 24. (d) The popularity of Ayurvedic or allopathic medicines
9. (b) I does not follow because it makes a comparison with in India is not being talked about in the statement. So,
“other states”. Now, in the statement, other states are

12. wwnowhere in the picture. II follows because seeking such

loan waivers indicates poor financial condition.
(d) I does not follow. On the contrary, it must be their
25. (b)
neither I nor II follows.
It is mentioned in the statement that one who considers
price and quality before buying a product should buy
the product of company X. Statement II tells about

w.E
“additional undisclosed income” which is causing
hesitation on their part to declare their income. II also
does not follow. The question of seniority simply does
not arise.
26. (a)
quality. Hence only II follows.
The statement asserts that a good singer always has a
sweet voice and only good singers are invited in the
13.
asy
(a) I follows. A country where even good health is
considered to be a luxury certainly can’t afford luxuries.
II does not follow. Man may strive towards good
conference. This implies that all those invited in the
conference have sweet voice and those who do not
have sweet voice are not invited. So, only I follows.

14.
health.
(a) Improvement in the manufacturing facilities will En 27. (a) According to the statement, the political prisoners can
be divided into two groups - those who were released
automatically enhance the quality of its product and
reduce the cost. These two things are important to
compete in the market. Hence, I follows. II may be an gin and those who were put in jail for political dharnas.
However, no person involved in murder was released.
This means that no political prisoner had committed

15.
assumption but is it not a conclusion.
(b) With the limited resources and overpopulation it is
very hard to provide decent quality of life. Hence, II 28. (a) eer
murder. So, I follows. Clearly, II is not directly related
to the statement and does not follow.
Clearly, I directly follows from the statement while II

16.
follows.
(b) I does not follow because the statement is silent about
29. (a) ing
cannot be deduced from it.
View Answer Workspace Report Discuss in Forum
Clearly, the information has been given beforehand so
the depositors. II follows from the phrase “bank’s rate
prevailing on the date of deposit”. Which means the
rates are subject to day-to-day changes. .ne
that the residents can collect water on the previous
day and use less water on Friday. But conclusion II is
17.

18.
(a) I follows from the policy laid down and the reason
given thereof. II does not follow because the decision
is expected to have been taken after a proper
assessment of the problem.
(d) Neither follows. From the statement, it is clear that
30. (b)
other company. So, I does not follow. Also, it is t
just opposite to the given statement. So only I follows.
Clearly, the statement talks of Company X only and no

mentioned that one can take a good shot even in bad

weather conditions with a camera of Company X. So,
15th June is a deadline only for interest free loans. But II follows.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Cube & Dice A-117

CHAPTER

CUBE & DICE 17

What is a cube? Layer II or middle layer : The central cube has no face
A cube is three dimensional figure whose length, breadth and coloured, the four cubes at the corner have two faces
height are equal and any two adjacent faces are inclined to each coloured and the remaining 4 cubes have only face coloured.
other at 90°. It has 6 faces, 8 corners and 12 edges.
G H
Middle layer Top unpainted
D C

ww F
E
Unpainted cube

•
•
A
w.E B
Corners of the cube are A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H.
Edges of the cube are AB, BE, EF, AF, AD, CD, BC, EH, CH,
Bottom unpainted

Layer III or bottom layer : The central cube has only one

•
GH, DG and FG.
asy
Faces of the cube are ABCD, EFGH, CDGH, BCHE, ABEF
and ADFG.
face coloured, four cubes at the corner have three faces
coloured and the remaining 4 cubes have two faces
coloured.

En
When a cube is painted on all of its faces with any colour
Bottom layer
and further divided into various smaller cubes of equal size,
we get following results :
(i) Smaller cubes with no face painted will present inside faces
of the undivided cube.
gin
(ii) Smaller cubes with one face painted will present on the
faces of the undivided cube.
eer
ing
(iii) Smaller cubes with two faces painted will present on the
Bottom painted
edges of undivided cube.
(iv) Smaller cubes with three faces painted will present on the
corners of the undivided cube.

.ne
Also, if n = no. of divisions on the faces of cube
Length of the edge of undivided cube

Cube with
two sides
painted
Cube with
three sides
painted
Then,
=
Length of the edge of one smaller cube

(i) Number of smaller cubes with no face painted

t
.

= (n – 2)3
Cube with (ii) Number of smaller cubes with one face painted
one side
= (n – 2)2 × 6
painted
(iii) Number of smaller cubes with two faces painted
The above figure may be analysed by dividing it into three = (n – 2) × 12
horizontal layers : (iv) Number of smaller cubes with three faces painted = 8
Layer I or top layer : The central cube has only one face 1. A cube is painted blue on all faces is cut into
EXAMPLE
coloured, four cubes at the corner have three faces coloured
and the remaining 4 cubes have two faces coloured. 125 cubes of equal size. Now, answer the following questions :
Top layer (i) How many cubes are not painted on any face?
(a) 8 (b) 16
(c) 18 (d) 27
(ii) How many cubes are painted on one face only?
(a) 8 (b) 16
Bottom unpainted (c) 36 (d) 54

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-118 Cube & Dice

Sol. Since there are 125 smaller cubes of equal size, therefore, (i) Number of cubes with two surfaces painted with black
n = no. of divisions on the face of undivided cube = 5. and blue colour = 2(cubes along with edge AB) +
(i) (d) Number of cubes with no face painted = (n – 2)3 2(cubes along with edge CD) + 2(cubes along with
= (5 – 2)3 = 27 edge GH) + 2(cubes along with edge EF) = 8
(ii) (d) Number of cubes with one face painted = (n – 2)2 × 6 (ii) Number of cubes with two surfaces painted with blue
= (5 – 2)2 × 6 and red colour = 2(cubes along with edge AD) + 2(cubes
= 54 along with edge BC) + 2(cubes along with edge FG) +
2(cubes along with edge EH) = 8
EXAMPLE 2. A cube of side 4 cm is painted black on the pair
(iii) Number of cubes with two surfaces painted with black
of one opposite surfaces, blue on the pair of another opposite and red colour = 2(cubes along with edge DE) + 2(cubes
surfaces and red on remaining pair of opposite surfaces. The along with edge CF) + 2(cubes along with edge BG) +
cube is now divided into smaller cubes of equal side of 1 cm each. 2(cubes along with edge AH) = 8
Then, III. Number of smaller cubes with one surfaces painted
I. Find the number of smaller cubes with three surfaces = (4 – 2)2 × 6 = 24
painted. (i) Number of cubes with one surface painted with black
II. Find the number of smaller cubes with two surfaces painted. colour = 4(cubes on face ABGH) + 4(cubes on face
And out of this CDEF) = 8

ww
(i) Find the number of cubes with two surfaces painted
with black and blue colour.
(ii) Number of cubes with one surface painted with blue
colour = 4(cubes on edge face ABCD) + 4(cubes on
face EFGH) = 8

w.E
(ii) Find the number of cubes with two surfaces painted
with blue and red colour. (iii) Number of cubes with one surface painted with red
(iii) Find the number of cubes with two surfaces painted colour = 4(cubes on edge face ADEH) + 4(cubes on
with black and red colour. face BCFG) = 8

And out of this asy

III. Find the number of smaller cubes with one surface painted. EXAMPLE 3. A cube is painted red on two adjacent faces and
on one opposite face, yellow on two opposite faces and green on
(i) Find the number of cubes with one surface painted
with black colour.
(ii) Find the number of cubes with one surface painted En the remaining face. It is then cut into 64 equal cubes.
How many cubes have only one red coloured face?

gin
(a) 4 (b) 8
with blue colour. (c) 12 (d) 16
(iii) Find the number of cubes with one surface painted Sol. (c)

Sol.
with red colour.

Blue (back)
(c)
eer
E F

E
Black (top)
F
D C
ing
G

D
C Red (side)
A
H

.ne
A
H

B
G
B

Let faces ABCD, ABGH and CDEF are painted with red
colour.
Faces BCFG and ADEH are painted with yellow and EFGH
t
Blue is painted with green colour.
(front) Black (bottom) Clearly the cubes which have only one red coloured face
4 and all other faces uncoloured are the four central cubes at
Here, n 4 each of the three faces ABCD, ABGH and CDEF. Thus,
1
there are 4 × 3 = 12 such cubes.
I. Number of smaller cubes with three surfaces painted = 8
DIRECTIONS (for Examples 4 to 7) : Read the information given
(All three surfaces painted with different colours black,
below to answer the questions that follow.
blue and red)
I. A cube has six sides, each of which has a different colour :
II. Number of smaller cubes with two surfaces painted
black, blue, brown, green, red and white.
= (4 – 2) × 12 = 24
II. The red side is opposite the black.
Now, let faces ABCD and EFGH are painted with Blue.
III. The green side is between the red and the black.
Faces BCFG and ADEH are painted with Red. IV. The blue side is adjacent to the white.
Faces ABGH and CDEF are painted with Black. V. The brown side is adjacent to the blue.
Therefore, VI. The red side is the bottom face.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Cube & Dice A-119

4.The four colours adjacent to green are : Number 1 is opposite to 6.

EXAMPLE
Number 2 is opposite to 4.
(a) black, blue, brown, red Number 3 is opposite to 5.
(b) black, blue, brown, white Form 3:
(c) black, blue, red, white 1
(d) black, brown, red, white 2
Sol. (d) When the cube is unfolded, it will look like as
3 4
Black
5
White Blue Brown 6
Number 1 is opposite to 3.
Red Number 2 is opposite to 5.
Number 4 is opposite to 6.
Green Form 4:
1
The four colours adjacent to green are black, brown, 2 3

ww
EXAMPLE
red and white.
5. Which of the following can be deduced from the
statements I, II and VI ?
4
5 6

w.E
(a) Black is on the top
(b) Blue is on the top
(c) Brown is on the top
Number 1 is opposite to 4.
Number 2 is opposite to 6.
Number 3 is opposite to 5.
(d) Brown is opposite to black

asy
Sol. (a) The red side is opposite to the black. Therefore, if red
is at the bottom, black will be at the top.
Form 5:
1
2
EXAMPLE
adds no information ? En
6. Which of the following statements given above 3 4
5
(a) II
(c) V
(b) III
(d) VI
Sol. (d) VI does not add to the information provided by I – V. gin 6
In this case:
EXAMPLE 7. If the red side is exchanged for the green side
and the blue is swapped for black, then which of the following is eer
1 lies opposite 3;
2 lies opposite 5;
false ?
(a) Red is opposite to black.
(b) White is adjacent to brown.
Form 6:
4 lies opposite 6.

1
ing
(c) Green is opposite to blue.
(d) White is adjacent to blue.
2 3 4
.ne
Sol. (b) Adjacent to white, we have brown. A dice is a cube

Form 1:
with all of its faces numbered from 1 to 6. When a dice
is unfolded, it will look like in any of the following
forms :
In this case:
5

t
will be the one of the faces of the cube and it
1
lies opposite 3;
2 3 4 2 lies opposite 4;
5 1 lies opposite 5.
Form 7:
6
1
Number 1 is opposite to 5.
Number 2 is opposite to 4. 2 3 4
Number 3 is opposite to 6. 5
Form 2:
1 2
In this case:
3
4 will be the one the faces of the cube and it lies
5 6 opposite 3;

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-120 Cube & Dice

2 lies opposite 4; 2 lies opposite 4;
1 lies opposite 5. 1 lies opposite 5.
Form 8: EXAMPLE 8. Two positions of a dice are shown, when 4 is at
1 the bottom, what number will be on the top?
2
1 1
3 2 6
4
3 5

In this case: (i) (ii)

(a) 1 (b) 2 (c) 5 (d) 6
will be the one the faces of the cube and it lies Sol. (a) From the two figures it is clear that the numbers 2, 3, 5
and 6 cannot appear opposite 1. So, 4 appears opposite
opposite 3; 1. Therefore, when 4 is at the bottom, 1 will be on the
top.

ww
w.E
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-4) : Read the following informations and
answer the quesstions based on it.
8. How many cubes have three faces coloured ?
(a) 24
(c) 8
(b) 16
(d) 4

asy
I. The length, breadth and height of a rectangular piece
of wood are 4 cm , 3 cm and 5 cm respectively.
II. Opposite sides of 5 cm × 4 cm piece are coloured in
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 9 - 11) : Three adjacent faces of a cube are
coloured blue. The cube is then cut (once horizontally and once
vertically) to form four cuboids of equal size, each of these cuboids
red.

En
III. Opposite sides of 4 cm × 3 cm are coloured in blue.
IV. Rest sides of 5 cm × 3 cm are coloured on green in both
is coloured pink on all the uncoloured faces and is then cut (as
before) into four cuboids of equal size.
sides.
V. Now the piece of is cut in such a way that cubes of 1 gin
9. How many cuboids have two faces coloured pink ?
(a) 1 (b) 3 (c) 4
10. How many cuboids have three faces coloured pink?
(d) 6

1.
cm × 1 cm × 1 cm will be made.
How many cubes shall have all the three colurs ?
(a) 8 (b) 10
(a) 9
eer(b) 7 (c) 5
11. How many cuboids have three faces coloured blue?
(d) 3

2.
(c) 12 (d) 14
How many cubes shall not have any colour ?
(a) No any (b) 2
(a) 4 (b) 2

ing (c) 1
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 12 - 16) : Following questions are based on
(d) 0

the figures given below which represent different positions of

3.
(c) 4 (d) 6
How many cubes shall have only two colours red and green
the same dice.

.ne
t
on their two sides ? 2 1 5
(a) 8 (b) 12 3 4 2
(c) 16 (d) 20 cv 1 6 6
4. How many cubes shall have only one colour ?
(a) 12 (b) 16 (i) (ii) (iii)
(c) 22 (d) 28 12. Which number lies at the bottom face of the dice (i) ?
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 5 -8) : A cube is coloured red on all faces. It (a) 4 (b) 2
is cut into 64 smaller cubes of equal size. Now, answer the (c) 1 (d) 3
following questions based on this statement : 13. Which number lies at the bottom face of the dice (iii) ?
5. How many cubes have no face coloured ? (a) 1 (b) 2
(a) 24 (b) 16 (c) 6 (d) 4
(c) 8 (d) 0 14. Which number lies opposite 6 ?
6. How many cubes are there which have only one face (a) 2 (b) 5
coloured ? (c) 3 (d) 1
(a) 4 (b) 8 15. Which of the following combinations shows the numbers
(c) 16 (d) 24 at the adjacent surfaces of the number 4 ?
7. How many cubes have two red opposite faces ? (a) 3, 2 (b) 6, 2
(a) 0 (b) 8 (c) 2, 3 (d) 6, 3
(c) 16 (d) 24

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Cube & Dice A-121

16. Which of the following numbers does not appear on any

one of the adjacent surfaces of the number 3 ?
(a) 2 (b) 6
(c) 4 (d) 1
17. On the basis of two positions of dice, find what number will (A) (B) (C) (D)
be on the opposite face of number 5 ? (a) A only (b) B only
(c) A and C only (d) A, B, C and D
6 5 22. How many dots are their on the dice face opposite the one
4 3 with three dots ?
3 1

(i) (ii)
(a) 1 (b) 3
(c) 4 (d) 5
18. From the following positions of dice, find which number
will come in place of ‘?’.
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
4 5 1 (a) 2 (b) 4

ww 2
3
1
2
6
?
23.
(c) 5 (d) 6
Which number is on the face 4, if the four different positions
of a dice are as shown in the figures given below.

19.
(a) 4
(i)
(b) 5
w.E (ii)
(c) 2 (d) 3
Three positions of the same dice are given below. Observe
the figures carefully and find which number will come in
(iii)

4 2 1 2

place of ‘?’.
1 3 asy 4
6 5 5 1 5 6 4 3

6
3
5
4
2
?

En (i)
(a) 5
(ii)
(b) 3
(iii) (iv)

20.
(a) 1
(i)
(b) 6
(ii)
(c) 3 (d) 5
Select from the alternative, the box that can be formed by
(iii)

gin
24.
(c) 2 (d) 1
Six squares are coloured, front and back, red (R), blue (B),
yellow (Y), green (G), white (W) and orange (O) and are
folding the sheet shown in figure (X) :
eer
hinged together as shown in the figure given below. If they
are folded to form a cube, what would be the face opposite
the white face?
R
Y O ing
B
G

(a) R
W
(b) G .ne
(X)
25.
(c) B

given below:

K
(d) O
Three views of a cube following a particular motion are

H B
t
B K H
(A) (B) (C) (D) A M P
(a) A only (b) A and C only
(c) A , C and D only (d) A, B, C and D What is the letter opposite to A?
21. Select from the alternative, the box that can be formed by (a) H (b) P
folding the sheet shown in figure (X) : (c) B (d) M
F 26. A cube has six numbers marked 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 on its faces.
Three views of the cube are shown below:
A E
1 3 3
B
4 2 6
C D 6 1 5
(X)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-122 Cube & Dice

What possible numbers can exist on the two faces marked
3 2
A and B , respectively on the cube? 6 3
(c) 4 (d) 5
B
32. Select from alternative, the box that can be formed by folding
5 the sheet shown.
A

(a) 2 and 3 (b) 6 and 1

(c) 1 and 4 (d) 3 and 1
27. The four different position of dice are given below ×

=
6 6 5 1
3 2 2 4 6 4 4 2
+
(i) (ii) (iii) (iv)
–

ww
Which number is on the face opposite of 6?
(a) 1
(c) 3
(b) 2
(d) 4 ×

28.
w.E =
=
(a) + (b) =

(i)
Symbol at bottom of (iv)
(ii) (iii)
asy (iv)
(c) × (d) – ×

(a)
(c)
(b)
(d) En 2 5 1 6

E C D B gin
33. 4
5
1
2
5
6
5
4

29. A C D E C
B
C
A
(a) 4
(c) 2 eer
Which No. is opposite to 1?
(b) 6
(d) 3
Which letter will be opposite of letter D ?
(a) A
(c) E
(b) B
(d) F
34.
ing
Four views of a dice have been shown below, which of the
following symbols is on the face opposite to the face having
the symbol ÷ ?

30. =
× ?
.ne
Which symbol appear in place of ?
(a) ×
(c)
(b) =
(d)
(a) $
(c) =
(b) 0
(d)
t
31. Select from alternative, the box that can be formed by fold- 35. Choose the box that is similar to the box formed from the
ing the sheet shown. given sheet of paper (X).

3 2 5
1

4 1
(a) 3 (b) 6
2 2 (x)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Cube & Dice A-123

(1) (2)

(3) (4)

(a) 1 only (b) 2 and 3 only

(c) 1 and 3 only (d) 1, 2 and 4 only
36. A dice is numbered from 1 to 6 in different ways.
(X)
If 1 is adjacent to 2, 3 and 5, then which of the following
statements is necessarily true?
(a) 4 is adjacent to 6 (1) (2)
(b) 2 is adjacent to 5
(c) 1 is adjacent to 6
(d) 1 is adjacent to 4
37. The four different positions of a dice are given below: Find
the number on the face opposite the face showing 6? (3) (4)

ww (a) 1 and 2 only (b) 2 and 3 only

(a) 1
w.E (b) 2
40.
(c) 2 and 4 only (d) 1, 2, 3 and 4
Choose the cube that will be formed by folding the sheet of
paper shown in the problam figure.
Question figure :
38.
(b) 4 (d) 5

asy
Choose the box that is similar to the box formed from the
given sheet of paper (X).

En Answer figures :

(X) gin
(1) (2)
41.
(a)
eer
(b) (c) (d)
Two positions of a dice are shown below. If 1 is at the

(3) (4) ing

bottom, which number will be on top?

(a) 1 only
(c) 2 and 3 only
(b) 1, 2 and 3 only
(d) 1, 2, 3 and 4 only (a) 4 (b) 3 .ne
39. Choose the box that is similar to the box formed from the
given sheet of paper (X). 42.
(c) 8 (d) 5
t
Four positions of a dice are given below, Identify the number
at the bottom when top is 6.
Question figures
2 4 6 5
1 3 1 2 4 2 4 6
(a) 1 (b) 3
(c) 4 (d) 5

ANSWER KEY
1 (a) 6 (d) 11 (c) 16 (b) 21 (b) 26 (a) 31 (a) 36 (a) 41 (b)
2 (d) 7 (a) 12 (a) 17 (c) 22 (c) 27 (a) 32 (c) 37 (c) 42
3 (b) 8 (c) 13 (a) 18 (d) 23 (d) 28 (d) 33 (a) 38 (d)
4 (c) 9 (d) 14 (c) 19 (a) 24 (d) 29 (a) 34 (a) 39 (d)
5 (c) 10 (a) 15 (d) 20 (a) 25 (a) 30 (a) 35 (c) 40 (b)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-124 Cube & Dice

(1-4): Now, all uncoloured faces of each cuboid are coloured with
pink and then again cut each cuboid into four cuboids.
Red
Blue
Green

Blue

I
1. (a) Three surfaces coloured is constantly 8. Blue
2. (d) No. surfacecoloured = ( – 2) (b – 2) (h – 2) II
=3×1×2=6
3. (b) There are three cubes on each red-green interface

4.
ww
(barring comer cubes). So, 4 × 3 = 12 cubes.
(c) One surface coloured
= 2(1–2) (b – 2) + 2 (1 – 2) (h – 2) + 2 (b – 2) (h –2 )
= 2{3 × 1 + 3 × 2 + 1 × 2} = 22
III

Blue
IV

In set I and IV : 2 cuboids have 2 faces blue, 2 faces pink

5.
w.E
5-8. Since, there are 64 smaller cubes of equal size, therefore,
n = no. of divisions on the face of undivided cube = 4
(c) no. of cubes with no face coloured = (n – 2) 3
and 2 faces uncoloured each. 2 cuboids have 1 face blue, 3
faces pink and 2 faces uncoloured each.
In set II : 2 cuboids have 2 faces blue, 2 faces pink and 2
faces uncoloured each.
6.
asy
= (4 – 2)3 = 8
(d) no. of cubes with one face painted = (n – 2) 2 × 6
= (4 – 2)2 × 6 = 24
1 cuboid has 3 faces blue, 1 face pink and 2 faces uncoloured
each.
1 cuboid has 1 face blue, 3 faces pink and 2 faces uncoloured
7. (a) Number of cubes with two red opposite faces = 0
(none of the cubes can have its opposite faces
coloured) En each.
In set III : All the four cuboids have 1 face blue, 3 faces pink
8. (c) Number of cubes with three faces coloured
= 4(cubes at top corners) + 4(cubes at bottom corners)
=8 gin
9.
and 2 faces uncoloured each.
(d) There are 2 cuboids in set I, 2 cuboids in set II and 2
cuboids in set IV having 2 faces pink in each. Thus,
9-11. The adjoining figure shows the cube coloured and cut
into four cuboids as stated in the question.
10.
eer
there are 2 + 2 + 2 = 6 such cubes.
(a) There are 2 cuboids in set I, 1 cuboid in set II, 4 cuboids
in set III and 2 cuboids in set IV having 3 faces pink

ing
Blue (top) each. Thus, there are 9 such cuboids.
11. (c) There is only one cuboid having three faces blue. This
cuboid lies in set II.

I II
Blue (side) 12.

13. .ne
(a) Since 1, 3, 5 and 6 are adjacent to 2. Therefore, 4 lies
opposite 2 i.e. at the bottom face of dice (i).
(a) Since 2, 3, 6 and 4 are adjacent to 1. Therefore, 5 lies

III IV
14.

15. (d)
opposite 6. t
opposite 1. Hence, 1 lies at the bottom face of dice (iii).
(c) Since 1, 4, 2 and 5 are adjacent to 6. Therefore, 3 lies

Blue (front) 2
Four cuboids are obtained as shown below :
6 1 3
p)
p)

(to
(to

e 4
blu
ue

e)
sid
bl

(
ue

5
bl

blue blue
(front) (front)
Hence, 1, 5, 3 and 6 are adjacent to 4.
I II 16. (b) From the figure in previous solution, 6 is not adjacent
to 3.
17. (c) Common number i.e. 3 to both the dice is placed on the
central position of the figure. Now place the numbers
e)

in the anticlock wise direction in block I, II, III and IV

( sid

respectively.Remaining number i.e. 2 will come in the

ue
bl

blue blue
(front) (front) block V. Hence number 4 is opposite to number 5.

III IV
Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net
 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Cube & Dice A-125

II The numbers adjacent to ‘1’ are ‘2’ and ‘3’ in fig. (2).
6 From these two statements, we can’t deduce that the
number opposite to ‘1’ is ‘5’.
III 5 3 4 I Possible value of (A) and (B) can be 2 and 3.
27. (a) 2, 3, 4, 5, appear adjacent to 6.
1 IV 29. (a) It is clear that letter F will be opposite to C and A will be
opposite to letter D.
2 V 30. (a) From Figure
18. (d)
4 =

5 2 3

1 ×
32. (c) is opposite to =
6 × will opposite to +
Hence, the numbers that are adjacent to 1 are 5, 2, will opposite to –
6 and 3. hence (a) (b) (d) are not identical.

19. ww
(a)
3 will come in place of ‘?’.
6
33.
34.
(a) It is clear from figure that when 1 appear 4 is not there.
(a) ÷ + O$
All other symbols are adjacent to . Therefore, $ symbol
5 3

4
w.E 1 35.
is opposite to it.
(c) The fig. (X) is similar to form V. So, when the sheet
shown in fig. (X) is folded to form a cube, then the face

2
asy with shading lies opposite to the free bearing a square,
the face bearing a dot lies opposite to a blank face and
the face bearing a circle (with a '+' sign inside it) lies
opposite to another blank face. The cubes in figures (2)

20. (a)
come in place of ‘?’.
When the sheet shown in fig. (X) is folded to from aEn
Since 2, 3, 5 and 1 are adjacent to 4. Therefore, 1 will
and (4) have the shaded face adjacent to the face bear-
ing a square. Therefore, the cubes in these two figures
cube, then the face bearing the dot lies opposite to the
shaded face, the face bearing a circle (With ‘+’ sign
inside it) lies opposite to a blank face and the remain- gin
36.
cannot be formed. Hence, only cubes in figures (1) and
(3) can be formed.
(a) If 1 is adjacent to 2, 3 and 5, then either 4 or 6 lies
ing two blank faces lie opposite to each other. Clearly,
the cubes shown in figures (B) and (D) cannot be
formed since they have the shaded face adjacent to 37. eer
opposite to 1. So, the numbers 4 and 6 cannot lie oppo-
site to each other. Hence, 4 necessarily lies adjacent to 6.
(c) From figures (i), (ii) and (iii), we conclude that 3, 4, 2 and
the face bearing a dot and the cube shown in fig. (C)
cannot be formed since it shown all the three blank
face adjacent to each other. Hence, only the cube ing
6 lie adjacent to 5. Therefore, 1 must lie opposite 5.
From figures (i), (iii) and (iv), we conclude that 4, 5, 6
and 1 lie adjacent to 3. Therefore, 2 must lie opposite 3.

21. (b)
shown in fig.(A) can be formed.
When the sheet in fig. (X) is folded to form a cube ,
38.
must lie opposite 6.
.ne
Now, we have 1 opposite 5 and 2 opposite 3. Hence, 4

(d) The fig. (X) is similar to the Form V. So, when the sheet
then ‘F’ appears opposite ‘C’ and ‘A’ appears oppo-
site ‘D’. Therefore, the cube in fig. (A) which shows
‘F’ adjacent to ‘B’, the cube in fig.(C) which shows ‘E’
adjacent to ‘C’ and the cube in fig. (D) which shows
‘A’ adjacent to ‘D’ cannot be formed.
t
in fig. (X) is folded to form a cube, then the face bearning
a dot appears opposite to a blank face, the face bear-
ing a '+' sign appears opposite to another blank face
and the face bearing a circle appears opposite to the
third blank face. Clearly, all the four cubes shown in
22. (c) From figure (i) (ii) and (iv), we conclude that 6, 4, 1 and figures (1), (2), (3) and (4) can be formed.
2 dots appear adjacent to 3 dots. Clearly, there will be 39. (d) The fig. (X) is similar to the Form II. So, when a cube is
5 dots on the face opposite the face with 3 dots. formed by folding the sheet shown in fig. (X), then the
23. (d) From figures (i) and (iv) we conclude that 6, 5, 2 and 3 two half-shaded faces lie opposite to each other and
lie adjacent to 4. It follows that lies opposite 4. one of the three blank faces appears opposite to the
24. (d) G–O 1 R face bearing a dot. Clearly, each one of the four cubes
R–W G B shown in figures (1), (2), (3) and (4) can be formed by
W Y 2
B– Y O 3 folding the sheet shown in fig. (X).
25. (a) B & K can’t opposite to A 41. (b) By looking, the dice position, we can say that 2, 4, 5
M & K can’t opposite to H and 6 are adjacent faces of 3. therefore, if 1 number is
B & P can’t opposite to H at the bottom then 3 will be on the top.
From above statements 42. (a) Number opposite to 4 will be 1, 2 , 3, 5, 6
H can’t be opposite to B, K, M, P opposite to (4) will be 3
Thus H will in opposite of A. 6 1, 2,3, 4, 5
26. (a) By soing options. Now, if 4 is opposite to 3 then
The numbers adjacent to ‘1’ are ‘4’ and ‘6’ in fig. (1). 1 will be opposite to 6.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-126 Completion of Figure

CHAPTER
COMPLETION OF 18
FIGURE
In this section, an incomplete figure is given, in which some
part is missing. We have to choose the segment, given in
choices, that exactly fits into the blank portion of figure so that (c) (d)
the main figure is completed.
Note : If you observe carefully, you notice that the missing Sol.
portion may be the mirror image of any one of the quarters. (c) Here, if you see carefully, you observe that the missing
1. portion will be the mirror image of quarter I or III. Hence,

ww
EXAMPLE
Select from alternatives the figure (X) that exactly fits in option (c) completes the given figure.
the main figure to complete its original pattern.

w.E?
(X)
asy
En EXAMPLE 3.
Select from alternatives the figure (X) that exactly fits in
(a) (b)

gin
the main figure to complete its original pattern.

(c) (d)
eer ?

ing
Sol.
(b) In this question, half shaded leaf is moved clockwise. So,
option (b) is right one.

(X)
.ne
EXAMPLE 2.
(a) (b) t
Select from alternatives the figure (X) that exactly fits in
the main figure to complete its original pattern. (c) (d)

Sol.
? (d) Here, missing portion will be the mirror image of quarter
I.

(X)

(a) (b)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Completion of Figure A-127

EXAMPLE 4. EXAMPLE 5.
Select from alternatives the figure (X) that exactly fits in Select from alternatives the figure (X) that exactly fits in
the main figure to complete its original pattern. the main figure to complete its original pattern.

?
(X) (X)

(a) (b) (a) (b)

Sol. ww
(c) (d)

(d) Only option (d) is right one. (It is the mirror image of each
(c) (d)

quarter).
w.E Sol.
(a)

asy
En
gin
eer
DIRECTIONS : In each of the following questions, a part of the
figure is missing. Find out from the given options (a, b, c and d)
the right figure to fit in the missing place. (a) ing
(b)

1.

?
.ne
(c) (d)
t
3.

(a) (b)

(c) (d)

2. (a) (b)

(c) (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-128 Completion of Figure

4.

?
8.

(a) (b)
(a) (b)

(c) (d)
(c) (d)
5.
9.

ww ?

w.E
(a) (b)

asy (a) (b) (c) (d)

(c) (d)
En 10.

6.
gin
? eer
(a) ing
(b)
(a) (b)
.ne
7.
(c) (d)
11.
(c) (d)
t
?

(a) (b) (a) (b)

(c) (d)
(c) (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Completion of Figure A-129

12.
(a) (b)

? (c) (d)

16.

(a) (b)

(c) (d)
(a) (b)

13.
ww (c) (d)

w.E 17.

asy
(a) (b)
En
gin
18.
(a) (b) (c) (d)

(c) (d)
eer
14.
ing
(a) (b) .ne
(c) (d)
t
(a) (b) 19.

(c) (d)

15.
(a) (b)

(c) (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-130 Completion of Figure

20. 24.
?

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b)

21.

(c) (d)

25.

ww
(a)

w.E (b)

(c) (d)
asy (a) (b)

22.
En
gin (c) (d)

26. eer
(a) (b)
?
ing
(a) (b) .ne
23.
(c) (d)

(c) (d) t
27.
?

(a) (b)
(a) (b)

(c) (d)
(c) (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Completion of Figure A-131

28. 31.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b)
32.

(c) (d)

29.

ww 33.
(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a)
w.E
(b) (c) (d)

30.
asy
En (a) (b) (c) (d)

?
gin
(a) (b) eer
ing
(c) (d)
.ne
t

ANSWER KEY
1 (a) 5 (c) 9 (d) 13 (b) 17 (d) 21 (a) 25 (c) 29 (d) 33 (b)
2 (a) 6 (c) 10 (d) 14 (d) 18 (b) 22 (c) 26 (c) 30 (c)
3 (a) 7 (d) 11 (c) 15 (b) 19 (d) 23 (a) 27 (d) 31 (c)
4 (a) 8 (c) 12 (a) 16 (c) 20 (c) 24 (a) 28 (c) 32 (b)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-132 Completion of Figure

1. (a) 8. (c)

2. (a) 9 (d)

ww
3. (a)
w.E 10. (d)

asy
En
4. (a) 11.

gin
(c)

eer
12. (a) ing
5. (c)

.ne
t
13. (b)
6. (c)

14. (d)
7. (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Completion of Figure A-133

15. (b) 24. (a)

16. (c) 25. (c)

18. (b) 26. (c)

ww
19. (d) w.E 27. (d)

asy
En
21. (a)
gin
28. (c)

eer
22. (c) ing
29. (d)

.ne
30. (c)
t
23. (a)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-134 Figure Formation & Analysis

CHAPTER
FIGURE FORMATION
& ANALYSIS 19
In this topic, a question is one of the following types : Sol. (c) Since we have to construct a square, therefore, first
I. Formation of triangles/square/rectangle etc. either by joining select a piece which contains a right angle between two
of three figures after choosing them from the given five adjacent edges. Then try to fit another piece in its hollow
figures or by joining any other pieces after selecting them spaces. If it doesn’t fit then select another piece. Repeat
from given alternatives. this procedure with different pieces. Similarly find the third
II. Making up a figure from given components. piece to get a completed square.
III. Making up a three dimensional figure by paper folding.

V.
ww
IV. Rearrangement of the parts of given figure.
Fragmentation of key figure into simple pieces.
A
C
E

w.E
TYPE-I : Formation of triangles/square/rectangle etc. either by
joining of three figures after choosing them from the given five
figures or by joining any other pieces after selecting them from
given alternatives.
TYPE-II : Making up a figure from given components

EXAMPLE 3.

EXAMPLE 1.
asy
A set of five figures (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E) are followed by
Find out which of the alternatives (a), (b), (c) and (d) can be
formed from the pieces given in box ‘X’.

four combinations as the alternatives. Select the alternative

which represents the combination of figures which if fitted
En
together, will form a complete triangle.

gin (X)

eer
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (a) (b)
ing
(c) (d)

Sol.
(a) BCD
(c) CDE
(b) ABD
(d) ABE
Sol. (b)
.ne
(d) If figures A, B and E are fitted together, the resultant

figure will be a triangle. B

EXAMPLE 4. t
Find out which of the alternatives (a), (b), (c) and (d) can be
formed from the pieces given in box ‘X’.
A E
EXAMPLE 2.
A set of five figures (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E) are followed
by four combination as the alternatives. Select the
alternative which represents the combination of figures (X)
which if fitted together, will form a complete square.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
(a) ABC (b) ACD
Sol. (b)
(c) ACE (d) CDE

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Figure Formation & Analysis A-135

TYPE-III : Making up a three dimensional figure by paper folding.

In this type, we have to analyze when a paper folded along the
lines, how a three dimensional figure look like. Sometimes, a key
figure is given which is made by folding one of the four figures (a) (b) (c) (d)
given in alternatives. We have to determine which figure can be Sol. (a)
used to create the key figure. TYPE-V : Fragmentation of key figure into simple pieces.
This type is opposite to TYPE-II. In this type, a key figure is
EXAMPLE 5.
given and every alternatives has different pieces. We have to
A figure ‘X’ is given. You have to choose the correct figure, select the set of pieces that can make the given key figure.
given in the alternatives, when folded along the lines, will
EXAMPLE 7.
produce the given figure ‘X’.
Find out which of the alternatives will exactly make up the
key figure (X)

(X)
(X)

ww
(a) w.E
(b) (c) (d) Sol. (a)
(a) (b) (c) (d)

Sol. (a)
asy
TYPE-IV : Rearrangement of the parts of given figure.
EXAMPLE 8.
In the following question a key figure is given. Each
alternatives contains various pieces. Find out which of

En
In this type of questions, a key figure is given. We have to identify
the figure from alternatives that is a rearrangement of parts of key
the alternatives will exactly made up the key figure.

figure.

6.
gin (X)
EXAMPLE
Which figure is the rearrangement of the parts of the given
figure. eer
(a) (b)
ing (c) (d)

(X)
Sol. (a)
.ne
t
TYPE-I. 2.
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1 to 3) : In each of following questions select
that combination of parts (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E) which if
fitted together will form an equilateral triangle. (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
(a) ABC (b) ACE
1. (c) BCD (d) BDE

3.
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
(a) ABC (b) BCD
(a) ABE (b) BCE
(c) ABD (d) ABE
(c) ADE (d) BDE

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-136 Figure Formation & Analysis

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 4 to 8) : In each of following questions, select 10.
that combination of parts (A), (B), (C), (D) and (E) which if
fitted together will form a square.

4.

(X)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
(a) ABD (b) BCE
(c) ACD (d) BDE

5. (a) (b) (c) (d)

11. In this question a key figure (X) is given followed by five
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) alternative figures. You will have to select one figure from
the alternatives which fits exactly into key figure (X) to
(a) ACD (b) ABD form a rectangle.

6. ww
(c) BCD (d) CDE

(A)
(a) ABC
(B) w.E (C) (D)
(b) BCD
(E)
(X)

7.
(c) ACD (d) CDE
asy (a) (b) (c) (d)

En 12. In this question, a key figure is given followed by four

alternative figures. You will have to select one figure from
(A)
(a) ABD
(B) (C) (D)
(b) BCD
(E)
gin the alternatives which fits exactly into key figure (X) to
form a complete circle.

eer
(c) BDE (d) ADE

8.

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) ing (X)

(a) ABC
(c) BDE
(b) BCE
(d) ADE .ne
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 9 to 10): a key figure (X) is given followed by
four alternative figures. You will have to select one figure from
the alternatives which fits exactly into key figure (X) to form a
perfect square.
(a) (b) (c)

TYPE-II
(d)
t
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 13 to 16) : In each of following questions
9. find out which of the figures (a), (b), (c) and (d) can be formed
from the pieces given in (X).
13

(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)

(X)
14.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)
(X)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Figure Formation & Analysis A-137

15.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(X)

16.
(a) (b)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(X)

17.
(c) (d)

ww (X)
(X)
(1)
(a)
(2)
(b)
(3)
(c)
(4)
(d)
TYPE IV
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 22 to 24) : Which figure is the rearrangement

18.
w.E of the parts of key figure X.

(X) (1)
(a) (b) asy (3)
(c)
(4)
(d)
22.
(X)

TYPE-III
En
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 19 & 20) : In the following questions how does
the figure look when folded into a cube along the marked line? gin
19. (a)
eer (b)

(1) (2) (3) (4) ing

(X)
23.
(c) (d)
.ne
20.
(a) 1 and 3
(c) 2 and 3
(b) 3 and 4
(d) 2 and 4
t
(1)
(X)
(2) (3) (4)
(X)

(a) 1, 3 and 4 (b) 2, 3 and 4

(c) 1, 2 and 3 (d) 1, 2 and 4
21. In this question, which of the following figures (a), (b), (c),
(d) when folded along the lines, will produce the given figure
(a) (b)
‘X’.

(X)
(c) (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-138 Figure Formation & Analysis

24. 28.

(X)
(X)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

29.
(a) (b) (d)
(c)

TYPE V
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 25 - 34) : In each of the following questons (X)

ww
select the option that can make up the key figure (X)
25.

(X)
w.E (a) (b) (c) (d)

asy 30.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

En (X)
26.

gin
(X)
eer
31.
(a) (b)
ing (c) (d)

27.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
.ne
(X) t
(X)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

32.

(a) (b)
(X)

(c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Figure Formation & Analysis A-139

34. Find out which answer figure will exactly make up the
33. question figure.
Question figure :

(X)

Answer figures :

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)

1ww (b) 5 (a) 9 (c) 13

ANSWER KEY
(b) 17 (c) 21 (a) 25 (c) 29 (a) 33 (a)
2
3
4
(d)
(c)
(b)
6
7
8 w.E (d)
(b)
(c)
10
11
12
(b)
(c)
(b)
14
15
16
(c)
(c)
(a)
18
19
20
(c)
(b)
(a)
22
23
24
(c)
(a)
(d)
26
27
28
(d)
(c)
(a)
30
31
32
(d)
(d)
(d)
34 (c)

asy
En
gin
1. (b)
B
2. (d) E
17.

18. eer
(c) All of the components of figure (X) are present in the
figure (c)
(c) All of the components of figure (X) are present in the
C
D
B D

28. (a)
figure (c)
ing 29. (a)

3. (c) E
D

A
4. (b)
C
E
B
.ne
5. (a)
D

A 6. (d)
C D
30. (d) 31. (d) t
C E

B B
7. (b) 8. (c) D
C D E 32. (d) 33. (a)

11. (c) 12. (b)

34. (c)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-140 Paper Cutting & Folding

CHAPTER
PAPER CUTTING
& FOLDING 20
In this section, a sheet of paper is folded in given manner and
cuts are made on it. A cut may be of verying designs. We have
to analyze how this sheet of paper will look when paper is Sol. (b) Unfolded Step I
unfolded.
Note that when a cut is made on folded paper, the designs of
the cut will appear on each fold.
In each of following examples, figures A and B show a sequence

ww
Step II
of folding a square sheet. Figure C shows the manner in which
folded paper has been cut. You have to select the appropriate Since a quarter circle is made on folded paper.
figure from alternatives which would appear when sheet is opened. Therefore, when the paper is opened, a complete
EXAMPLE 1.
w.E EXAMPLE
circle will appear on paper.
3.

(A) (B) (C ) asy

En (A) (B) (C)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

gin
Sol. (a) Step I-When sheet C is unfolded once, it will appear as
follows
(a)
eer (b) (c) (d)

ing
Sol. (d) Here, a circular cut is made on the quarter circle. Hence,
this sheet, when completely unfolded, will contain small
circle on each quarter and will appear as option (d).

Step II - EXAMPLE 4.
.ne
EXAMPLE
Clearly, the circle will appear in each of the triangular
quarters of the paper.
2.
(A) (B) (C)
t
(A) (B) (C)
(a) (b) (c) (d)

Sol. (a) When sheet (c) is unfolded once, it will appear as shown
below :
(a) (b)

This sheet, when completely unfolded will appear as

option (a).
(c) (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Paper Cutting & Folding A-141

EXAMPLE 5. Sol. (d) We unfold the paper step by step as follows

Step I

Step II
(A) (B) (C)
Step III

So, option (d) is right one.

(a) (b) (c) (d) EXAMPLE 7.

Sol. (a) When sheet C is unfolded once, it will appear as shown

below

ww This sheet, when completely unfolded will appear as

(A) (B) (C)

EXAMPLE
option (a).
6.
w.E (a) (b) (c) (d)

P (A)
asy(C)
Solution :
(d) We unfold the paper step by step as follows:

En
(B)

gin
Step I

(a) (b)

Step II eer
(c) (d)

ing
.ne
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1 to 3) : If a square sheet of paper is folded
two times from the centre and cuts are made as shown in the
problem figure how will it appear when it is opened ? Select
the appropriate figure from the answer choices marked (a),
2.
t
(b), (c) and (d). (X)

1.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

3.
(X)

(X)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-142 Paper Cutting & Folding

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 4 to 24) : In each of the following questions
9.
a set of three figures A, B and C showing a sequence of folding
of a piece of paper. Fig. (C) shows the manner in which the
folded paper has been cut. These three figures are followed by
four answer figures from which you have to choose a figure (A) (B) (C)
which would most closely resemble the unfolded form of fig.
(C).
4.
(a) (b) (c) (d)

10.
(A) (B) (C)

(A) (B) (C)

5.
ww
(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(A)
w.E
(B) (C)
11.

asy (A) (B) (C)

(a) (b) (c) (d) En

6. gin
12.
(a) (b) (c) (d)

eer
(A) (B) (C)

ing
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(a) (b) (c)
.ne
(d)

7.
13.

(A) (B) (C)

t
(A) (B) (C)

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)

8. 14.

(A) (B) (C)

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Paper Cutting & Folding A-143

15. 21.

(A) (B) (C)

(A) (B) (C)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d) 22.
16. B

(A) (B) (C) (P) (X) (Y) (Z)

B B B B B
B B B

B B B B
(a) (b)

ww
B
B
B B
(a) (b) (c) (d)
17.

(P) (A) w.E (B) (C)

23.
(c) (d)

asy
En
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(X) (Y) (Z)
18.

(A)
gin (a) (b)

eer
(B) (C)

(a) (b) (c) (d) (c) ing

(d)
19.
24. .ne
(A) (B) (C)

(a)
X Y

(b)
Z t
(a) (b) (c) (d)
20. (c) (d)
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 25 to 34) : In the following questions, a
square sheet of paper is folded along the dotted lines and
then cuts are made on it. How would the sheet look when
(A) (B) (C) opened? Select the correct figure from the given choices.
25.

(a) (b)

(c) (d)
(a) (b) (c) (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-144 Paper Cutting & Folding

31. A piece of paper is folded and punched as shown below in
26. the question figures. From the given answer figures, indicate
how it will appear when opened.
Question Figures :

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Answer Figures :

27.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

32. Question figure

ww(a) (b) (c) (d)

28.
w.E Answer figures

asy (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) En 33. A piece of paper is folded and cut as shown below in the
question figures. From the given answer figures, indicate

gin
(b) (c) (d)
how it will appear when opened.
Question figures :
29.
(cut)

eer
Answer figures :
ing
(a) ( b) (c ) (d) .ne
30. A square paper is folded in a particular manner and a
punch is made. When unfolded, the paper appears as
given below :
34.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
A piece of paper is folded and cut as shown below in the
question figures. From the given answer figures, indicate
how it will appear when opened.
t
Question figures

Choose the manner in which the paper is folded and

punch is made. Answer figures

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Paper Cutting & Folding A-145

ANSWER KEY
1 (b) 5 (c) 9 (c) 13 (b) 17 (a) 21 (d) 25 (c) 29 (a) 33 (c)
2 (b) 6 (b) 10 (d) 14 (d) 18 (d) 22 (d) 26 (d) 30 (a) 34 (b)
3 (a) 7 (a) 11 (c) 15 (c) 19 (b) 23 (d) 27 (d) 31 (c)
4 (b) 8 (c) 12 (b) 16 (d) 20 (c) 24 (b) 28 (c) 32 (d)

1. (b) We unfold the paper step by step as follows 5. (c) Unfolded step I

2.

ww
(b) Unfolded

step II
Step I -
w.E Step -II

4. (b) Unfolded step I - asy

step II -
31. (c)

En
step III -
gin
32. (d)

(a) (b) (c)

eer (d)

ing
.ne
t

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-146 Visual Reasoning

CHAPTER

VISUAL REASONING 21
VISUALIZATION Counting of figures problem
Visual intelligence measures the ability to process visual material
and to employ both physical and mental images in thinking. As a EXAMPLE 2.
result people with a high visualization find it easier to comprehend How many triangles are there in the given diagram?
information and communicate it to others. Your visualization skills
determine how well you perceive visual patterns and extract
information for further use. Visualization also facilitates the ability

ww
to form associations between pieces of information something
which helps improve long term memory.
Odd-man out type problem

w.E
(a) 18 (b) 17 (c) 16 (d) 15
EXAMPLE 1. Sol. (b) B C
Choose the figure which is different from the others.

asy A
G
H
D

(a) (b) (c) (d) En F E

Sol. (d) The figures form a series. The complete figure rotates
90º CW in each step. Fig. (d) does not fit in the series
gin The triangles are:
ABF: AGB : AGF : BFC;

eer
as it is the same as fig. (b). BCE : CEF : BFE : HBC;
Hence fig. (d) is the answer. HCE : HEF : HBF : BGH;
FGH : HCD : HDE : AFH;
ABH ;

ing
.ne
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-3) : Choose the figure which is different
from the others.
4. Group the following figures into three classes on the basic
of identical properties. t
1.
1 2 3
(a) (b) (c) (d)

4 5 6
2.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

7 8 9

3. (a) 1, 3, 9 ; 2, 5, 8 ; 4, 6, 7
(b) 4, 8, 9 ; 1, 2, 5 ; 3, 6, 7
(c) 2, 5, 9 ; 1, 3, 8 ; 2, 6, 7
(a) (b) (c) (d) (d) 1, 8, 9 ; 4, 6, 7 ; 2, 3, 5

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Visual Reasoning A-147

5. How many triangles are there in the following figure? 11. How many cubes are there in the following figure?

(a) 6 (b ) 10
(a) 29 (b) 27 (c) 12 (d) 8
(c) 23 (d) 30 12. What is the number of squares in figure?
6. How many triangles are there in the given figure?
A B

ww
(a) 16
C D
(b) 14 (a) 12 (b) 13

7.
(c) 8

w.E (d) 12
How many triangles are there in the given figure?
(c) 15 (d) 17
13. What is the number of triangles in figure?

asy
En
(a) 29
(c) 40
(b) 38
(d) 35 gin
8. How many squares are there in a given figure? (a)
(c)
16
32
eer (b) 28
(d) 38

14.
ing
.ne
9.
(a) 12
(c) 10
(b) 13
(d) 11
How many triangles are there in the figure ABCDEF?
t
A B

F C
How many triangles are there ?
E D
(a) 20 (b) 21
(a) 24 (b) 26 (c) 26 (d) 28
(c) 28 (d) 30
15. How many Rectangles are there in the given figure?
10. How many parallelograms are there in the figure ?

(a) 14 (b) 15
(a) 13 (b) 14
(c) 16 (d) 18
(c) 15 (d) 17

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-148 Visual Reasoning

16. How many Semicircles are there in the given figure? 20. What is the number of triangles in figure ?

2 3 4 5 6
7 8
9 13
10 12
(a) 16 (b) 14 11
(c) 12 (d) 10 14 15 16
17. Count the number of squares in the given figure.
(a) 32 (b) 39
(c) 46 (d) 60
21. How many triangles are there in the given figure?

ww
18.
(a) 22
(c) 18
w.E (b) 20
(d) 14
How many circles are there in the adjoining figure. (a) 10 (b) 12

asy 22.
(c) 14 (d) 11
How many triangles are there in the give figure ?

En
gin
(a) 11
(c) 13
(b) 12
(d) 14
23.
(a) 48
(c) 56
eer (b) 60
(d) 52
Find out the number of triangles in the given figure.
19. What is the number of triangles in figure ?

ing
.ne
(a) 32 (b) 36 (a) 13 (b) 15
t
(c) 40 (d) 56
(c) 16 (d) 17

ANSWER KEY
1 (a) 5 (b) 9 (c) 13 (d) 17 (c) 21 (c)

2 (b) 6 (a) 10 (c) 14 (d) 18 (c) 22 (c)

3 (c) 7 (c) 11 (b 15 (a) 19 (d) 23 (c)

4 (d) 8 (a) 12 (d) 16 (c) 20 (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Visual Reasoning A-149

1. (a) All other figures can be rotated into each other. (In 7. (c) A B C
each figure except fig. (a) the middle element is obtained
by rotating the outer element through 90ºCW and the
inner element is obtained by rotating the middle element Q
P D
through 90ºCW) .
R S
2. (b) Each one of the figures except fig. (b), contains – one
complete square, one cup-shaped element having side,
O N M G F E
one ‘L’-shaped element having two sides and one
T
straight line. L H
3. (c) In all other figures, the square has two line segments
inside and one line segment outside.

ww
K I
4. (d) 1, 8, 9 are figures bisected by a straight line. J
4, 6, 7 are figures having an extended arm.
The simplest triangles are:
2, 3, 5 are figures intersected by a line. PNO; PNM; MPQ;

w.E
Thus the given figure containing nine figures may be
divided into three pairs : (1, 8, 9), (4, 6, 7) and (2, 3, 5).
Hence the answer is (d).
MQR; AQP; AQR;
BRA; BRC; SRC;
SCD; SGR; SGD;
5. (b) A
asy DFG; DFE; TLM;
TJK; TLK; TIH;
The triangles composed of two components are:
D

G
E

En PON; PMA; APR;

RAM; RAC; RGC;

I
F

J K
H

L gin DGC; DGE; MPR;

GRD; DGE; TMK;
TKI; TIG

B M O C eer
The triangles composed of four components are:
AMO; AMC; CAG;

ing
N
CGE; MKI; GIK;
The triangles are: Other triangles are : SPI; DQK
ABC; ADE; AFH; AIL; Total number of triangles
DFG; DIK; DBO; GDE;
EGH; EJL; EMC; FIJ; 8. (a)
18 + 14 + 6 + 2 = 40
.ne
t
A B
FBN; JFG; GJK; KGH;
HKL; HNC; NFH; GMO;
IBM; MIJ; JMN; NJK; H P I
KNO; OKL; LOC;
L Q M
6. (a) A E B E T U V W
D C
I
H F O R N
K S J

C G D
F G
The triangles are:
AIH; AIE; EIB; BFI; Squares are:
IHC; IGC; IGD; DFI; ABCD, DEFG, HIJK, LMNO,
IAB; IBD; ICD; IAC; HPDT, TDSK, PIWD, DWJS,
LQDU, UDRO, QMVD, DVNR.
BAC; ACD; BDC; BDA;

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-150 Visual Reasoning

9. (c) FDE, ACD, ABD,
A B
G FBD, ABC, BCD,
I J D, BLD, BJD,
F C
JCD, JKD, LDJ, LCD,
H LKD, HDC, KDC, EDC,
E D
HKC, EKC, AEC, EHC,
The triangles are: AEH, AGH, AIH, AGI.
FAE; FAI; FIE; CBD; AFB, AGF, FBG.
CBJ; CJD; AIJ; BJI; Total 28 triangles.
BJA; AIB; IED; JDE; 15. (a) The rectangles are —
JDI; IEJ; GAB; GAI; ABKJ, BCDK, JLPI, LMNP,
MDEN, IOGH, OEFG, ACDJ,
GJI; GJB; HJI; HDE;
JMNI, LDEP, JDEI, IERH, ACFH
HEI; HJD; AJF; EFJ;
BCI; CDI; IBD; JEA; H
G
F
10. (c) We can label the figure as shown.
I P N
A B C D E

ww E
F G
H
J
W
O

K M
D

w.E I J K
The simplest parallelogram are ABFE, BCGF, CDHG,
L
16.
A
B

(c) According to the figure there are 12 semicircles.

C

EFJI, FGKJ and GHLK. These are 6 in number.

The parallelograms composed of two components
each, are ACGE, BDHF, EGKI, FHLJ, ABJI, BCKJ and
asy
CDLK. Thus, there are 7 such parallelograms. The
parallelogram composed of four components each are En 12 11
10 9
ACKI and BDLJ i.e. 2 in number. There is only one
parallelogram composed of six components, namely,
ADLI. Thus, there are 6 + 7 + 2 + 1 = 16 parallelograms gin 1
2
35
64
7
8

11.
in the figure.
(b) There are 10 cubes.
17.
eer
(c) The figure may be labelled as shown.
12. (d) We have three squares with vertical and horizontal
sides. Each such square has 12 + 22 = 5 squares in it.
Thus there are 15 such squares. V
E
W

ing
O
B
P
X

F
Y
In addition, we have two obliquely placed squares.
Hence total no. of squares = 17
N
U
A
I

M C
Q
R
J

.ne
13. (d) Each small square is bisected by its diagonals to give
4 triangles of half the size of the square and 4 triangles
of 1/4th the size of the square.
Thus there are 8 × 4 = 32 triangles in the four squares.
C1 H
L
D
T S
B1
K
G Z

A1
t
Then there are six triangles as shown in the adjoining The squares composed of two components each are
figure. Total no. of triangles = 32 + 6 = 38 BJMI, CKMJ, DLMK and AIML i.e. 4 in number.
The squares composed of three components each are
EBMA, BFCM, MCGD and AMDH i.e. 4 in number.
14. (d) F A E
The squares composed of four components each are
VWBA, XYCB, ZA1DC and B1C1AD i.e. 4 in number.
G The squares composed of seven components each
I H are NOJL, PQKI, RSLJ and TUIK i.e. 4 in number.
L There is only one square i.e. ABCD composed of eight
B J K C components.
There is only one square i.e. EFGH composed of twelve
components.
Total number of squares in the figure
= 4 + 4 + 4 + 4 + 1 + 1 = 18.
D 18. (c) The figure may be labelled as shown.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Visual Reasoning A-151

triangle 1, 15, 16.

8 9 In the triangle with vertices 1, 6, 14 there are 3 triangles
3 and the pattern is repeated for the triangle with vertices
2 4
13 1 10 1, 2, 16.
7 5 In the parallelogram, there are 4 triangles each half the
6 size, 4 triangles of quarter size and 6 triangles each
12 11 made up of two small triangles.
There are 13 circles in the given figure. This is clear Finally, there two triangles with vertices 1, 10, 12 and 1,
from the adjoining figure in which the centres of all the 14, 16 respectively
circles in the given figure have been numbered from Hence total no. of triangles.
1 to 13. = 10 + 2 (6 + 8) + 2 × 3 + (4 + 4 + 6) + 2 = 60
19. (d) With vertex no. 1 we have four triangles on one side of
the diagonal and four triangles on the other side. 21. (c) E
C
1 2 D F G
O
5 6

ww 9 A H B

w.E
8 7 There 14 triangles in the given figure. These are
AHO, ACB, BHO, BAD, ABE, ABD, BAF, ABG, AOF,
AFD, BOG, BGC, ADO and BOC.
4
Thus from four vertices. We have in all 4 × 8 = 32
triangles. asy 3
22. (c) A E
I
D
K
F B

Next consider square (5 – 6 – 7 – 8).

There are four triangles from each vertex.
Thus we have another 4 × 4 = 16 triangles. En G J H

Lastly, we have oblique triangles with vertex 9 such as

(9 – 6 – 7), (9 – 2 – 3) and so on.
There are 8 such triangles.
gin
Hence, total no. of triangles = 32 + 16 + 8 = 56
1 eer
ABC, ADC, DBC, AEG, BFH
C

ing
(5) (6) (7) (8)
(1) EIG, EID, IGJ, IDJ,
DKJ, DFK, KJH, KFH

.ne
(2) EDG, DJG, EGJ, DJG
(3)
DFJ, FHJ, DHJ, DFH
ADG, DGH, DBH, JEF

20.
(4)

(d) Within the triangle with vertices 1, 2, 6, there are

3
23. (c)
GJC, HJC, GHC = 28 Triangles
28 × 2 = 56 Triangles.
A
t
4 + 3 + 2 + 1 = 10 triangles. In the triangle with vertices
B C
1, 2, 14 there are 6 triangles.
In the triangle with vertices 1, 14, 15 there are 8 E
triangles. D F
1

M N

3 4 5 6 L
2 G H I J K
7 8
ABC, BDE, BCE, CEF, ADF,
9 13 DGH, DEH, MHI, EMN, NKJ,
10 12
11 FKE, EHK, AGL, FKL, CHL, BGK
14 15 16 Number of triangles = 16
This pattern is repeated for triangle 1, 6, 16 and for

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-152 Mirror and Water Images

CHAPTER
MIRROR AND
WATER IMAGES 22
Mirror Images I. Mirror Images of Capital Letters
In this category questions are based on the criteria that a few
figures are given and you have to find out which one is the exact A N
image of the given figure in a mirror placed in front of it. This B O
image formation is based on the principle of ‘lateral inversion’
C P
which implies that size of the image is equal to the size of the
object but both sides are interchanged. The left portion of the D Q

ww
object is seen on the right side and right portion of the object is
seen on the left side. For example, mirror image of ABC =
Note : There are ‘11’ letters in English Alphabet which have
E
F
G
R
S
T

w.E
identical mirror images: A, H, I, M, O, T, U, V, W, X, Y.
Characteristics of Reflection by plane mirror
H
I
J
U
V
W
1.

2.
distance of image from mirror.
The image is laterally inverted.
asy
Perpendicular distance of object from mirror = Perpendicular
K
L
X
Y

En M Z

gin
II Mirror Images of Small Letters
a n
b
c eer o
p
d
e
f
ing q
r
s
g
h
t
u .ne
3.
Object Image
The line joining the object point with its image is normal to
i
j
k
v
w
x
t
the reflecting surface. l y
4. The size of the image is the same as that of the object. m z

Mirror-image of certain words are given below :

III. Mirror Images of Numbers
(1) FUN :
(2) GOLKONDA : 0 6
Mirror-image of certain combinations of alphabets and
1 7
numbers are given below :
2 8
(1) BMC49JN2317 : 3 9
(2) 15bg82XQh : 4 10
5

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Mirror and Water Images A-153

IV. Mirror Images of Clock: therefore the mirror image will start from the mirror images
There are certain questions in which the position of the of R, i.e.; .Thus the mirror image for water is
hour-hand and the minute-hand of a clock as seen in a
mirror are given. On the basis of the time indicated by the
mirror-image of the clock we have to detect the actual time WAT E R
in the clock. In the solution of such questions we use the
Thus option (d) is the correct answer.
fact that if an object A is the mirror-image of another object
B then B is the mirror-image of A. Water Image
Time of image in plane mirror The reflection of an object as seen in water is called its water
(a) Real time = XH, Image time = 12H – XH (H = hours) image. It is the inverted image obtained by turning the object
(b) Real time = XHYM, Image time = 11H60M – XHYM upside down.
(M = minutes) Water-images of capital letters
(c) Real time = XHYMZS, Image time = 11H59M60S – XHYMZS
(S = seconds) Letters A B C D E F G H I J K L M
(d) if XHYMZS> 11H59M60S, image time = 23H59M60S – XHYMZS Water-image
Letters N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z

ww
––––––––––––––––– Shortcut Method ––––––––––––––
Whenever you have to solve a mirror image question, imagine a
mirror placed in front of the object and then try to find its inverted
Water-image

Water-images of small letters

EXAMPLE 1.
w.E
image. The portion of the object that is near the mirror will now be
the portion of the image near to the mirror in the inverted form.
Letters
Water-image
Letters
a b c d e f g h i j k l m

n o p q r s t u v w x y z

What is the real time ?

(a) 6 : 30 asy
By looking in a mirror, it appears that it is 6 : 30 in the clock.

(b) 5 : 30
Water-image
Water-images of numbers
(c) 6 : 00
Sol. (b)
(d) 4 : 30
En Letters
Water-image
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

gin
Note :
1. The letters whose water-images are identical to the
letter itself are : C, D, E, H, I, K, O, X
Time = 6 : 30 Time = 5 : 30

eer
2. Certain words which have water-images identical to
the word itself are :
KICK, KID, CHIDE, HIKE, CODE, CHICK
(Fig A) (Fig B)
Clearly, fig (A) shows the time (6 : 30) in the clock as it ing
–––––––––––––––– Shortcut Method –––––––––––––––

.ne
appears in a mirror. Then its mirror-image i.e. Fig (B) shows Whenever we have to analyze the water image of an object,
the actual time in the clock i.e. 5 : 30. You can solve it quickly imagine a mirror or a surface that forms an image just under the
if you remember that the sum of actual time and image time is given object. The portion of the object that is near the water
always 12 hours.

EXAMPLE 2.
Find the correct option for the mirror image for the following EXAMPLE 3.
t
surface will be inverted but will be near the water surface in the
image as well.

word: Find the correct option for the water images below:
STORE
water surface
WAT E R ? ?
(a) (b)
(c) (d)
mirror Sol. (d) In case of water image, the water reflection will usually
surface be formed under the object / word.
(a) (b) In this case, the water image of the word will be an outcome of the
(c) (d) water images of each of the letters like, the water images of S is
Sol. (d) We have to find the correct mirror image for the word , T is , O is , R is and E is . Thus the water image of
‘WATER’ for which we need to find the mirror image for theword ‘STORE’ is ‘ .’
each letter separately and then arrange it, like the mirror STORE
image for the letters W is W, A is A, T is T, E is and R is .
Since, the word ends with R, i.e., where the mirror is placed,

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-154 Mirror and Water Images

EXAMPLE 4. –––––––––––––––– Shortcut Method –––––––––––––––

Find the correct option for the water image below: (i) While solving a question, try eliminating some options and
solving the questions will become easier.
1 6 8 9 2 To eliminate options, keep in mind the pattern used in the
object (given diagram whose image is to be formed) as well
? as the position of mirror or water such that the portion of
(a) (b) the object near to the mirror / water will produce the same
portion near the mirror / water in an inverted form.
(c) 5 (d)
(ii) Images are images, be it water or mirror, in both the cases an
Sol. (b) The water image of ‘1’ is , ‘6’ is ‘ ’, ‘8’ is , ‘9’ is ‘ ’ inverted image of the alphabets / numerals / clocks / any
and ‘2’ is ‘ ’. other object are formed by inverting the object. Inverting of
Thus, the water image of 1 6 8 9 2 is the object solely depends upon the position of mirror or
water surface w.r.t. the object.

ww
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-13) : In each of the following questions,
choose the correct mirror-image of the Fig. (X) from amongst

w.E
the four alternatives (a), (b), (c) and (d) given along with it.
5.

X (a) (b) (c) (d)

1. asy 6.

(X)
En X (a) (b) (c) (d)

gin
7.

eer
ing
(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b)
2.
.ne
(X) (c) (d)
t
(a) (b) (c) (d) 8.

3.

(X) (a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b)

4.
(c) (d)
(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Mirror and Water Images A-155

9. K OH L I

(a) (b) (a) (b)

(c) (d)
M
10.
(c) (d)

DIRECTIONS (Qs. 15-22) : In each of the following questions,

choose the correct water image of the figure (X) from amongst
the four alternatives (a), (b), (c), (d) given alongwith it.
(a) (b) (c) (d) 15.
absence
?
11.
ww 16.
(a)
(c)
ZEBRA
(b)
(d)

w.E (a)
?
(b)

asy 17.
(d) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d) En

12. M
JACK
gin (X)

N
(a)

eer (b)

(c) ing
(d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

18.
.ne
13.
APPROACH
M

N
(X) t
(a) (b)

(c) (d)
(a) (b) (c) (d)
14. The following figure is rotated in anticlockwise direction 19.
through 90° after its mirror image is obtained. Select the
correct mirror image from four alternatives given. (X)

(a) (b)

(d) (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-156 Mirror and Water Images

20.

22.
X (a) (b) (c) (d)

21.

(a) (b)

(a) (b)

ww (c) (d)

(c) w.E (d)

asy
En
gin
eer
ing
.ne
t

ANSWER KEY
1 (c) 5 (d) 9 (b) 13 (c) 17 (b) 21 (a)

2 (c) 6 (a) 10 (c) 14 (c) 18 (c) 22 (d)

3 (a) 7 (d) 11 (b) 15 (a) 19 (a)

4 (c) 8 (a) 12 (c) 16 (c) 20 (a)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Mirror and Water Images A-157

1. (c) Assume that the mirror is placed on the right hand 15. (a) The water image of ‘a’ is ‘ ’, ‘b’ is ‘ ’, ‘S’ is ‘ ’, ‘e’ is
side of the given object, unless mentioned or drawn ‘ ’, ‘n’ is ‘ ’, ‘c’ is ‘ ’ and ‘e’ is ‘ ’.
near the object. 16. (c) The water image of ‘Z’ is ‘ ’, ‘E’ is ‘ ’, ‘B’ is , ‘R’ is
‘ ’ and ‘A’ is ‘ ’

mirror 17. (b)

13.
ww
(c) APPROACH

14. (c)
w.E
90° anticlockwise asy 21. (a)
0

Question figure

En
gin
Mirror image
22. (d)

eer
ing
.ne
t

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-158 Embedded Figure

CHAPTER

EMBEDDED FIGURE 23
A figure (X) is said to be embedded in a figure Y, if figure Y contains
figure (X) as its part. Thus problems on embedded figures contain
a figure (X) followed by four complex figures in such a way that
fig (X) is embedded in one of these. The figure containing the
figure (X) is your answer.
Hence, the answer is (c)
DIRECTIONS : In each of the following examples, fig (X) is

ww
embedded in any one of the four alternative figures (a), (b), (c)
or (d). Find the alternative which contains fig. (X) as its part.
EXAMPLE 2.

w.E
EXAMPLE 1.

(X)

asy
(X)
En
gin (a) (b) (c) (d)
Sol. (b) Clearly, fig. (X) is embedded fig. (b) as shown below :

(a) (b) (c) (d) eer

Sol. (c) On close observation, we find that fig. (X) is embedded
in fig. (c) as shown below : ing
Hence, the answer is (b)
.ne
DIRECTIONS (Qs. 1-20) : In each of the following questions, you
t
are given a figure (X) followed by four alternative figures (a), (b), 2.
(c) and (d) such that fig. (X) is embeded in one of them. Trace out
the alternative figure which contains fig. (X) as its part.
1.

(X)
(X)

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Embedded Figure A-159

3. 8.

(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)

(X)

9.

(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)
10.
4.

(X) (a) (b) (c) (d)

(X) 11.

ww (x)

5.
(a) w.E
(b) (c) (d)

asy (a) (b) (c) (d)

(X) En 12.

gin (X)

(a) eer(b) (c) (d)

6.
(a) (b) (c) (d)
13.
ing
.ne
(X)
(X)

t
(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (d)
(c)
7.
14.

(X) (X)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-160 Embedded Figure

15.
18.

(X) (X)

(a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b) (c) (d)
19.
16.

ww
(X)
(X)

w.E (a) (b) (c) (d)

(a) (b)
asy
(c) (d)
20.
17.

En
(X)
gin (X)

eer
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(a) (b)

ing (c) (d)

.ne
t

ANSWER KEY
1 (a) 5 (b) 9 (b) 13 (d) 17 (d)

2 (d) 6 (d) 10 (c) 14 (c) 18 (b)

3 (d) 7 (b) 11 (b) 15 (a) 19 (d)

4 (b) 8 (a) 12 (d) 16 (b) 20 (a)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Embedded Figure A-161

7. (b) 8. (a)
1. (a) 2. (d)

9. (b) 10. (c)

3. (d) 4. (b)

11. (b)

5.
ww
(b) 6. (d)

w.E
asy
En
gin
eer
ing
.ne
t

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-162 Non-Verbal Series

CHAPTER
NON-VERBAL 24
SERIES
The word “series” is defined as anything that follows or Answer Figure
forms a specific pattern or is in continuation of a given pattern
or sequence.
In this type of nonverbal test, two sets of figures pose the
problem. The sets are called problem Figures and Answer (a) (b) (c) (d)
Figures. Each problem figure changes in design from the Sol. (d) Two line segments are added in A to obtain B and one
preceding one. The answer figure set contains 4 figures line segment is added in B to obtain C. This process is

ww
marked (a), (b), (c), (d). You are required to choose the correct
answer figure which would best continue the series.
TYPE I. TYPE III.
repeated again to obtain D. Hence, answer figure d
continues the series.

EXAMPLE 1. w.E
A definite relationship between elements in given figures.

Study the problem figures marked (A), (B) and (C) carefully
In these questions the items in the diagrams either increase
or decrease in number.

EXAMPLE 3.

asy
and try to establish the relationship between them. From the
answer figures marked a, b, c and d, pick out the figure
which most appropriately completes the series.
Problem Figures

Problem Figures
En
gin (A)
Answer Figures
(B) (C)

(A) (B) (C) eer

Answer Figures

(a) (b) ing (c) (d)

.ne
Sol. (c) The small circles are decreasing consecutively and the
black dots are increasing.

(a) (b) (c) (d)

Sol. (d) Note the direction of arrow which changes alternately.
TYPE IV
Deletion of Elements : In these type of questions, each
figure is obtained by either sustaining the element of t
preceding figure as it is or deleting a part of an element or
one element or more than one element of the preceding
The dots are also changing alternately. Hence we are
figure in a systematic way.
looking for a figure in which the arrow points down
and the dots and positioned as in figure (b). EXAMPLE 4.
TYPEII. Problem Figure
Additions of Elements : In these type of questions, each
figure is obtained by either sustaining the element of
preceding figure as it is or adding a part of element or one
element or more than one element of the preceding figure in
a systematic way.
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
EXAMPLE 2.
Answer Figure
Problem Figure

(A) 2
(B) (C) (D) (a) (b) (c) (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Non-Verbal Series A-163

Sol. (a) TYPE VI.

TYPE V Replacement of Elements : In these type of questions, each
The qualitative characteristic of various elements in the figure is obtained by either sustaining the element of
diagrams change to complete the series. preceding figure as it is or replacing a part of element or one
element or more than one element by a new element of the
Rotation Type : The various elements in the diagrams move
preceding figure in a systematic way.
in a specific manner. They may rotate in clockwise or anti-
clockwise direction. EXAMPLE 6.
Problem Figure
EXAMPLE 5.
? * X *
Problem Figures
= X ? *
? X = * ? C
+ +
2
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
Answer figure
+
* # C # * C
(A) (B) (C)

ww
Answer Figures #
(a)
*
(b) ( c) (d)
+ +

w.E +

+
Sol. (c) The elements positioned at north-east (NE) corners
disappear from the odd-numbered figures. The elements
positioned at the south-west (SW) corners disappear from

asy
the even-numbered figures. Therefore * should not appear
in the answer figure. Hence (a), (b) and (d) cannot be the
(a) (b) (c) (d) answers. Also new elements are introduced at the NE corners
Sol. (d) The sign of plus is rotating clockwise. The pin changes in even-numbered figures. Therefore answer figure (c)
direction alternately.
En continues the given series.

gin
eer
DIRECTIONS (Qs.1-20) : Each of the following questions
consists of five problem figures marked A, B, C, D and E. From
the five answer figures marked (a), (b), (c) and (d) select a
Answer Figures

ing
figure which will continue the series established by the five
problem figures.
.ne
1. Problem Figures

3.
(a)
Problem Figures
(b) (c) (d)
t
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
Answer Figures

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

Answer Figures
(a) (b) (c) (d)
2. Problem Figures

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (a) (b) (c) (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-164 Non-Verbal Series

4. Problem Figures Answer Figures

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (a) (b) (c) (d)

Answer Figures 9. Problem Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

5. Problem Figures Answer Figures

ww
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (a) (b) (c) (d)

w.E
Answer Figures 10. Problem Figures

(a) (b) (c) asy

(d)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
6. Problem Figures

En Answer Figures

gin
(A) (B)
Answer Figures
(C) (D) (E)

11.
(a)
eer
(b)
Question Figures :
(c) (d)

ing
(a) (b) (c) (d) Answer Figures : .ne
7. Problem Figures

t
(a) (b) (c) (d)
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) 12. Problem Figures
Answer Figures
x

xx x

(a) (b) (c) (d) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)

8. Problem Figures Answer Figures
s

(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (a) (b) (c) (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

Non-Verbal Series A-165

13. Problem Figures 17. Problem Figures

? = ? x = x
? = x
x = x ? = ?
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
Answer Figures Answer Figures

= x
? ? ? =
x = x = x ?
(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)
14. Problem Figures 18. Problem Figures
=

ww (A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
Answer Figures
w.E Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c)

asy (d)
+
(a) (b) (c) (d)
15. Problem Figures
En 19. Problem Figures

×
= =
× × ×
×

=
gin ×= = × × = × S S×

eer
= =
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (A) (B) (C) (D) (E)
Answer Figures Answer Figures

=
×
=
=
ing
.ne
× S C S× C S CS×
×
= ×

16.
(a) (b)
Problem Figures
(c) (d)
20.
(a) (b)
Problem Figures
(c) (d)

t
(A) (B) (C) (D) (E) (A) (B) (C) (D)
Answer Figures Answer Figures

(a) (b) (c) (d) (a) (b) (c) (d)

ANSWER KEY
1 (d) 3 (c) 5 (b) 7 (d) 9 (c) 11 (c) 13 (b) 15 (c) 17 (a) 19 (a)
2 (d) 4 (d) 6 (d) 8 (c) 10 (c) 12 (c) 14 (a) 16 (d) 18 (d) 20 (d)

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

 Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net

A-166 Non-Verbal Series

1. (d) Five line segments are added in each step to complete the 13. (b) In each step, the elements move in the sequence
squares in an ACW direction.
2. (d) One of the pins gets inverted in each step. The pins gets
inverted sequentially from right to left.
3. (c) In one step, the existing element enlarges and a new element
appears inside this element. In the next step, the outer element 14. (a) In each step, the upper elements is lost; the middle
is lost element reduces in size and becomes the upper
4. (d) In each step, both the elements move one space (each space element; the lower element enlarges and becomes the
is equal to half-a-side of the square boundary) downwards. middle element and a new element appears at the lower
Once any of the two elements reaches the lowermost position, position.
then in the next step, it reaches the uppermost position in 15. (c) All the elements together move one space to the right
the next column to the right. in each step and once they reach the rightmost
5. (b) Similar figure repeats in every third step and each time a position, then in the next step, they move to the leftmost

6.
ww
(d)
figure reappears it gets vertically inverted.
In each step, all the existing elements move to the adjacent
side (of the square boundary) in a CW direction. The number
position . Also, in the first step, the first (uppermost)
and the third elements interchange positions; in the
second step, the second and the fourth elements inter

7. (d)
w.E
of black circles decreases by one in first, third, fifth step and
the number of arrows increases by one in second, fourth,
sixth steps.
In each step, the rectangle rotates through 90º; the square 16.
change positions and in the third step, none of the
elements interchange positions. These three steps are
repeated to continue the series.
(d) In the first step, the lowermost line segment is

asy
rotates through 45º; the triangle gets vertically inverted and
all the elements move in the sequence given below.
converted into a curve. In the second step, the second
line segment also gets converted into a curve and the
existing curve is inverted. In each subsequent step, all

En the elements (line segments and curve) move in the

8. (c) The total number of dots on the dice decreases by one in

each subsequent figure. gin sequence

9. (c) The ‘T’ and ‘ ’ gets inverted in each step while the symbol
‘C’ gets laterally inverted in each step. The interchange of
positions of symbol takes place in the following two
17.

eer
(a) The central arrow rotates 90ºACW and 45ºCW
alternately. The half -arrow moves half- a - side of the
square boundary in a CW direction and its head turns
sequences alternately.

ing
to the other side of the line in each step.

18. (d) The elements move in the sequences

.ne and

10. (c) Similar figure repeats in every second step and each time a
figure reappears, it gets rotated through 90ºACW.
11. (c) The series represents continous alphabets starting from
K. Hence, N is the right answer.
12. (c) In the first step 1 to 2, the elements at the four ends
t
alternately and in each step, the element at

the encircled position, gets vertically inverted.

19. (a) In one step, the elements move in the sequence

move in the sequence while the circled

and the element at the encircled position,

element gets replaced by a new element. gets replaced by a new element. In the next step, the
In the next step (2 to 3), the elements move in the
elements move in the sequence . These two
sequence while the circled element gets
sequences get repeated alternately.
repalced by a new element. 20. (d) Similar figure repeats in every second step. Each time
the first figure reappears, it rotates 135ºACW and
Similar steps are followed in sequences 3 to 4 and 4 to moves along a diagonal (from lower-left to upper -right
5, so that we return to the first step in the sequence corner). Each time the second figure reappears, it
from 5 to the answer figure. rotates 135ºCW and moves along the other diagonal.

Downloaded From : www.EasyEngineering.net